Show Posts

This section allows you to view all posts made by this member. Note that you can only see posts made in areas you currently have access to.


Topics - Kristopher Ryans

Pages: [1] 2 3
1
Climax Control Archives / What I Do
« on: October 22, 2021, 11:56:45 PM »
==========================================================


Returns
Mikah’s House - Hawaii
21 October 2021
OFF-Camera




The last six weeks had flown by in a blur. One second Kris was tweeting about High Stakes coming up, as more of a subtle reminder of what he and J2H had been planning. He wasn’t even sure that it was actually going to happen back then. Days later he was on a plane to Hawaii, and his life outside the ring flipped upside down. He started splitting time up and down the coast, and sleeping on the jet more often than he had previously thought possible. Then he added his return to the ring, and all of the aches and pains that came with it. It was everything he had been missing, and also all of the pain that he had pushed out of his mind in the months he spent glorifying his return in his mind. As if it all wasn’t too much to handle, Mark and Christian dropped the bomb on him that after a few years of disappointment, he was finally going into the Hall of Fame. Kris still wasn’t sure that all of it was just an elaborate dream. Maybe in reality he had died, and this was the afterlife. It was the strangest thing. After all of these years, he got everything that he wanted, but all at the same time. He felt like so much of the joy of each individual moment was lost just via sensory overload. It was hard enough just to tell which way was up. Every morning, waking up started with trying to figure out where he had gone to sleep, and the same question.

Kris: Is this still real life?

Mikah’s eyes flicker over to him and cracks a half smile.

Mikah: Maybe? I mean, it could be a fever dream...

At least now he wasn’t confused about where he was waking up. By the time he finds his glasses and puts them on his face, he has already started to put together how he got back to Hawaii. It was just a small stopover before the both of them would be heading to Climax Control together.

Kris: If it is, it’s the best and longest one I have ever been a part of. At this point, I’m not even complaining. I’m just going to ride it out. No more asking questions or waiting for the other shoe to drop. Maybe sometimes shit is just supposed to work out.

She pushes her blonde locks out of her face for a moment as she leans against the headboard of her bed. She has her tablet in her lap, leaned up against her knees as she looks through her emails.

Mikah: It’s not a dream, or at least if it is I’m definitely not aware of it. But is it possible for the both of us to be in the same dream and be hyper aware?

She raises her eyebrows for a second before furrowing them together and then looking over at him.He is still fighting with his eyes to get them to actually focus. Life had become a game of fighting off perpetual jetlag. When he finally looks over to her, the sight of her brings a legitimate smile to his face.

Kris: I want to say yes… but no. If it was, I think that you would be having just as good of a time as I am. Instead you have Dani knee-deep in your shit. Here I am going into the Hall of Fame and finally getting the gigantic match I’ve been planning for years...and I get to wake up with you. You’re saddled with me, and being called out. Sounds like a nightmare.

The smile never leaves his face. In truth, he was actually enjoying the fact that Dani was trying so hard to get Mikah’s attention. It was exactly the type of thing that he would do if he were in the Bombshell division. If the best of the best isn’t around, convince them to be around. Kris had done it himself. It usually worked.

Mikah: Dani? She’s not bothering me that much. I think it’s bothering her more that I haven’t answered her challenge yet, which I find more and more entertaining each day. And saddled with you? You’re saying that like it’s a bad thing. There’s nobody else I’d rather be with.

She scrunches her nose up at him before looking at him and smiling a little bit. She lets the tablet rest against her legs for the time being to focus her attention on him.

Kris: Nobody believes that you’d willingly spend all of your time with me. It’s only a matter of time before Dani convinces you to come back by offering time to get away from me. Not that I would hate that. All of this plane travel would be a lot more fun if you were going back and forth with me.

He obviously wouldn’t expect her to make the stops in San Diego while he was at Jet City South, but something was going to be better than nothing. She looks at him and gives him a small smile.

Mikah: You could have asked me to go with you, you know. I would have gone with you. It doesn’t bother me to fly and travel. I’m actually more at peace with traveling than you are. I knew traveling was going to have to be a thing when I made the move to Hawaii permanent. And even if I do accept her challenge, it wouldn’t make me want to get away from you at all.

It was comforting to know that asking her along was an option even if her match at High Stakes wasn’t going to be a reality. That really wasn’t what he was holding out hope for, but he really wasn’t in any position to hope for anything better than all of the recent gifts life had given him.

Kris: Hey now! I haven’t even decided if I am sticking around after all this High Stakes stuff. I wanted this match. I wanted the Hall of Fame for so long that it may have been driving me a little crazy. After that though… what’s left? There’s only a couple of things that I would even really want to do, and I can’t do one of them without you.

She raises an eyebrow at him.

Mikah: And what is that one thing that you can’t do without me? I must know this...

She looks at him, her eyebrows raised with interest as she looks at him before she sets her tablet on the bed next to her.

Kris: There was this undefeated mixed tag team that killed it for a while last year. I was thinking about trying to beat all of their records.

The smile grows wider across his face.

Kris: Well… our... records. You know, wipe the whole Coby addendum off of the record books. I never really wanted to challenge for the big one again. I was content when we were just doing our thing. That was fun, and at this point, that’s one of the biggest things that I care about. Although, if you’re not down I have other boxes that need checking off. That is just the one that I can’t do all on my own.

She looks at him, thinking about what he was saying.

Mikah: I don’t have anything going on. Think we can convince them to come to Hawaii though? I’m not sure how many shows they could get out here….

She winks at him before pushing the blanket off of her legs a little bit.

Kris: I doubt it. They rarely go anywhere fun.

Other than the Summer XXXtreme show, Kris hadn’t been a fan of any tour that he had been on with the company, even quitting during the international tours on two different occasions. It was no wonder that half of the people backstage couldn’t stand him. He should count himself lucky that Christian had been objectifying him for years.

Mikah: You’ve got that right; they didn’t even go to NYC when I was there ninety-five percent of the time. But choose to have an east coast tour after I’m no longer a member of their active roster. But you could maybe pull some strings.

She winks at him, playfully before poking his cheek.

Kris: Not without feeling dirty about it afterwards. That’s how I end up at Summer XXXtreme competing in see-thru clothes. I’d rather not be that person anymore. It was an easy way to get the thing that I wanted, but you can’t shower that kind of thing off, you know?

It had taken him a long time to come around to the fact that the whole thing had rubbed him the wrong way. It wasn’t even like he reaped any real benefit from it either. His rise to the top was still miraculous, and far from easy. He would have thought with how much he had degraded himself that it would have greased some wheels. Instead it was just more negativity to look back on.

Mikah: I’m kidding. I wouldn’t want to objectify myself to get something I want, so I wouldn’t want you to do it either. But you can do it for me.

She scrunches her nose up at him before stopping for a moment to listen to see if either of her children were awake but then relaxes a little when she hears nothing.

Kris: Plus, I’m not even sure if it is going to be something that sticks. Aside from us being a team again, there’s really only one or two dream matches that I have left. Getting in the ring against Ben and Evie would involve you, but would sell itself. Stepping into the ring with Fenris again would be dope. I could win the Internet Championship and be a two-time Grand Slam Winner… are there any of those?

He would have to remind himself to have someone ask Mercedes about it. She was always able to rattle off obscure things like that. It was the reason that Kris stopped messing with her. From the way that she talked in the ring, she knew everything about everyone. He wasn’t about to make himself a target now that he was happy with how things were going. There were definitely some gnarly losses that she could refresh everyone’s memory on.

Mikah: Facing Ben and Evie would be fun. But the only problem there is that I actually like Evie. And I don’t even know my own record in SCW to be honest, let alone yours or anybody else’s. I didn’t even really care to be a Grand Slam Champion, if you remember correctly.

She shrugs her shoulders before scooting to the edge of the bed to stand up. Once she’s on her feet, she stretches before looking at him again.

Kris: It just feels like I have already done everything else… you know? I still have the urge to go out there and be in the ring. I still like being in front of the crowd, and I definitely don’t want to go sign anywhere else. There’s just… not much left on the bucket list.

He realized that in a way he was asking for trouble. He should feel good about the fact that nobody insane was after him. Nobody was trying to maim him, or kidnap loved ones. There were no stakes. It was safe.

Mikah: Beat J2H first and then decide how you feel after that. I think I’m going to let Dani sweat a little bit longer. I was never one to answer things on Twitter anyways. There are a few Bombshells that I haven’t faced yet, but I’m not sure that I need to face them either.

She shrugs her shoulders a little bit.

Kris: That’s kind of how I’ve been looking at it. I was looking into Fenris’ partner, and honestly haven’t been impressed by anyone on his hit list. I miss the days when just about everyone was a superstar. I’m not going to be excited about going back full time just to be beating Bill Barnhart as much as I did last year.

Despite how much he wanted all of the big matches, at this point in his career, the slow grind that he would need in order to make it all happen was almost too much to sign up for. Maybe Mikah was right. Hell, maybe J2H was right. That guy pops in whenever, and does whatever he wants. That wouldn’t be such a bad gig.

Mikah: I’d be okay with a match every now and then with somebody that’s worth it. I don’t want to be facing Crystal all the time like I was a few years back. And yeah, I’m no help on that end because before recently, I wasn’t even aware that person was in SCW. I’m not even sure that Dani is worth it yet, I’m still thinking about it. I have a few days to make sure she is; let her sweat it a little longer. At least your match with J2H will draw big crowds, who’s to say my potential match with Dani will?

She raises an eyebrow and shrugs her shoulders at him.

Kris: You should just come with me to this next show. You know she’ll be there running her mouth. If you feel inclined to take her up on it, you’re already in the building. Otherwise, it is just an excuse to spend a little extra time with me. And I’ll even promise not to make any big decisions about anything until after High Stakes.

It was his best pitch to avoid another few days of travel blur.

Mikah: I think...I will come with you to Boston. And then instead of having to come back to Hawaii, we can go to NYC from Boston and be there? It’s just a suggestion. . .

She was sure that her house in NYC was still standing, she hadn’t heard otherwise.

Kris: I might have to go back to San Diego in between for a couple days, but that sounds much better than doing it all alone… but we still get a few days to ourselves before then...

It was totally unto themselves, but that hadn’t ever mattered to Kris. Together they had four little ones to be chasing after, though they had yet to have them all in the same room at the same time. He was used to sharing her attention with everyone else in the house, but he wasn’t going to waste anymore of their time worrying about what may or may not be meant to be for them in Sin City. At this point in his life, the ring wasn’t the thing that he was most focused on anymore. Sure, it was his dream. But he had already lived it.


==========================================================


>I would be lying if I said that I wasn't excited for this match. I mean, let's be honest, the Caleb Storms match was a tune up and everyone knew it. There wasn't going to be any real competition there if I was on top of my game. After that loss last time I came back though, Mark and Christian needed to see what they had. They needed to see what condition that I came back in. If it was the worst version of myself, there would have been no Hall of Fame, and of that I am absolutely certain. If I came back sloppily, there would be no marquee match with J2H3 at High Stakes. I had to prove that I was in it to win it when I came back. I get it. I have earned that weariness over the course of my career here. However, I more than proved that I am every bit the competitor that I say I am. I proved that I was as sharp as ever. I got the victory, and everything that has followed since has been a dream come true.

….but not this. This wasn't a dream match for me. This wasn't one of those boxes that I needed to check off before retiring and riding off into the sunset for good. Nah, I wanted this one for a different reason. I wanted this one for a more personal reason, and I don't mean that however the card writing intern might think. I couldn't possibly care less about his relationship with Fenris. I have very few friends in life, and those that I do I support with every single cell in my body. Fenris is in that group, so I support him in all of his endeavors. That's what friends do. They don't get bent out of shape about a manufactured and not at all realistic love triangle. This isn't a primetime sitcom. It's open combat.


And that is what excites me. Stepping into the ring with, and beating David. Why? Because of all the chirping from him that I have heard since the last time I was in the ring. The guy throws my name around more than any other person on my roster. What was it he said before that tag match at Summer XXXtreme?

“I’m teaming up with possibly the biggest prick on this boat, and I hear Kristopher Ryans is on the boat.”

Those were his words. Or something like that at least…. Shots fired I guess. I thought it was a little uncalled for that someone who hasn't really done anything worth bragging about was taking a free shot at a Grand Slam Champion that wasn't even scheduled to compete. Even worse, he was using my name to insult a close friend and hide his true feelings. I mean, we all saw what happened during that match. We know what has transpired since. Why bring my name into it at all? Why did I need to take some undeserved warning shots? When did "The Miracle" become a punchline? Last I checked, the kid's claim to fame was a short reign with the title that I put back on the map a few years ago. Even since then, he hasn't beaten anyone worth naming. He has done nothing in the ring to be worthy of getting mentioned in the same sentence as me. The single thing that we have in common is that we have slept with the same person. Congrats are in order for him. He's part of a pretty big group, because it is no secret that I have gotten around in my time here. For real, The Mean Girls are getting inducted into the Hall of Fame at the same time I am, and I knocked up at least one of them. It's not an accomplishment to share that kind of history with me, and most people would look at it as a negative. This guy doesn't know me. Hasn't really talked to me. But frequently talks about me. Now he gets to join another big group. The group of people that have fallen at my feet inside that Sin City ring.

...and I know that is going to chew him up inside...

“It would have to really gnaw at one’s craw to lose to Kristopher Ryans.  Possibly the biggest heathen in Saved City, and the most annoying to boot….”

...because he said it himself, even though he was saying it to Jack Washington. It’s only funny, because not only did I beat that guy, I took away his SCW World Heavyweight Championship for shits and giggles. That’s how good I am. Last year, I won a shot at any championship, any time. And I literally sat on it until I absolutely had to use it. And what happened? I went out and showed the world that I am one of the very best in the world when it comes to what happens between those ropes. I always have been. I always will be. Why? Because that is what I wanted out of life. I grew up watching it, and wanting to be the one on television doing all these larger than life things. I went out and became what I wanted to be in life. I conquered all of the obstacles put in my path. Granted, I was also the one that put a lot of them into my path to begin with, but that’s a story that’s already been told. There is one single person in this company’s history that can even begin to compare his resume against mine, and we are set to square up at High Stakes. That means everyone else is in a league beneath the two of us. The rest of the superstars not just signed right now, but in the entire history of the company, fail to measure up.

So why would anyone feel bad about dropping a match to me? Why would anyone hang their head in shame after going out to the ring to just take the L? So many people have gone out there and fallen short, and not all of them were awful. I’m just that much better than the average. That’s why they call me The Miracle. You wouldn’t look at me, or listen to me talk, and think that I am as good as I am in that ring, but I am. It defies explanation, but is backed up by year after year of facts. If there is an award worth winning, I’ve won it. If there’s a title worth holding, I’ve probably already had it twice. I have won more of them than anyone else in the company, and I am just one Internet Championship away from being a two-time Grand Slam Champion. I’ve beaten every single ‘face of the company’ put in front of me, whether it was when I was a Nobody, or after everyone realized they were watching something Miraculous.

David isn’t an idiot. Well, at least not that big of one. He was part of that weird cult for a while. Now he seems to think that some big sexual awakening somehow has something to do with how well he performs inside the ring, because that’s all we hear about. But still… he has to know that there is no shame in losing to me. At least not professionally….

….but personally?

Yeah, I could see that. See, it isn’t about what I do in the ring. He hasn’t had a single negative thing to say about my abilities in the past. He hasn’t ever doubted my record. He doesn’t set aside my accomplishments. He just thinks I am annoying. I bother him on a personal level. He doesn’t seem to like me very much, despite not knowing me at all.

….but why?

Again, I think he gave us the answer already.

“You can’t live a loss like that down because Kris is a social media kingpin.”

...and that’s what it boils down to for him. I’m a guy that cares about wins and losses. Sure, I might rub that loss in your face at the end of the night, but come the next day I’m not thinking about it anymore. I am already thinking about what I am going to do to get the next one. David doesn’t seem to be one of those people. He seems like the kind of person that is going to get all in his feelings about losing to me. The type of guy that would get all defensive every time it gets mentioned afterwards. It’s okay. He’s not alone in that group. O’Malley’s bitch ass will keep him company. But honestly, it would bother him to lose to me, because he doesn’t think he could handle having to stew about it afterwards while I laugh him off. It has nothing to do with business. There is not a single thing about it that is professional. This isn’t a job for him. This is just a gateway to me mocking him on social media. From everything he said about me all summer, that’s what he seems to be afraid of. I wish I could take that fear away from him. I wish that I could tell him that it probably wasn’t going to go down that way this time too. The problem is, I really am just that damn good at what I do.

If it’s not broke, don’t try to fix it, ya know?

I mean, being me is what got me into the Hall of Fame. Being Kristopher Ryans is what gained me entrance into The Battle of the Great Ones. I love every second of being me, and if that rubs people the wrong way, it’s just a perk that I never really counted on. But he shouldn’t think for a second that his opinion of me changes anything about what I am going to do in that ring. I go out there to win, and I do that better than just about everyone that’s ever stepped through the curtain in Sin City. After this match is over, he won’t have to reach so far for a reason to not like me. I’mma give him one.

Another shiny L for his record.

And another punchline for social media.

It’s what I do.


2
Climax Control Archives / Square One
« on: October 01, 2021, 08:35:39 PM »

>What I’m going to need everyone to remember, is that I wanted this…

Nobody ever begged me to come to Sin City Wrestling. Nobody wanted me to become one of the best to ever compete in this company. I didn’t have anyone really standing in my corner and forcing me forward down this path. The only person that ever motivated me, was me. The only thing that ever drove me were my goals.

You can’t get too hung up on what everyone wants in this business. That was really hard for me to wrap my head around last time I showed up and shook Sin City to its core. I came back expecting some level of respect. Maybe I thought that I had earned a little more than everybody thought I did. A lot of people said that I didn’t have it anymore, and that my prime fighting days were behind me. Well, the greatest Mixed Tag Team Championship run in the history of the company, another solid win streak for my record, and a second World Heavyweight Championship reign later… I had proved my point.

I didn’t make it very many matches into the year before I realized that my mark had been made. There was nothing left to do. I was back in the same boat that I had been in before taking time off in the years before that. I decided that what I needed was a little bit of time off to recharge the old batteries. Behold though! The same people that had a problem with my sudden reappearance and subsequent takeover of Climax Control for the better part of a year were pissed all over again that I was gone.

Damned if you do. Damned if you don’t.

You know?

...but none of it really mattered. At least not to me. I was honest about what I was coming back to prove from the very beginning. I wanted to prove everyone wrong. I wanted to win the championships of a division that I felt had been made specifically for me and Mikah. I wanted to get back to the top just to prove that I could. Once I checked off all those boxes, the only one left was this match that we may or may not have brewing for High Stakes in just a few short weeks. There was nothing that I could do about that for months though, and the only thing that competing against scrubs every week was going to get me was some unforeseen injury.

I wasn’t going to let that happen.

I wasn’t going to let something like that ruin a match that has been built up for longer than any other match in the history of this company. This has been years in the making. Two of the best are finally going to step in the ring with one another for the first time….

...if it actually happens.

Right now, all of you all at home have as good of a guess as I do. Last time I asked, the only thing I got in response was some half-hearted attempt to make it seem like I wouldn’t show up. If there is anything that I have proven over the record-setting amount of titles that I have won in this company, it’s that I show up, and when I do, I win.

I’ll be showing in Atlanta to do it all over again.

…and I’ve added a few more boxes to that checklist for this time around.





==========================================================



Tricking The Past Again
Hawaii
13 September 2021
OFF-Camera



Kris hadn’t been sold on going to Hawaii. It had never been part of the plan of coming back. It was just an opportunity that presented itself at first. The two of them had joked about it on a couple of occasions, but this offer had seemed legit. Last he and Mikah were in Sin City together, they had been keeping their distance from one another. Once upon a time though, they had been unstoppable. If his path was leading back to SCW, it only made sense to check up on the one person that he had been flawless alongside in the ring. It wasn’t just that though. The two of them had history, even if it was messy. There was a good chance that he could convince her to help with the professional stuff, but it was really the sliver of a chance at something else. That was what spurred him to jump onto a plane and make the trip, without knowing exactly what to expect. The Miracle had done what he could to occupy his mind and stop himself from dwelling on those thoughts during the flight. Unfortunately, no second rate monster flick was going to be able to totally distract him. The possibilities were the only things on his mind, even when he was walking through the terminal in Hawaii. They were weighing on his mind as he walked out of the security gate to find her sitting on a bench and looking down at her phone.

Kris: “Long time no see…”

He figured that her reaction to such a simple greeting would tell him enough about where they currently stood with one another. When she stands up and adjusts her short shorts before walking over to him with a smile, the worst of his fears ease.

Mikah: "It’s nice to see that you’re not dead. And that the plane didn’t crash into the ocean.”

With a smile, he shrugged his shoulders. It was Mikah-speak for being happy to see him, and he hadn’t expected anything else.

Kris: "You know I'm not going out in a plane crash. It'll be me that kills me eventually…."

He wasn’t going to waste any time dwelling on that thought though, and quickly shifted the focus back to her.

Kris: "Why Hawaii though? It's like a big ass volcano surrounded by the most dangerous ocean things. I feel like this is a death trap. Flying here was basically hell."

As he questioned her, the two made their way out of the airport and to her rental car. Even though she had bought the house and started to settle in, she hadn’t gone as far as actually buying a car. She fumbled for the foreign feeling set of keys as they walked.

Mikah: "Why not Hawaii? No snow here. And I don't get stuck on the mainland with all the people I don't like."

She flashed him a grin before popping the trunk for him to put his things into it.

Mikah: "...I'm just tired of people. And I think living on the beach is going to be my best decision yet."

Kris pulled the bag from his shoulder and tossed it into the trunk without regard for anything in it. He quickly removed his face mask, hat and glasses and tossed them all in on top of it. As soon as they were off he seemed to loosen up a bit.

Kris: "There are perfectly good beaches not surrounded by fire and sea monsters…"

He spun around on his heels, trying to orient himself to his new surroundings. He then pointed off in the opposite direction from the airport behind them.

Kris: "They're just a few thousand miles that way!"

He turned back to her and closed the trunk with a smile on his face.

Kris: "You're lucky we're friends. I wouldn't have come all the way out here for anyone else."

She raised an eyebrow at him, but pressed her lips together and bit her tongue for a moment. He caught the reaction, and felt a tinge of excitement about it. If she reacted that negatively to simply being called a friend, maybe that sliver of hope he had wouldn’t be for nothing.

Mikah: "Florida is too humid and California is overpopulated and still brings up bad memories."

Kris: “You couldn’t pay me enough to set foot in fucking Florida anyways. The whole place sucks. Never had an experience that wasn’t awful.”

She waved it off as they got into the car. She was familiar enough with a few of the islands that she didn’t even bother setting the GPS anymore.

Mikah: "You're worried about a little volcano? And what kind of sea monsters? I'm assuming you mean sharks..."

She asked him as if he was being ridiculous. She raised an eyebrow at him as she started to drive to Kaneohe, Hawaii a mere twenty-five minutes from Honolulu.

Mikah: "...but Cali has them too..."

He shook his head back and forth quickly. He had put a lot of thought into it on the plane, and would likely be thinking about it every time he tried to sleep for months.

Kris: "Nah, the water is deep out here. California is just a coast. This place is just lava rock floating where all the scary stuff lives. You all even have beaches with haunted sand and shit….."

He tried to shake the thoughts away, but had trouble.

Kris: "I've been terrified of this place since I was a kid. You know they have a whole language nobody speaks anymore? How does that happen? Everyone forget? Sounds like bad juju."

She couldn't help but chuckle at him as she drove.

Mikah: "This is amusing to me… but look… I'm sure you know how to swim, Kristopher. It's not like you to go into the water, you know."

He tried to force as much contempt into his facial expression as possible, but could barely keep the smirk off of his face.

Kris: "I'm glad you find my fear funny. You know, I quit SCW once because I didn't like flying over the ocean. This shouldn't be a surprise."

He backtracked off of that point immediately though.

Kris: "Then again… part of that was not wanting to be on a different continent from all the dealers I knew…."

It looked as if he tried to argue the conflicting theories out in his head, but stopped to offer her a little reassurance.

Kris: "Not that I have that problem anymore. I wouldn't have brought those kinds of problems down here to you. Going on like ten months without. Haven't gone a whole year in a long time. Maybe it'll happen."

She knew about his struggle with sobriety and she halfway understood. She couldn't remember what she had told him of her own struggles, but only because it wasn’t a topic that she let come up in conversation.

Mikah: "I'm sure you can make it a year. Only two months more to go, right?"

She thought about adding another little joke in there but she thought better of it.

Mikah: "...and it's paradise. There's a lot of other things to do and places to explore. You won't have time to even think about that stuff."

He looked around as she spoke, taking in the view. She wasn't wrong. Every inch of what they passed was as pretty as it had been sold to him his whole life.

Kris: "Paradise is nice to visit every now and again, but doesn't it get old?"

Almost as soon as the words left his mouth, he knew her answer.

Kris: "Nah, you haven't been here long enough to find out yet I bet. Then again, San Diego is still amazing to me thirty something years later. Maybe this is just where you belong. Bikini weather year round, and all the open air in the world."

As he spoke, he almost seemed to be coming around to it.

Kris: "Still out in the middle of the ocean though… What happens if some big storm hits? Nobody would even know! We could all just be gone. Who would tell the world?"

She laughed again, having gotten used to this over the years. He was always going to stress himself out about things that weren’t going to happen. There was still a weird charm about it though. The smile stayed on her face even after she stopped laughing, but she kept her eyes on the road.

Mikah: "Definitely seems like a problem for Future Mikah."

She turned quickly and winked at Kris as she drove, seeing the smaller town of Kaneohe come into view.

Mikah: "I'm not sure why you're not more open to small town life. Or even island life. If I remember correctly, you liked to be left alone… What could be more alone than this?”

He shrugged his shoulders. For all of its beauty, it didn’t seem a whole lot different from home.

Kris: "This place is just  like San Diego for richer people it seems like. Maybe it's not so bad. I mean other than the evil sand thing. Let's not go to those beaches."

She frowned at him, but was ready for yet another wacky theory of his.

Mikah: "Evil sand? I'm not sure I follow you."

She gave him a look, not sure what kind of sand he was talking about. The multi-million dollar house she bought was on the beach and she had instant access to the ocean, but there wasn’t anything that felt evil about it.

Kris: "There's some beach with sand you're not supposed to mess with. Lots of people have stories about smuggling some home and bad things happened until they returned it. It's like black sand. Powdery lava stuff. Bad karma. And this place is apparently full of it."

He paused for just a second.

Kris: "Feels like I mess up everything easily enough on my own. Don't need that kind of help with it…."

He lingered on that thought for a second before something in his head clicked together. He turns to her, almost looking offended.

Kris: "...and it’s not that I like being alone. I don’t. That’s just extra time with me, and that guy is only good in small doses. It’s people that I don't like. At least not real people. Maybe three total that aren't family. Probably less than that within the family. If you're not a nameless, faceless fan screaming in the crowd, I don't care. And even if you are, I'd still rather you not breathe on me. It’s a personal space thing."

It was harsh, but the last year and a half had really drilled that into him.

Kris: "There's only three people in Hawaii I care to talk to and all of them live in one house."

She raised an eyebrow at him as she maneuvers the car through the streets of the smaller town.

Mikah: "Okay, so maybe I should have phrased that better."

She chuckled a little bit as she slowed down even more, seemingly knowing where the speed limit got slower. He didn’t hold it against her though. Not really. No matter where he went it always seemed like there was someone looking over his shoulder, waiting for him to slip up. Being on edge about society in general was just a side effect of that.

Kris: "Don’t worry about it."

It wasn't something that they needed to dwell on. They would have plenty of time for that on this trip. He just got here. It was time to keep things light and happy.

Kris: "...and you've done plenty of good things in your life, and at least one awesome thing."

His eyes widened when he finally saw the house they're headed towards.

Kris: "...who did you have to murder to pay for this?"

She gave him a disappointed look before pressing the button to open the gate to the place.

Mikah: "You really underestimated my financial situation. I've never claimed to not have money."

She winked at him as she drove the car up the long driveway and into the garage. She parked it and turned it off before moving to get out of the vehicle.

Kris: "All I'm saying is, you've been on vacation off and on for like two years. I own a gym and probably couldn't buy half of this house…."

As he exited the car, he looked around dumbfounded by what he saw.

Kris: "Life is unfair sometimes. How do you get more free time than me and nicer stuff? And you got to be better looking!"

She blushed just a little at his words.

Mikah: "I've always had money. I am a trust fund baby and all this money sat in an account since I was in the womb, I guess. And wealthy parents. And all that."

She waved it off as if it wasn't a big deal. She was never worried about money. That is where the two were different though. Mikah never competed just because it paid well, she did it because she loved the sport. Kris was more free-falling his way through life ass-first anyways, and collecting a paycheck for it made things all that much easier.

Mikah: "And I try not to flaunt the money too much. But I just figured you knew. We stayed in top tier hotels when we were sneaking around years ago..."

She laughed, as she led him inside.

Kris: "I thought you were billing Christian for all of that. I always did…"

He chuckled at the thought of the amount of Sin City money he had blown during his times with the company. Sometimes he had made ridiculous requests just to see what he could get away with.

Kris: "Several of the hotel rooms we destroyed in the process of… well… totally got billed to Christian or Mark…. Came as a cost of doing business with me."

They hadn't exactly been sneaky about any of it either. Their affair had been the worst kept secret in SCW history.

Kris: "Still baffles me that they didn't know. Even more that they didn't realize we were going to be the best team they ever had because of everything happening off camera."

She chuckled and shrugged her shoulders at him. She placed her keys up in their spot before leaning against the kitchen counter.

Mikah: "Look. We have plenty of time for all of that. I know you’re going back. I know that at some point you’re going to ask me about doing the same. Let’s just not get into it now. You just got here. We have missed a lot of time. Let’s catch up on that part first, and then we can work out the rest."

She gestured to the house around them, and his attention was pulled to the back windows, and the beautiful view of the beach.

Mikah: "I moved out here to get away from all that for a little bit, so just enjoy this for a day or two first, okay?"

She smiled before pushing herself off of the counter. Kris didn’t need very much convincing to let the subject go either. She was right. They could get to that at some other point in time. For the most part, he was just relieved that she wasn’t shooting the plan down outright. Even better, that meant that there were other parts of their relationship she wanted to hash out. Maybe that sliver of hope shouldn’t have ever been just a sliver. He wasn’t going to get his hopes up that high yet though. 

Kris: "You’re right… there’s no way that I’m leaving here for fucking Florida. We have at least another week. What can we fill it with?"



==========================================================

>We were eight days into the year last time I beat Caleb Storms…

We have come an awful long way to end up in the exact same place, haven’t we, Caleb?

I mean, we were the headliners for the first Climax Control of the year! I was walking into the arena as a dual-champion for the second time in my career. I had dominated the Mixed Tag Division. I had given the world a reprieve from the weird championship obsessions of Jack Washington. I climbed all the way to the very top of this company one win and a time while everyone screamed at me that it couldn’t be done. I proved every single one of those people wrong, and walked into the main event of Climax Control to fight the Internet Champion….

I guess I shouldn’t really say that you are in the same place now that you were then Caleb. That would be selling you unnecessarily short. Right now you are the legitimate Sin City Wrestling Internet Champion. Back then you were just a guy that was handed a championship as a joke. You hadn’t earned anything, and that rubbed me the wrong way at the time. Of course, you lost that match to me, and then dropped that sham title not too long after that. It was probably the best thing that you could have done for yourself. How did it feel to win that championship for real? Twice! Had to be better than when it got handed to you, right? What about now that you’re the only person in this company to have ever held it three times? At this point, you’ve been more successful with that championship than I have ever been. That is a long way to have come from a championship you didn’t deserve.

...so even though you’ve upped your game, Caleb, we find ourselves slipping down the card a little bit this time around. We managed to kick off the year with a hell of a main event last time, but this time we’re hovering around the upper middle. I can’t say that I blame you for it. We’ve been over that. You’ve made things happen for yourself in my absence. I wouldn’t dream of being anything but complimentary about that fact because first and foremost, I’m honest. The reason we are sliding down the card is because nobody really knows what to expect out of me. Am I going to show up as the Kris Ryans that was the face of the company? Is this the Third Coming of The Miracle?

No….

At the same time, am I going to be walking down to the ring with the blind confidence that I had before Bill Barnhart beat me in my first match back last time around?

Absolutely not.

There’s no way that I am going to lose focus like that ever again. I learned my lesson. I may be one of the best to ever come through this company, but that doesn’t mean that everyone on the roster is some kind of cakewalk. Everyone can beat anyone if the time is right. Nothing is guaranteed. That was something that I apparently needed to learn the hard way, and it only took that one match to pull my head out of my ass. I don’t just show up and expect to be great. I put the work in because I know that I’m great already. I don’t have to go out and prove that. I don’t have to walk around reminding people of it. The only thing that I need to do is go out and do exactly what has gotten me to the top of this company on more than one occasion.

...and at this point, there is absolutely nothing miraculous about it. Nobody is surprised when I go out there and win. Nobody is surprised to see that I can still do amazing things in the ring that nobody else is dumb enough to even try. It is just who I am, and what I do. But that’s not exactly chaos that you can put at the top of the card without giving it an eye test first, is it? That’s not the type of person that you would allow to have one of the biggest matches in the history of High Stakes, is it? So no matter who I am, or what I’ve done… I have to come back home. I have to come back to Climax Control. I have to remind Mark and Christian exactly who I am apparently.

So in a way, I’m back to square one. Yet still standing across the ring from Caleb Storms.

The beginning of the next chapter of my career here is going to be written with the exact same words as the start of my 2021.

Kris Ryans defeats Caleb Storms.

Nothing more. Nothing less.

However, it is not because he is unworthy. It is not because he is untalented. He has proven all of those words wrong in the short time that I have been away. He has turned himself into a real contender. He is a champion in this company, and Mark and Christian will always see their champions as the real measuring sticks. They want to see how I stack up against Caleb now that he has some momentum on his side. I’m sure they haven’t forgotten how, last time around, I laid him out with Godspeed and he still somehow found the willpower to kick out and keep a main event crowd glued to the edge of their seats.

That’s the kind of thing that is always going to make people want to see two stars go for a second round. No doubt it would have happened already had I not taken a vacation for half the year.


Maybe they know that no matter the result, this is going to be one of the can’t miss matches on the card just because our styles are so captivating.

Maybe it’s all of the above, or even more.

 Personally, it doesn’t matter to me what reason anyone needs to watch it, as long as they are paying attention when my music hits. I’m not coming back to mess around. There are things that I want. A match at High Stakes is just the tip of the iceberg.

...and this match will eventually just get lost in a highlight reel in a few months time.






3
Climax Control Archives / Number One
« on: May 05, 2021, 02:15:14 AM »

>

The shaky video feed comes to life with “The Miracle” front and center in the frame. As he moves through the hallways, surrounded by stacked up crates and other random equipment, the fans quickly deduce that he must have been recording from backstage during Climax Control. The booming sounds of fans from inside the arena where the show was still wrapping up support the realization, as well as the fact that Kris was still dressed as he was during his brief run-in with Scott Oliver. Since then, his world had been full of surprises. He hadn’t even considered stepping back inside the ring anytime soon, but that had all changed. In stopping by to talk to Mark and Christian, Kris learned that a challenge was going to be thrown out. He had then watched J2H take the screen to call him out. Only moments before pulling his phone from his pocket to start his recording, he had watched O’Malley win the Internet Championship, making him the one Kris would be tagging with should he accept the challenge. From the look on Kris’ face, there was no doubt he had already made a decision about it.

I just want to make sure that we’re all on the same page here...

His tone was a lot more serious than most anticipated. Everything else about his demeanor led viewers to believe that he was excited about the opportunity. Although, anybody with any knowledge of his working relationship with O’Malley had to understand his hesitance.

...I had no intention of stepping back into the ring ahead of what I had planned to be my last match at High Stakes closer to the end of the year...

It was a much more formal retirement announcement than he had previously put out. Although most already assumed as much. Kris was no longer under contract. He was splitting time between the two Jet City gyms, and attempting to be an actual parent. Sin City just wasn’t on his radar, aside from a handful of the people in it. Kris wasn’t going to bullshit the fans by avoiding the subject though.

J2H3 and I have been planning that one for a while. It’s been plenty public that we were putting that one together. If you look at the history books of this company, there are only two names that stick out as contenders for the best ever, and they’ve never even really been in the ring together. Of course we were going to make that match happen. It would be an injustice to anyone that has ever been a fan of this company to leave that match on the table.

Given his tone, the fans knew that Kris was just fluffing them up for the catch.

....I came to Climax Control to see some friends. Give some advice to the students out of Jet City, and thank Mark and Christian for the opportunities that they have given me along the way. Absolutely nothing more, and absolutely nothing less. So all of this has caught me kind of off-guard.

He shrugs...

Then again, how many people can say that they got J2H3 to show up in the building to call them out in person? And yeah, he may not have expected O’Malley to pull out the victory, but he knew that either way he was pairing me up against someone I’ve been in the ring with that may not like me all that much. On top of that, he gets to handpick his own partner, another guy that doesn’t necessarily like me. I guess it didn’t sit well that Mikah and I beat him in that swamp shit match. So it’s really me stepping in the ring with three people with a reason to maim me regardless of who was holding the Internet Championship.

When he said it that way, it kind of sounded like the whole thing was an obvious set up. Kris made it sound like J2H3 was baiting him into a trap. Then again, that might have just made it that much more exciting to The Miracle.

It was the first decent pitch that anyone in this company has made to me since I dropped the World Heavyweight Championship. I mean, I was here for a year and only lost twice. I thought that maybe someone would want to call out a guy that was that successful. I was a champion for the majority of my time here last year, and every single day that I was under contract this year. I was unstoppable. Yet, there didn’t seem to be any interesting opportunities left. It was all so incredibly…. boring.

A smirk starts to break in the right corner of his mouth.

A tag team match? J2H3 wants to challenge me in a tag match? He may have been the longest reigning World Heavyweight Champion but I have dominated both of the tag divisions in this company. My record as a member of a team is outrageous. And he wants to pick a guy that I really wished I had gotten to have a real defense against to be his tag partner? Even better.

There was only one piece of the equation left, and clearly that was the part that Kris was being hesitant about.

...and then there’s O’Malley.

He shakes his head. It is almost like Kris knows that there is almost no way that the two manage to make it through the match as a functioning team.

How about this, you old Irish asshole…. I will never…. Ever… not even once… step into the ring with you again if you somehow fuck this up for me intentionally. I realize there is a good chance that we lose just because some of your in ring decisions are just as stupid as your face, and that’s fine. I can live with that. But if you want to turn this into a three-on-one situation or leave me hanging out there, rest assured that you will never get the match with me that you so desperately want. Understood?

The smirk turns into a full on smile as Kris tries to hold back a laugh at O’Malley’s expense.

I’ll see the three of you in the ring next week. It should be a blast.

With a wink, he kills the feed and the screen goes black.

==========================================================



Jet City Reunion
Jet City Sports Lab - SEATTLE
4 MAY 2021
OFF-Camera



It had been a long time since Kris had seen the Jet City Sports Lab in person. He and his half brother had managed to spin their successful tag team into a successful brand name, and finally into a gym that was starting to boom with all of the recent success of its students. The state of the art sports lab in Seattle was much more appealing to the eye than Jet City South. Jason had an eye for that kind of thing, whereas Kris was really only concerned with what went on inside the gym. Jason’s attitude had always been geared towards professionalism. Kris was trying to show students like himself the path he took to the top, and there hadn’t been anything glamorous about it. In Kris’ mind, the vision that Jason was selling was a lie, but a pretty one. He had learned to appreciate it for what it was, instead of hating it for not being his own vision. As Kris strolled through the double front doors like he owned the place, several staff workers caught a glimpse of him and had turned the opposite direction. Parker Wayde, a long term trainer at the gym and Jason’s right hand man pointed Kris in the direction he was looking for without a single word. Kris’ brother had his back to the door, so had no advanced warning of Kris’ arrival.

Kris: It’s awfully good to be home...

Jason had been mid-conversation with his assistant when his brother’s words stopped him and caused him to spin around to face the terrorist.

Jason: Absolutely not! No. Maddie, put the sign up...

Jason pointed to a digital display along the wall that ran on a loop around the entire facility. Almost instantly bold and blinking red letters spelled out “KRIS DOES NOT WORK HERE! PLEASE IGNORE ANY OF HIS REQUESTS!” Kris read the words as they started to trail along the wall all the way to the other side of the gym and back.

Kris: For real? You don’t think that is a little excessive?

Jason shook his head without any kind of hesitancy.

Jason: Have you forgotten that I am plagued with remembering every stupid thing that you’ve done for the last… let’s say… 32 years.

It was more hurtful than Kris was expecting right from the start.

Kris: Rude… you’re really not happy to see me?

Jason finally finishes up whatever it was that needed his attention and turns back to his half-brother already exhausted by their conversation.

Jason: Why are you here? You have your own gym. There is no reason to come all the way up the coast to terrorize the people that chose to stay at JCSL. You can do that at Jet City South. I’m sure Court and Ruby would be happy to keep you occupied.

That was the entirety of Kris’ problem. If he was down at Jet City South, he would be the one with the assistant breathing down his neck every second of the day. Even if he managed to give her the slip, one of his students would need some kind of help preparing for an upcoming match. In short, there was no way that he could do anything to get ready for his own battle if he stayed in San Diego. Jason would bust him if he tried to lie his way through a reason that sounded better, so Kris was willing to take a stab at honesty.

Kris: They’re actually the reason that I came up here. They both have the big Bombshell Championship matches coming u---

The older of the two brother’s still wasn’t impressed and his patience was dwindling so he attempted to speed things up.

Jason: Yeah, and they could end up squaring off against each other even though they’re still in the cute honeymoon stage of their relationship. Again, not my problem.

Kris was dumbfounded to find out that his brother was actually following along. Maybe he did really care.

Kris: You know, for a guy that doesn’t want to be involved you sound awfully involved.

Jason shakes his head. If Kris was looking for a feel good answer, he came to the wrong place.

Jason: I keep tabs on you guys because your name is attached to mine. If your gym does well, mine looks good. If yours crashes and burns, my name becomes less valuable. It’s business, not pleasure. Then again, there isn’t very many things that I find pleasurable about playing games with you these days.

Kris wasn’t just going to take the verbal beating lying down.

Kris: That is because I am old enough to pick the games that we play now. I’m not just some puppet for you to pull the strings on anymore.

Jason sighs, giving up.

Jason: We’re going in circles here Kris. I’m going to need you to get to the point. I have a lot going on today.

Kris did the only thing he could, and just blurted out what he needed.

Kris: I need to win a fight against myself. You’re the only one that can help with that.

It was the first thing that drew Jason’s genuine interest.

Jason: ...J2H is finally stepping up….?

It was the hook that Kris had been hoping for. His brother knew what this match meant to him, especially on the kind of stage provided by it being Climax Control’s 300th show.

Kris: Actually he showed up randomly this past week to challenge me to a tag match. He picked Mac as his partner. I got stuck with whoever was lucky enough to walk out of the ring with the Internet Championship.

Jason could see the dominoes falling into place even before Kris told him. He could see it turning into a three-on-one beating quickly.

Jason: ...and let me guess… O:Malley won.

Kris blows that subject off entirely. That’s not what he was here for.

Kris: That’s not the point. I’m not worried about the two of them. I have seen Mac up close, and I think that I can run him down. O’Malley is going to want the bigger piece of him though. One of the two of us has to be able to counter James, and that isn’t going to be the Irish joke.

Jason: So you’re coming to me because James’ style is basically a little bit of yours and a little bit of mine. I can see why you’re scared

Kris wasn’t going to let the insult slide.

Kris: I never said I was scar--

Jason: [Interrupting] Well, you’re here. That says enough. You want to beat the guy so that you can try to claim that you’re the best of all time. You think because you beat me inside the SCW ring that I’ll be a good tune up for you. The problem is, it involves asking me a favor. You hate doing that. If there was any other way, you wouldn’t be here. So yeah… I think you’re scared. Even if you don’t want to admit it. If you fall on your face during this match, the one that you’ve been planning for High Stakes is irrelevant. You’ll be giving James all the ammo he needs to get into your head ahead of that one.

Kris mouth opens and closes wordlessly a few times. He hadn’t actually thought about it that way.

Kris: ...maybe that’s what he wants….

Jason cuts him off before he can spin a new conspiracy theory.

Jason: Look at you! Always trying to dig for some deeper meaning instead of just seeing things for what they are. James Huntington-Hawkes is the only one with the standing to challenge your place in Sin City history. You’d be a fool not to be scared about watching everything that you’ve worked for slip away.

It was reassuring in a strange way. Jason was scolding him, but at the same time acknowledging that the doubts Kris was feeding into were a waste of time. There was no need to be paranoid about what if scenarios. The match was coming. It was real. That is what he should be focused on.

Kris: ....so are you going to help me or did I come all this way just for a lecture?

Jason’s least favorite thing about dealing with his brother was his need to be spoon fed the answers that he wanted to hear. He surrenders with another sigh.

Jason: When have I not helped you out when you needed it?

Turning back to Maddie, Jason starts to empty all of his pockets onto the stack of papers they had been going over.

Jason: Cancel all of my appointments please...

Jason takes off his jacket and loosens his tie before the two start to head back towards the locker room, leaving Maddie holding a stack of items and looking more confused than ever.

Kris: You know… that sign might actually be helpful. I know it is meant as a way to make the staff ignore me, but maybe the students will take the hint and steer clear.

Jason laughs at how naive Kris still is despite years of rough lessons learned.

Jason: I doubt it...

He points up ahead along the path they are walking, only for Kris to spot Courtney Pierce, already changed and looking like she had been hitting the gym hard for a few hours. She caught sight of the two brothers and made her way over to them with a smile.

Court: So what did I miss? Don’t tell me that you two old timers haven’t even started yet….

The two founders of Jet City exchanged exasperated glances, knowing that their week of preparation had just gotten much longer.



==========================================================


>Can you believe there have been 205 episodes of Climax Control between this Sunday and the last time that J2H3 and I were in the ring together?

The scene opens with Kris in his office looking at the wall of championships displayed on the back wall. Each of the five championships he was eligible to win in SCW were hanging, with both the Roulette and World Heavyweight Championships stacked with their double.

Back then I didn’t have any of these...

Kris gestures at the wall with a laugh, and tries his best to recall his first run-in with James Huntington-Hawkes III.

...I wasn’t even a Nobody yet. No Miracles had happened. I hadn’t broken any Roulette records yet. I hadn’t formed Jet City or The Black Sheep to dominate the tag divisions yet. I hadn’t held a single championship on my way to the Grand Slam... yet. We were far from the people that we would eventually become in the history of this business. All of our collective greatness played out after a weird chance meeting. Back then he was only just figuring out that his long ass name was too much, and I hadn’t found out that my name was a lie. He was a guy that nobody took very seriously, and I was an unknown. James just seemed like a spoiled rich kid that was too used to getting what he wanted and I was a burnout going nowhere. The version of him that came to Climax Control to call me out didn’t even exist yet. The Miracle that he wants to step in the ring with hadn’t happened. Yet, both of those things were actually born while we shared the ring, albeit not under the best circumstance for me.

It wasn’t the best of memories, but Kris looks proud of himself for remembering a time forgotten about by just about all of the present SCW locker room. The night he crossed paths with J2H3 had been a launch pad for them both.

I was fighting Equinox, thumbtacks were flying. People were getting hurt. Then this clown Ringo comes down, and starts to get beaten up. Then J2H3 comes out with a whole new attitude, all tatted up, and suddenly the guy can actually wrestle worth a damn. That match still hasn’t ended, to this day. They came down, eventually laid out Equinox, and left. No bells. No nothing. It’s a draw on my record only because there was never an official decision, and that was the singular time that I can remember two of SCW’s biggest future stars crossing paths. J2H3 went on to break records with the World Heavyweight Championship, and even hold multiple championships at the same time. The inconsequential guy whose championship match he ruined later became The Miracle standing before you now. Our origin stories overlap even though they are entirely separate from one another.

....but that’s the point, isn’t it? That’s what makes what we plan to do at High Stakes so enticing to everyone. That is why it is the match so good that it was booked nearly a year in advance. Everyone should consider themselves lucky to get this early preview, but we didn’t need to do this to sell tickets to High Stakes. They’re going to sell out the moment that they go on sale. Why? Because since Climax Control 95 when we were in the same ring, we have both done absolutely everything that this company has to offer, and we did it without ever crossing paths. It almost feels cheap for one of the two of us to claim to be the best before we have really even gotten the chance to prove it to the other man inside the ring. The same list that put J2H3 up on top of the world didn’t have my name on it at all. He wouldn’t have showed up to call me out by name if he didn’t think that was a mistake. He wouldn’t be wasting time on me if he didn’t think that I was worth his attention. The fact that he called this shot shows that I belong among the very best that have ever stepped into our six sided ring.

His excitement had taken him a little off topic, so he tried to bring himself back around to the match at hand. Everyone was going to have to wait a few more months for the other.

So when I was asked if I wanted to be part of the historic 300th installment of Climax Control, I already wanted to say yes. When they said that J2H3 wanted to be the one standing across from me, it was a no doubt situation. Everything else since then has just been a bonus. Getting to face Mac in a legitimate match is probably the biggest of those.

Kris had gotten so focused on the dream match that he had nearly overlooked J2H3’s partner for this preview.

Had Mac and Amber gotten a real shot on the Halloween show, there is no telling if Mikah and I would have remained champions long enough for me to hand the championship off to Coby. And that isn’t sarcasm. That’s not me blowing smoke up the guy’s ass either. He’s good. He wouldn’t have been recruited to this match if he wasn’t. More importantly, he sounds like a guy that wants to do things the right way. The way that J2H3 and I did. I didn’t have to look much further back than his comments to Fenris to see that. He offered to have his opponent’s back, despite the fact that it would have been in his best interest to let outside interference chew Fenris up and spit him back out for an easy win. He didn’t do that though. He did the respectful thing. He did the right thing. I can respect that.

...and that’s not to say that he is some kind of slouch in the ring either. There is a reason that Christian thinks that the guy could be a successful World Heavyweight Champion here. He has proven himself on a nightly basis since his debut. I know that there have been a few setbacks along the way, but that doesn’t change the fact that the guy is trending upwards. He’s even got a shot to get his hands on the Internet Championship. I know a little something about that. It was the first one that I won in this company. And he’s going to have to take it from O’Malley if he wants it. I know a little bit about beating that guy down as well.

Although, that can’t be what Kris wants to see happen in this next match. For the first time, O’Malley suffering a crippling defeat would negatively impact the Grand Slam Champion. Usually he would be watching his rival lose with a smile on his face. Their opponents had made sure that wouldn’t be the case this time around. Kris had been lured out of his semi-retirement to team with one of the two people in his life that there was no hope for co-existing with. More painful than that, it put Kris in the position to have to say something positive about his foe-turned-partner.

On that subject, I’m hoping that O’Malley is able to prove some of the things that I’ve said about him wrong….

The Miracle looked like even attempting to be complimentary was going to make him sick. There was no way that he could fake his way through enough pleasantries to convince anyone he was sincere either. Kris decided against even trying to play nice.

...but I’m not honestly expecting too much. Why? Because he is the same guy that he has always been. He is about fifty percent edgy tough guy, and fifty percent sob redemption story. He says that he wants to be better, and do better. Then he keeps up with the same tired excuses to explain away his failures. Maybe he would have been more successful if he hadn’t tried to come up at the same time that J2H3 and I were. Maybe he holds that against me. To be honest, I don’t know how this whole thing started, and at this point I don’t care enough about it to call him out to end it. It means much more to him than it does to me. That is why he was online crying about this match while I was busy rising to the challenge.

A wave of relief washes over the former champion. He was always more at peace when he wasn’t trying to mask what he really wanted to say. Plus, there was no need to fake some kind of truce. Kris was already carrying an ace up his sleeve.

I’m willing to look past that though. I’m willing to work with this reject for the duration of this match, if only because it is in my best interests to do so. I know that he is probably better than I will ever give him credit for. The problem with that is, it has still never been enough to beat me. That means it’s not going to be enough to beat J2H3 at his own game. The best thing that I can hope for is O’Malley keeping Mac busy long enough for me to prove to the world that I am the best that has ever walked through the doors of this company.

Of course, his plan relied on O’Malley being co-operative.

I am willing to do all of the heavy lifting needed in this match to pull off the victory. I am willing to put aside any misgivings between me, O’Malley, Jet City and the GO Gym for one night. I am extending my hand in an attempt to put on a match that should have been the main event of the biggest supercard, let alone Climax Control 300. J2H3 said that booking this match gave the show the star power that it needed and I agree with him on that. I don’t want something petty to get in the way of that. So if O’Malley can hold up his end of the deal and keep that temper of his in check, maybe I will be inclined to grant him his one final wish before my match at High Stakes. I know that stepping into the ring with me one-on-one is what he really wants in this company, and I’m willing to set aside my boredom with the idea to give him a shot…

I am willing to bet that offer will be enough to motivate O’Malley to do the right thing and give his best effort. As if dropping a match to the number one contender to his championship wasn’t enough pressure. I just want to make sure that he knows what is actually at stake for him at Climax Control. If we can somehow work together, we can take this thing. Hopefully O’Malley has enough incentive because with the right motivation we could be unstoppable.

He pauses for just a moment, as if a totally new thought struck him just as he had finished speaking.

Motivation...

He says it slowly, and he tilts his head slightly to the side. Fans can tell that he is still working through the epiphany, but he doesn’t leave them hanging for very long.

It’s a funny thing really… Mac jumped at the opportunity to take on the Internet Champion ahead of his scheduled defense. And why wouldn’t he? It will be the perfect test run before putting the actual prize on the line. He should be competing to get as much of an edge as possible...

With Mac down, he moves back to O’Malley.

We know what the dumb Irishman is fighting for at this point. It’s almost sad that his attention is going to be more focused on me than the guy threatening to take his championship though. He’s either going to crack under the pressure, which I will enjoy having a front row seat for, or rise to the occasion, which will benefit me immensely. Either way I win. Although I’d like to see the guy prove me wrong for once.

He taps himself on the chest.

Me? I think all of you watching have figured that one out for yourselves, but I don’t mind saying it out loud. When people say some other guy is the best there has ever been, you can’t help but want to see how you measure up. There’s only one way to step out of a shadow. This is one that has been clouding my view for far too long.

That left just one person.

...but what about you James? I was listening, but I didn’t exactly hear a reason that you’re putting all of this together. You’ve told us all that you don’t need to be here. You’ve let us know that you’re more happy with life and the wife at home. You don’t need Sin City. You over it. So why? What is it that you’re fighting for? Money? That’s sad if that’s all it takes to get your attention. Shits and giggles? That isn’t going to carry you through this one. Respect? You’ll have a chance to earn it. You’re stepping in the ring with three highly motivated people, and if you’re not careful you’re going to be collateral damage when it’s all said and done.

He shrugs. Nobody knows the answer other than the longest running SCW World Heavyweight Champion.

You’re used to coming in and doing these little one-offs before running away to recover for a while. You’re used to taking on people like Teddy and embarrassing them. That’s not going to be the way that this match goes, and if you think it is, you’re about to get reality checked.


4
Climax Control Archives / The Continued Evolution of Kris Ryans
« on: January 08, 2021, 10:18:35 PM »
Enough
Kris’ Apartment - San Diego
24 December 2014
OFF-Camera


"I can't believe I didn't abort you when your father begged me to...."

Maybe it wouldn't have hurt so bad if that was the worst thing she had called to say. Honestly, I didn't even know she was out of prison. Her sentence wasn't up yet. She must have gotten off for good behavior or something. If she were calling from the inside I would have been able to deny her call without even hearing her voice. If she were calling from the inside her words wouldn't have been slurred from however many gin and tonics she had put down.

"You are the reason Lindsey died. It was your fault. It should have been you. Look what you have made of yourself. You're a no good drug addict living off his brother."

That one had crippled me. My shoulder still hurts from sliding down the wall down to a sitting position and hitting the windowsill on my way down. Soon that pain would fade from my mind though. I mean, she was right. What have I done with my life? Failed career. Failed relationships. Jason has to shell out money for me to live like I do. The fact that I have cleaned up doesn't change any of that. How could anyone love or care about me? I don't deserve that in this life.

"You know, your father didn't even drink before you. We were happy. He loved us. And then you came along and ruined all of it. You cry and bitch about the things he allegedly did to you and your brother. You brought it on yourself Kristopher. Even if it is just your wild drug addled imagination slandering a good man."

I thought I had killed off all of those memories. The nights he had come home after mom was gone and beaten the hell out of us, those were the good nights. I didn't even get the worst of it then. It was always Jason. He has always been the one to take the fall or penalty just so I can slide by. Hearing her accuse me of none of it ever happening brought it all back and reliving it all was too much to even try to push through. I thought time... drugs... therapy... would have dulled that pain.  She cried at that point, I think. I was already trying to slip the details.

"I wish you would just die already. You should have never been here and you have all stolen twenty-four happy Christmases from us. You shouldn't be allowed to see another. You’re garbage Kris. I'm glad I never wasted time loving you."

Maybe she was right. Maybe I don't deserve to make it to see another happy Christmas. Looking down at the needle on the desk, the several empty caps, a quickly drying spoon, I can't help but agree with her. There's really only one thing left to do before I pull the rubber band from my arm and forget any of this ever happened. I tap the home button on the back of the phone twice to light up the screen. His face was right there on the main screen. I tap it, typing the text message with one hand.


Mom was right. I'm so sorry Jason. I love you. I wish that I could have been a better brother.


I watch the circle spin until it stops. The message sent. I close my eyes, and feel tears start to roll down them. I pull the rubber band off. It won't be long now.



==========================================================



The Past Has Passed
Jason’s House - Seattle
25 December 2020
OFF-Camera



Just as he felt himself slipped away, a jolt surges through Kris’ body and shakes him awake. He sits up instantaneously, sweat falling down his face. He does what he can to slow down his heart rate before his chest explodes. As he turns to the edge of the bed and swings his feet down to the cold floor, the memory starts to recede into the back of his mind where it belongs. He was six years removed from that day, the worst of his life. Luckily for him, his brother had managed to scrape him off the floor all those years ago, and paramedics were able to breathe life back into him shortly after. It was the lowest point of Kris life, and this time of year, it always haunted him. He had hoped it would stop once he found success. When that hadn’t worked, he thought maybe the death of the dreadful woman that birthed him would be enough to put it in his rearview. However, it appeared that this yearly ritual would continue until the day that Kris was finally allowed to check out of this existence.

He had no interest in going back to sleep. There was a chance that he was going to see the woman every time he closed his eyes for days. So instead of forcing himself back down into bed, Kris rises, shooting a glance towards an analog clock hanging on the wall. It was still the middle of the night. There was a good chance that he was going to be the only person meandering around the house at this hour, which felt perfect. He found comfort in the silent solitude. He put on a pair of basketball shorts, and was in the process of pulling his red hooded sweatshirt over his head as he was walking out the door when he was startled.


Kris: Jesus fuck!

Kris had almost run directly into his brother as he came through the doorway of the guest room and into the hallway. The older and wiser half of Jet City didn’t seem surprised to see his little brother out roaming the halls. Had they not been under the same roof, his phone likely would have been ringing in the near future anyways. As much as Kris’ nightmarish memory had become a yearly tradition, so too had their conversations afterwards. Jason needed only to see the look on his brother’s face before realizing what had roused Kris from his sleep.

Jason: Sometimes you just wish she would stay dead, eh?

Kris wipes the sleep away from his eyes and tries to straighten himself up. Jason was always dissecting the little details in order to answer questions without having to actually ask them, so there was no reason for Kris to try and hide how he was feeling.

Kris: Is it that obvious?

Jason shrugs with a small smile coming across his lips.

Jason: It’s been on my mind too. It always is this time of year. It’s not everyday that you have to bring your brother back from the dead.

Possibly for the first time, Kris started to see his memory from his brother’s perspective. The text message had been enough to send Jason rushing to Kris’ aid. However, the sight of his younger brother face down on the floor and unresponsive wasn’t something that he was ever going to forget. Jason could still hear the EMT’s arguing about throwing in the towel when it looked like Kris wasn’t going to come back. Yet he had, at the last possible moment. The two of them had been through a lot together, but that was the scariest moment of all for Jason. Both of them had been helpless children when their sister had died. Jason had been able to let go of the guilt over that. Standing by as an adult while his brother checked out of his plane of existence early would have been the worst way for history to repeat itself. He wasn’t so sure that he could have overcome the guilt of being the last child standing.

Kris: I’m not sure if I’ve ever act---

Jason shakes his head and cuts the sentence off before Kris can get it out.

Jason: You do every year, and everyday in the hospital afterwards. You don’t have to apologize anymore. Come on...

Jason pats his brother on the shoulder as he moves past him in the hallway. Two doors down from Kris’ bedroom was Jason’s office, which is where it looked like the two men were headed. As soon as they stepped foot into the room, the low yellow lights flipped on overhead automatically. Kris hadn’t been inside the office in several years, but was shocked as he looked around. Not only were all of the various championships and accolades from Jason’s career, including pictures of the two of them winning the SCW World Tag Team Championships, but there was an entire section with headlines and pictures of Kris and his successes. The first one that caught Kris’ eye was a picture of him holding the SCW Internet Championship over his head.

Kris: I didn’t know that you had all of this...

As Kris’ eyes wander across the wall in front of him, a smile crosses his face. His brother had been paying attention to everything he had done in SCW for years. He even already had the headlines from the SCW World Heavyweight Championship match with Jack pinned just overtop of a picture of the two of them celebrating as Jet City.

Jason: Just because I didn’t go back doesn’t mean I’m not watching. You’re putting together a career to be proud of.

Kris’ eyes find an article that Jason had printed out of the announcement of Jet City South’s grand opening just a few months ago. He was surprised. Jason hadn’t been the most pleased with Kris splitting away from JCSL in Seattle when he went back to Sin City. Kris thought that maybe his sibling may have written him off the same way most everyone else had.

Kris: I’m not sure there’s anyone in the world proud of me.

Jason sits down at his desk with a heavy sigh, and leans back in his chair.

Jason: That’s just your head playing tricks on you. The girls wouldn’t have wanted you to come back and spend the holidays with the kids if they weren’t proud of how you’ve turned yourself around.

Kris wasn’t willing to bet that his brother hadn’t already heard the whole story. He had to know that Kris hadn’t really turned himself around. Two months ago he was still spiraling out of control. He was lucky that when he was given the chance to prove himself, he had been able to step up. Kris wasn’t going to give himself too much credit for that though. He hadn’t known the girls were coming. He was just in the right place at the right time.

Kris: A couple of months of sobriety isn’t much to brag about…. Six years and I still can’t prove mom wrong.

The two of them had this conversation yearly, so Jason knew where it was going. Kris couldn’t see that the woman that pushed them out into this world was wrong, despite how many times had proven it. He had a family that cared about him no matter how much he tried to push them away. He wasn’t creating messes that Jason needed to clean up. Even more importantly, not only was he running his own gym but the days of Kris living in his brother’s shadow were long over. Kris had miraculously risen from the dead and achieved everything he ever wanted. Yet, he was still hung up on a drunken conversation with a spiteful woman. Jason knew hammering that subject wasn’t going to work though. He needed to get Kris to look past it.

Jason: How many people in this world can say that they had a dream as a child, and are actually living it as an adult?

Kris turns away from the wall to look at his brother puzzled. After a couple moments of consideration, Kris played along.

Kris: Probably not a lot. Why?

Now that he had his brother’s attention Jason doesn’t break from his gaze. He was hoping that the reason that this yearly pep talk never worked was because they were always talking over a phone. If Kris had to look him in the eye, maybe things would finally start to sink in. He wasn’t going to waste the opportunity to try, and if he failed, he knew he would get another shot in 365 days.

Jason: Well you are. That’s what makes it so miraculous from my perspective. Since you were a little kid fighting for your life, the only thing you’ve ever wanted to be was a fighter. You do that in Sin City week after week. You get to live your dream in front of thousands of people… some that cheer for you no matter how horrible you are.

Kris shrugs. He loved his career, but looking back at everything it had cost him to get to where he is, he wasn’t sure that it was the best path. His desire to be inside the ring cost him his past relationships. Being on the road so much had always limited his ability to make and maintain friendships. He may have been living his dream, but he was doing it all alone. It almost didn’t seem worth it.

Kris: It’s just another addiction. I like the attention. I like not knowing if I am going to be able to win. Everything in the ring feels like being backed into a corner, and having to fight your way out. It’s...

He couldn’t find the right word, but Jason had it immediately.

Jason: Familiar.

It catches Kris off-guard, and he almost shakes his head to disagree with his brother. However, just before he does, the word really sinks in and stops him.

Jason: For someone that has been fighting for as long as they can remember, sitting still is hard. Believe me. I’ve been there. There’s no shame in that. You went back because it is where you feel that you belong, and that’s why you’re so good at it. People don’t understand that the six-sided ring is actually your comfort zone. It’s being out in the world that actually scares you. I have always thought that’s why you started doing drugs in your down time. It passes the time, and stops you from having to actually figure out why you’re not happy.

Kris steps away from the wall and moves to the opposite side of the desk that his brother sits behind. He wasn’t angry. He wasn’t going to take offense, or lash out at his brother for his honesty. Kris falls into the chair across from his brother and looks up at the ceiling.

Kris: I don’t even know where I would start...

This was progress. Jason sits forward in his chair, nearly dumbfounded that Kris was participating in the conversation without becoming combative.

Jason: Who is saying you haven’t already started?

Confused, Kris looks down from the ceiling and back to his brother without sitting up in his chair.

Kris: I’m not following.

Jason shrugs.

Jason: You cleaned yourself up without help this time. And without anyone having to beg you to do it. You did it on your own. You’re running a gym that is becoming just as successful as what we built up here. You’re carrying two championships in the company you love, and have apparently pulled your head out of your ass lately. You’re growing up, whether you see it or not.

Maybe Kris was too close to all of it to be able to see it as progress, but he was willing to take the compliment anyways. Usually these conversations involved being called a fuck up. He was enjoying the more positive spin this one was taking.

Kris: I thought we promised that we weren’t going to do that though?

The two laugh.

Jason: Never intentionally. It just has a way of sneaking up on you.



==========================================================





>There is one thing that everything that I have accomplished in this company has in common.

I earned it.

I earned every opportunity that I was given. I relied on my abilities to win the championships that I have in this company. Every award, victory, and championship reign cost blood, sweat, tears, and broken bones. I have been injured in the six-sided Sin City ring more times than I remember. I have broken walls backstage with my body. I have been beaten with every weapon that this roster can think of. I have suffered setbacks, and overcome all of them.

I never wanted a championship handed to me. I didn’t even want an opportunity to challenge for one that I didn’t earn. Look at how Mikah and I worked our way up the mixed tag team division before challenging for the championships. Look at how I waited until I had won more than ten consecutive matches before redeeming my opportunity to regain the SCW World Heavyweight Championship. I am not sitting here as a dual SCW champion for the second time in my career because I took shortcuts. I put the work in. I lost a lot of matches, and rose from the ashes to earn the championships that I have carried, and the awards that I have won. That is why there are people that buy tickets to the shows just because my name is on the card. 

That is not a status that Caleb Storms is going to rise to by being handed a championship by J2H3. Especially not when the only reason for Caleb getting the title was because he was the biggest joke on the roster. You see, people look at Caleb as a guy that has to be handed everything because he can’t do anything right on his own. I mean, I closed out the year with fourteen consecutive wins over some of the best that this company has to offer. On the other hand, Caleb made a lot of noise for someone that lost like eight straight at one point last year. The guy has his ass handed to him more often than he pulls out victories, and it has been like that since he made his way to Sin City. Nobody is surprised to see Caleb lose. They are surprised to see Mark and Christian allow him to hold a championship that he has no hope of successfully defending. Maybe it is a slightly better option than forcing it to be vacated, but not by much. Caleb is never going to better himself or his craft by being handed things.

As a champion, I am insulted by how this match is being sold to the public. This isn’t a champion versus champion situation. This is a champion taking on a pretender. It might be the main event of the night, but there won’t be any surprises for the audience. The SCW World Heavyweight Champion is going to begin the year doing what he does best, and Caleb Storms will be well on his way to another losing record in 2021. We couldn’t be any more different from one another, and that is never going to change until Caleb takes a hard look at himself. Only he can make the changes that he needs to in order to break out of that mediocre shell of his. I’m not saying it’s not possible. I’m not saying that he isn’t talented enough to do it. It’s not like everyone thought that I was going to make it to where I am. Think about it. I am referred to as The Miracle, because I should have never risen to the level that I am at. I started out my time in this company getting beaten regularly. I have grown, adapted, and evolved over the years in order to keep inching closer and closer to the top spot in this company. Nothing and nobody was going to stand in my way or prevent me from getting to where I wanted to be. All that hard work has paid off not once, but twice in my career. I am once again the face of this company, and it was just as miraculous this time as it was last time.

I am going to say something that most will laugh at me for: I believe that Caleb Storms could do everything that I have done in this company and more. I mean look at me! I did it, and I am not the biggest, or the strongest member of this roster. I am not the smartest, or the most well-trained. However, being at the top of a company like this was my dream since I was a child, and I never let it go. I wanted it bad enough that I refused to accept no for an answer. I fought, I clawed, and I eventually got to where I wanted to be. Over the years we have all seen those same flashes of brilliance but they are few and stuffed between some really bad losses. For every step forward he takes, there are several that move him backwards. He has been a talented member of this roster for years, and the only thing he has to show for it is being an easy target for a punchline. I feel bad for him, but I feel worse for the championship belt that he holds. Without the Internet Championship in his possession, Caleb Storms is just an athlete that hasn’t quite found his rhythm yet. With the championship, he is a disappointing waste of potential.

So Caleb, unfortunately I have to make an example out of you on Climax Control. I have been trying to be a better role model for this company. What you are doing with that championship is not something that I can let slide. The people in the locker room, and the fans in the crowd deserve something better than you have proven yourself capable of offering. You haven’t earned the right to be called a champion, and I refuse to treat you like one until you stand toe-to-toe with me and prove me wrong.

There is part of me that really, really hopes that you are able to rise to that occasion this Sunday. I think we all know that the chances of that happening are nearly zero though. If it’s any consolation, maybe this match and these words will wake up something inside of you that I really hope is there. Maybe this is your time to miraculously rise up and skyrocket to the top of this company like Jack Washington did in 2020. I don’t see it happening, but am inviting you, daring you even, to show up at Climax Control and make it happen.

Step up and become The Miracle...

...or shut up and take the L.




5
Climax Control Archives / Someone like Kris
« on: December 18, 2020, 10:59:53 PM »
The Real World
Kris’ Apartment - San Diego
21 November 2020
OFF-Camera


The big one was right around the corner. Sure, he had to defend the Mixed Tag Team Championships at High Stakes in less than 24 hours, but he was already thinking past that. Time was running out on the control that he had of his own destiny. It was strange, he never actually thought that he would make it to the end of the year without being forced to put his opportunity on the line, or cash it in early to either win or reclaim the mixed tag team championships. Making it to the end of the year with his opportunity intact hadn’t seriously crossed his mind. Even worse, actually using his opportunity to ascend back to his rightful place atop of the SCW roster was overwhelming to think about. Back when Kris returned to Sin City, chasing after the World Heavyweight Championship was the last thing on his mind. It was Crystal that handed him the opportunity that he never asked for. All he did was go out to the ring and win it. That was hardly a challenge given that his competition was O’Malley, Barnhart and his former friend, Griffin Hawkins. Even then, he was able to put it in the back of his mind for the last few months. However, in the last few weeks, the idea of having one big match to close out the year was starting to feel real. The problem was, he wasn’t necessarily ready for it.

He wasn’t as sure of himself now as he was back in 2018. Kris spent the majority of the year hiding in the mixed tag division and doing what was easiest. Sure his record looked nice on paper, but he wasn’t challenging himself the way that he used to. He wasn’t even sure if he really even wanted to keep going. On top of that, stepping up to challenge for the top prize felt like more than he could handle. In preparation, he had quietly gone about cleaning himself up over the last three weeks. The plan was two months of sobriety by the time Christmas came around. Not just for Sin City and his big opportunity, but for himself. It didn’t seem like much of a goal, but it was a big step for Kris, especially on his own. Still, he didn’t think that it would be enough. He had started pushing the Jet City South students a little harder in order to sharpen his own skills. He still felt like he was playing catch-up though. He had been coasting for months, and trying to get back into the swing of things was more difficult with age and injuries. At least he could say that it was starting to pay off. He was getting there physically, but the stress of it all was running him down. Mentally, maybe pressure was just too much. He had a feeling that it was all of this was going to be too little, too late.

Those were the thoughts haunting him as he sat silently in the center of his room, in front of a blank canvas that he had been struggling to put color to for hours. The sudden rapid tapping of what sounded like a dozen people startled him and nearly knocked him off his chair. He didn’t have energy to spare in order to be mad at his intruders, but when he reached for the handle and pulled the door away from its attackers he didn’t know what to expect on the other side.


Kristopher Ryans: Why is everyone always so anno---

When his eyes found the three women in the hallway his mouth stopped moving. His breath became stuck in his lungs and his eyes fell down to the floor. On the bright side, he was glad that he hadn’t come to the door shouting in anger. That outburst only would’ve made things worse for him.

Liz Smalls: Oh lookies, he’s like speechless and stuffs. That’s new. I like it.

Liz was the last person that he thought would be at his door. She tended to stay as far away from wrestling shows as she could, especially with companies she used to be a part of. Her time with SCW was long over. She left the wrestling lifestyle behind years ago to focus on being a mother and a businesswoman. There were significantly less concussions in that line of work, even if it was Kris’ son she was raising. They were co-parents, but not so much friends. Let’s just say they got along better with distance between them. She wasn’t the problem though. Likely she was just along for the ride with the two other women.

Kali Fox-Cooper: He’s looking like shit too...

Kali, his former manager in SCW who became much more than that over the course of their time together. Without her, he probably would have never gotten to the World Heavyweight Championship reign that turned  him into The Miracle.

Heather Cooper: Yeah… well… it’s not like he has any supervision these days. You know he can’t take care of himself.

His now ex-wife was the reason that his eyes were focused on the floor. He hadn’t actually laid eyes on her since he left, but that was his fault. Heather was a recovering addict, just as he was but she managed to keep herself together because of the children they shared. That was supposed to be enough. It never was though. Kris always caved in, and all three of the women in front of him wouldn’t tolerate it anymore. That is how he ended up in San Diego in the first place.

Kris: ....I… uh…. can….

He was struggling to put together any series of words that wasn’t just going to dig the hole he was in deeper for himself. Luckily, Liz didn’t have the patience to wait for him to invite them in, so she cut him off by pushing past him and into the room.

Liz: Come on! If he’s really sad he’s deffs been painting.

Kali dips past him as well, and the two ladies go to work judging him for his living conditions. Heather pauses at the door, glaring at Kris even though he refuses to look up at her. He takes a step back and moves aside to allow her to pass into the room.

Liz: It’s so dark in here! How do you live like this?

She yanks open the black-out curtains covering several panels of large bay windows, brightening up the space immediately. Kris’ eyes have trouble focusing in the light, but help the three of them to quickly survey their surroundings.

Kristopher: It feels too big when it is all lit up...

Kali laughs at the excuse.

Kali: Coming from the guy who left Seattle so that he could compete in front of crowds again that is kind of funny...

Heather moves across the room and smacks Kali’s upper arm. The tension in the room was already making her nervous, and she could see from Kris' overall demeanor that he wasn’t exactly enjoying any of this either. There was no need to make this any worse than it was already.

Heather: You’ve been painting a lot...

It was just an observation, but it came off as more of an accusation. He knew what she meant. The more he painted, the more he was spending time alone, and if he was sealing himself off from the world, there was only one other thing he would be doing. To Heather, seeing the walls lined with canvases told her that he was not only on drugs, but had been for weeks, if not months. Even worse, hardly anything she could see was finished. Like he had no direction or inspiration. They all felt empty.

Kristopher: I have classes to teach at the gym. Sin City stuff to prepare for. I just do it to keep busy the rest of the time.

He was still talking to the floor, trying to lengthen the amount of time that they were spending on the pleasantries knowing that they didn’t really give a damn about his artwork.

Kali: I would have thought you filled most of that time nodding off in a corner somewhere...

Heather turned to Kali to defend Kris, but he was more than happy to stick up for himself on this one. There was no way that he was going to let himself come between them now that they had moved on in their relationship without him. It was the absolute least he could do.

Kristopher: I was. You’re right. I mean it’s not like I could hide it from any of you. I’m doing better now.

Heather relaxes slightly, but it wasn’t a good enough answer for either of the other two.

Liz: So does that just mean like… you’re not on anything right this second?

The really shocking thing was that Liz was able to cut into the conversation without being focused on them at all. Instead, she was working her way around the different paintings in the room. Five long years had been more than enough time to learn how to handle Kris better than most people could. Sidestepping his bullshit was almost second nature to her at this point.

Kristopher: Totally clean for over three weeks. I’m trying to pull myself back together. I have a big one coming up.

Kali: Defending your titles with Mikah?

That was not a subject that Kris was going to tackle with all of them right now, so he made sure to clarify his answer.

Kristopher: No, that will be a walk in the park. I’m talking about the match for the championship on the last show of the year. Not sure who it will be against yet.

Kali and Heather exchange a look with one another, as Liz finally finishes her lap around the room. The three women come together in front of him and have a short, nearly silent conversation that Kris doesn’t catch. He is finally able to meet Heather’s eyes, but only for her to immediately turn away. The three women appear to come to an agreement between themselves before Kali sighs heavily in his direction.

Kali: We want you to come back to Seattle with us after that match. We were really hoping that you would leave and come with us tomorrow, but if you have something else scheduled, we understand. But, you’ve been gone most of the year. The kids miss you. Quarantines have been lifting. It’s time to come back to the real world. We agreed that you could as long as you were leaving the drugs behind.

It wasn’t what he was expecting at all. He had assumed that this trip was going to be something negative. He had been bracing for the worst type of news, but what he was hearing was relief.

Kristopher: I mean, it’s still a few weeks away but there is a big break coming up anyways so---

Kali’s jaw clenches up and she looks over at Heather as if silently saying she told her it was going to go this way. The look of disappointment on Heather’s face was equally as telling. That was not the answer that any of them had wanted to hear.

Liz: Okies…. I’ll say it. Why are you so set on dying in the ring like my daddy did, huh? You come down here and get hurt all the time. Your whole family wants you to come home. You just want to sit down here, paint nothing at all, do your drugs, and sulk? No thank you.

Her sudden attack on him struck a nerve, and he couldn’t help but snap back at her.

Kristopher: I said I stopped. And you three were the ones that asked me to leave!

Heather finally steps up, raising her voice to stop Kris’ argument in its tracks.

Heather: We asked you to get help! We asked you to figure your shit out! We asked you to stop shutting us out, and let us help you work on whatever it is that has you fucked up after all these years! And for all we did, you ran away!

Kris shrugs, but his tone totally changes. Instead of puffing out his chest and getting louder, he shrinks back, wishing he wouldn’t have said anything at all.

Kali: You wanted to come down here to handle yourself, and make the Hall of Fame. Instead you spiraled out of control, and missed your opportunity. It’s time to cut your losses. You have a family to think about. Knock this off before you get yourself hurt again. I’m sorry you didn’t get what you wanted out of it.

He points at the rings on both Kali and Heather’s hands with another unapologetic shrug.

Kristopher: Looks like everyone is pretty fucking happy without me...

Heather shakes his head and opens her mouth to defend both herself and Kali, but Liz cuts her off.

Liz: First off Kristopher, LANGUAGE! We don’t need to talk like that to speak to each other! Shame on you! A secondly, these two can do whatever they want. They don’t have to sit around waiting on you to finally grow up. You should be happy for them! Just because you are dead set on being miserable doesn’t mean everyone else has to be!

Heather steps past Liz to be face-to-face with her ex-husband. He was still one of her best friends and she was not going to let him continue to throw himself away without at least giving it one last shot.

Heather: You are lucky that we are going to let you be a part of our kids lives. We definitely don’t have to be nice, but we knew what we were signing up for when we got involved with you. You are chaos that we chose, but it’s time to grow up. Come home.

Her words cuts him in half, but before Kris can answer, Liz interrupts the two of them with a challenge.

Liz: How’s about this? You win… like you can somehow... like... become the SCW Champion... You vacate your other title, and stay until you lose the big one. You might even make that Hall of Fame next time around. Maybe… like they’re not too busy inducting all of The Mean Girls as a group. Sorry not sorry. BUT…..If you lose, you have to come home at the end of the year and never look back. Okies?

Kris doesn’t immediately answer. Instead, his mouth opens and closes and few times wordlessly as he tries to find a way out of it without seeming cowardly. Kali laughs, drawing everyone’s attention to her.

Kali: He won’t take that bet. Look at him. He’s not Kristopher Ryans “The Miracle” anymore…. He’s not even a Nobody anymore. He’s a scared, sorry-ass shell of himself, and he knows it….he’s even too afraid to come home. This was a waste of time. There’s not enough left of him worth bringing back with us.

Again, he tries to put together the words to defend himself, but nothing comes out before more piles on him.

Heather: You’re right. Maybe this was a bad idea.

Clearly upset, Heather turns and leaves the room without giving Kris a chance to talk his way out of it. Kali shoots him another disappointing look before following Heather out to try and calm her down. Liz watches them go, but then focuses her attention back on Kris.

Liz: So many paintings, and not one of them mean a thing. Everything you used to do was always so inspired. Now you’re just going through the motions. Everyone can see it. That’s why they keep overlooking you, and that’s why you look lost. It was cute for a while, but now it’s kinda just like….sad.

Kris smiles, because despite the fact that everything she said was hurtful, she was still here. Despite everything that they had been through she was the only one to never write him off. It was the thing he found most intolerable about her.

Kristopher: Why does it sound like you’re the only one of the three of you not giving up on me?

She smiles, and reaches down into her purse. When her hand comes back out, she has an entire Nails by Liz kit in it. She tosses it to him excitedly and sits down, waving her fingernails at him.

Liz: ....I did come all this way….

Kris reluctantly pulls up a chair and sits down across from her. He hadn’t seen a kit like this one since the two of them were last in a relationship with one another. She was always a fan of his artistic ability, and used it for her own gain.

Kristopher: It’s been a long time since we’ve done this.

Liz shrugs with a smile.

Liz: You don’t talk a lot while you’re concentrating, and I have lots to say. Like, you can just listen because you’re in desperate need of being set straight…. Well, maybe that’s a bad choice of words.

Kris’ attention moves from her hands back up to her eyes, but it was the reaction that Liz expected from him.

Kristopher: Wh---

She shakes her head and puts her hands back in his, trying to drive his attention back to her nails.

Liz: More of that later, more nails now. And nothing sucky like those paintings! I have to be seen with these!

Kris starts to open up the kit, happy to have the distraction, even though it was going to come with a lecture. Plus, it was going to give him an excuse to avoid the crossfire that would happen if he chased after Heather and Kali. That was a problem to deal with at another time, and he wasn’t sure he was ever going to be able to fix those hurt feelings.


==========================================================




Long Day
Jet City South - San Diego
1 December 2020
OFF-Camera


Fenris: So, this is it.

The voice echoed off of the walls inside of Jet City South, the training facility that Kris opened with Coby Quik. Fenris was out of the country before Kris got the gym put together, so this was the first time that he was seeing it.

Kris: I know. It’s not the GO Gym. Still… I think I put together something decent this time around.

Kris searched Fenris’ face to see if he was going to attempt to hide how unimpressed he was with the gym. Fenris stood stubbornly silent on the matter, which was almost worse.

Kris: You know, there was a time where you had less of a grasp on the English language and I could let the silence go. Now that I know that you’re just being harsh, it’s a lot less pleasant.

Fenris gave him nothing but the blank stare of his icy blue eyes in response. He wasn’t sure why Kris had called him here. He had made it seem important, only to be stalling and for what, Fenris wasn’t sure. The only thing that he knew was that if he waited him out, Kris would stop beating around the bush.

Kris: So I realize that the two of us treat whatever this is as a joke most of the time, but you are pretty much the most straightforward person I know….

The words just kind of fall out of his mouth without Kris putting a whole lot of thought into them. He realized that in situations like this, he rarely helped himself by over-thinking. He just needed to let the words fall out as they came to mind. If Kris broke things down as they came to him, Fenris would tell him how to put the pieces together. There was no game between them. There was no manipulating one another. It was the kind of safety net that Kris needed at the moment.

Fenris: So there’s an actual reason that you asked me to come see your gym? A hidden agenda? Why am I not surprised?

Most of the time, Kris demonstrated the exact opposite of Fenris’ straightforward personality. Yet, they always seemed to click around one another. As friends. As more than. Everyone had heard the stories. Many had seen the video evidence that neither of them had been happy about the world getting  its hands on. However, during that scandal, Kris had been able to take the heat for both of them. He was able to be unapologetically open and honest about who he was. He took the lead on a subject that made Fenris want to curl up and hide, at least at the time. It was the one part of Kris that made stomaching the rest of him not so bad.

Kris: So all of the lady exes came to visit me before High Stakes. They want me to come home in a couple weeks after I cash in my opportunity against Jack.

It was not a turn that Fenris saw coming. In all of their time hanging out together, the subject of Kris’ family only came up rarely. Kris was more of an ‘in the moment’ type, which was probably the reason that most of his friendships and relationships fell apart. His impulsivity gets more and more toxic over time, and people give up on him.

Fenris: They think you’ll get beat badly enough to walk away?

It was meant as a joke, but the way that Kris took it told Fenris that he had successfully struck a nerve. Kris averted his eyes and started to chew on the inside of his mouth. He was agitated, and actually opening up was not something that he did well. Instead of taking the joke personally, he tried to push past it.

Kris: From the sounds of it…. yeah.

It was time for some of the tough truth that Fenris assumed that Kris had called him to provide. Kris just hadn’t accounted for the disappointment on his friend’s face.

Fenris: Oh, for good?

Kris shrinks a little. He had already started to turn away, but now his eyes fell to the floor. The ladies had every reason to try and create doubt in his mind. Fenris didn’t.

Kris: They said that when I lose I should come back home with them and worry about taking care of my kids. Put all of this behind me the same way that Liz did a few years back. They think a lot of my problems have to do with the fact that I need this business to make myself feel special, but it brings out the worst in me.

Even though Kris couldn’t see him, Fenris was mostly nodding in agreement with his former adversary. That was, until he got to the last part. There was a reason that Kris wasn’t himself, but it had nothing to do with Sin City itself.

Fenris: Blaming a company that signs your paychecks is dumb. The reason that you don’t feel like yourself is because you aren’t acting like yourself. You stopped being your own person months ago. If this is all you have to offer, maybe you should go home.

Kris had tried really hard not to take the attacks personally from the girls, but this was getting to be too much. He was having trouble not getting defensive. Part of him knew that what Fenris was saying was true, but it didn’t make it harder to hear.

Kris: Yeah, they said that too. They said I’m not The Miracle anymore. How could I expect to walk into Climax Control and act like I know it’s not true. Sure, I’ve only lost one match this year, but it’s not like I’ve had the stiffest competition.

Again, Fenris agreed with most of what he was saying, but felt like Kris wasn’t putting together the obvious answer.

Fenris: When you came back you looked happy... You looked like you wanted to be out in the ring competing.... You were whole. You had a hell of a match with Griffin…. You won the opportunity to get back the championship you couldn’t win from me... but then you froze…. and Mikah came along….

Kris couldn’t help but notice the change in tone for the last of Fenris’ words. Any attempt he was making to hold back his defensiveness went out the window the moment his partner got dragged into the conversation.

Kris: Mikah doesn’t have shit to do with shit.

Fenris holds up both of this hands in front of his chest innocently, but it is more sarcasm than anything else.

Fenris: I forgot, your tag team partner isn’t subject to criticism, even though she only agreed to come back once you had a guaranteed championship match.

Kris was starting to miss the days when this kind of communication between the two of them was impossible.

Kris: And I didn’t let her use me to get it! But I guess that doesn’t matter. I’m still somehow just doing what she wants in everyone’s eyes. I should have known this was a bad idea...

Not one to back down in the face of someone being aggressive, Fenris fired right back at him.

Fenris: You shouldn’t have asked for advice that you weren’t ready to hear. You’re only getting upset because you know I’m right. You changed when she came back. You have bent yourself to her will at every turn. You got your opportunity and it freaked you out, so you have been hiding under her thumb ever since. It’s not like I haven’t been watching, and you’re only mad because you know it’s true.

Kris shrugs his shoulders, finally giving up his defense.

Kris: What if it’s just easier doing what she wants instead of dealing with the consequences of being myself? She gives me cover. Everyone blames her for every little thing that we do, and it’s easier for me to let it be that way.

It was still baffling to Fenris that Kris couldn’t see how big of a problem that really was.

Fenris: And you wonder why everyone thinks that you are in over your head right now. You’ve been hiding for the last six months and now you’re out of time. It’s finally time to step up and all of your exes show up and give you the option to run away from everything all over again. You’re saying that your choices are be Mikah’s bitch, or run away. I think you’re better than either of those two choices, so make a better one.

Fenris gives him a chance to tell him that he is wrong, but Kris makes no attempt to defend himself.

Fenris: You can’t keep going the way things are going, but I don’t think that you should run away either. The girls might be half right, but they’re wrong about running away. Maybe stop trying so hard to be Mikah’s partner, and try being Kristopher Ryans for a while. Then face your fears instead of running away. You’re never going to know if you can make it to the top again unless you give it a shot. What do you have to lose?

Being Kristopher Ryans was exactly what felt so fucking terrifying to him. Taking that shot and letting everyone down was the whole reason that being part of a team had been more appealing. It had been months since he had to deal with anything close to real anxiety about losing. He had been able to sit back on auto-pilot while looking more and more impressive on paper. Though the more he thought about it, the more he realized that he had been moving in a different direction before The Black Sheep reemerged. That could be the explanation for feeling so lost, although Liz certainly had her own theory on that. Kris wasn’t sure now was the time to cross that bridge though.

Kris: I’m pretty sure nobody really gives a shit about Kris Ryans anymore.

Fenris shrugged.

Fenris: I’m a fan. There are others. I think we’re all just hoping to see the real Kris come back. The one that I really wanted to face for a championship after winning that Blast from the Past tournament.

The words brought a smile to Kris’ face, but he wasn’t even sure that he could explain why. The idea that the way he was feeling wasn’t his true self was sort of a relief. Maybe all he needed to do in order to feel better was correct the course he was on. Could it be that easy to shrug all of the negativity off of him.

Kris: I’m not even sure what that would look like.

Fenris shrugged, motioning towards the ring in front of the two of them. Jet City South was still set to be empty for a couple of hours, but the six sided ring in the center of the room was always lit up by the overhead lights.

Fenris: Well, we have a couple weeks…. let’s see if we can figure it out.

Fenris made a motion to pull his hooded sweatshirt over his head, not waiting for Kris to respond one way or the other. He knew what the answer was going to be, because he wasn’t going to be accepting anything other than yes. Luckily, Kris had no intention of turning him down.

Kris: You’re on!


==========================================================



>As the scene opens, we see the challenger to Jack Washington’s championship sitting in a plastic chair on a San Diego beach. He appears to be the only one out, with the beaches in the area still closed. Luckily for Kris, the house that Jet City built backed up directly to the water. The local government couldn’t kick him off of his own property. The Miracle had a red hoodie zipped up to his chin since the breeze coming in off the water was chilly. He wasn’t complaining though. This was his happy place. He had spent decades of his life sitting in this sand. It was comforting.

You know, Sin City didn’t have to let me come back.

His checkered past with the company was a never-ending cycle of coming and going for one reason or another. Sometimes it was the drugs. Other times it was injuries. There was always something taking his focus away. Kris was done living that life though.

Every time that I left I would think to myself that there is no way that they would let me back in. I felt like I had burned the bridge several too many times. Yet, there was always someone in the office that had my back. There was always someone willing to give me another chance to make good on all my promises. The Kris Ryans redemption story was apparently an easy pitch, because it must have worked five or six times by now.

He laughs, although he shouldn’t take any kind of enjoyment out of the problems that he has caused over the years.

I like to think that over time I have given Sin City a good return on their investment. For a time, I was the face of this company. I got to hold the SCW World Heavyweight Championship for a long time. To be honest, I kind of lucked into getting that shot as well. I went to Mark and Christian and appealed to them to let me give this company a better ending than the one that they were getting. I wanted to give something back to the fans, the competitors in the locker room, and the people behind the scenes that had given me every opportunity to succeed up to that point, only for me to piss it away. I couldn’t stomach to see Sin City close forever with Calvin Harris or Tommy Crimson being the last person to hold our top prize.

He smiles, but to this point refuses to look into the lens of the camera.

I think the reason that I have been thinking about that so much is because it was the one time that I managed to live up to all of the expectations that people had of me. I didn’t come back just to collect a check to get what I really wanted. I didn’t come back for personal success. I came back because I wanted to do something for this company, and its fans. I wanted to give them a feel-good moment before we went off the air forever, because the people deserved that for all of the time and energy that they had invested in us over the years. I wanted to do that because I used to be a little kid watching shows like the ones that we put on in Sin City and dreaming that I could be a part of it. I wanted to give that version of myself an ending that he deserved…. and that was when everything just kind of clicked for me.

His eyes aren’t focused on the waves anymore, and instead flick back and forth as Kris tries to remember the feeling he had raising both the Roulette and SCW Championships when Full Circle went off the air. His final moment was supposed to live forever. Years later, it just feels like the best dream he ever had. The company reopened. Now it’s just another moment lost in the vast history of Sin City.

Being the top champion of this company wasn’t something that I took lightly. People talk about the championship like it is something to add to your resume and rub in everyone else’s faces. It is a lot more than that though. Holding that championship might make you feel like you’re somebody, but I have always believed that the champion says more about the company than the championship itself says about the champion. When you hold that belt, you are the measuring stick by which all other companies judge us. You are the chosen leader of the roster. The things you say, and the things that you do, matter. It’s a responsibility as much as it is an accolade and I don’t think very many people in this business actually understand that. I know that our current champion doesn’t. I know that the last few seemed to have missed that memo as well.

He finally looks into the lens of the camera, not afraid to call out the lackluster transitional champions that have attempted to take over in the last six months or so.

There was a reason that I held onto my opportunity to challenge for the top belt for as long as I did. I didn’t think that I was ready to take on the responsibility. When I came back this last time, it wasn’t to do the right thing. It wasn’t to give everyone the champion or competitor that they deserved. It was selfish. I came back for myself, and have spent the last six months doing what I felt was best for me, not this company. I didn’t want the pressure or the spotlight, because I didn’t know if I was still capable of carrying an entire company on my back without making it all about me. I didn’t know if I could do what only Ben Jordan and Fenris were able to do during my two year absence. I wasn’t sure if I still had it in me to be The Miracle.

It was honesty from a man that had spent the better part of the last year using a whole lot of words to say nothing at all. It was starting to feel like maybe Kris was starting to shed the protective shell that he had built around himself.

This company deserves better. The people that watch it deserve better. I have been sitting back and watching this company fall into the mediocrity that I said that I was going to stop. I watched Griffin Hawkins, Alex Jones and now Jack Washington stake a claim to something that they are not capable of actually living up to. Maybe I am just now waking up to the fact that I have a responsibility to set things right in this company. Just like at Full Circle years ago, I have an obligation to step up and stop the horror show known as 2020 as it comes to a close.

The signature Kris smirk that has frustrated many opponents over his career appears across his face, and Kris stands up out of his chair.

People are going to ask; why me? Well my record speaks for itself. There’s not a single thing worth doing in this company that I haven’t already accomplished. So they’ll ask; why now? And to that I say, I think that I have wasted enough time sitting on the bench. In the last year I have proven that there still isn’t anyone in this company that is capable of taking me down, so why not take my place at the top of the ladder? Sin City deserves better than what Jack Washington is capable of providing. I think it’s long past time I do my best to give everyone what they actually deserve.

With that, he exits the frame, leaving the camera focused on his empty chair and the waves rolling in. After a brief moment, the camera fades to black.


==========================================================




Push
Jet City South - San Diego
18 December 2020
OFF-Camera


Kris was closing in on two full months of sobriety, but was also just forty-eight short hours from walking into Climax Control to challenge Jack Washington. A month ago he was terrified of the challenge that this weekend represented, but with each passing day he was more and more ready. His sense of excitement about the business was coming back. Getting the drugs out of his system once and for all had helped clear his mind. The harsh reality that Liz and the girls had slapped him with really shook him out of sleepwalking he had been doing for months. Plus, his conversation with Liz led him to Fenris, who had been the most helpful person to have around while preparing for a championship match. Kris was starting to feel like the man that walked into Full Circle and turned the world on its head. Not long ago, he wouldn’t have thought it was possible. However, now that he was back on the right path, he couldn’t shake the feeling that he had led someone else down the wrong one.

Kris: I was wondering when you were going to show up...

After taking a look at the security cameras in Jet City South, Kris knew where to find Court. Since she had started her losing streak, she was avoiding everyone. The more time Kris spent with Fenris though, the more he felt responsible for Court’s regression in the ring. He was supposed to be her mentor, and he hadn’t been taking that responsibility seriously.

Court: You just want to rub it in my face that you’re getting everything you want and apparently I suck?

Kris takes a deep breath and steps away from the ropes and into the center of Jet City’s ring as Court approaches. He didn’t want anything that he did to seem threatening, because there was no way she was going to trust that this wasn’t all some game.

Kris: I wanted to say I’m sorry for not being a better teacher.

Court steps between the middle and bottom ropes, joining him in the ring. As he suspected, there was no way that she believed him. Most likely, she thought he was mocking her in an attempt to hurt her feelings. He knew he didn’t deserve the benefit of the doubt, so couldn’t complain about not getting it.

Court: Are you fucking kidding me? You’ve never been a good teacher. For fuck’s sake you taunted me into breaking my hand which caused me to miss time in the first place. You cost me my chance at the Bombshell Championship! Then you pushed me way too hard over and over again until I missed years of my career. You have been the absolute worst to me since I first asked you and Mikah for help, and now you want to apologize?

Kris takes a step away from her as her voice raises and she advances on him. He tries to hold up his hands in innocence, but she slaps at them causing him to jump back away from her.

Kris: You’re right. I’m not even arguing with you.

Court clenches her jaw and looks away from him. Blood has already rushed to her face, and she has to take a deep breath in an attempt to keep herself from letting her emotions boil over. It takes her a few moments, but she is finally able to force out a few words almost under her breath.

Court: You don’t just get to apologize for being a shitty person for years.

Kris nods, still keeping his distance from her. He wasn’t dumb enough to think that he could take her down if she was determined enough to hurt him. Mikah had trained Court in all of the technical wrestling that Kris was too stubborn to ever pay too much attention to. He didn’t want it to come to that though. They were on the same team. They always had been, even if he never acted like it.

Kris: Look, from the moment you showed up and asked Mikah to train you, I have been hard on you. I thought that maybe I was just being as shitty to you as the world was to me, and that maybe you would learn to rise above it like I did.

Court shrugs her shoulders, so he was trying to demean her after all. She should have seen it coming.

Court: Sorry I wasn’t good enough to meet your expectations.

Kris shakes his head. He should have known that she would have taken his words as a jab instead of how he meant them. He had trained her to always assume the worst about every word that came out of someone’s mouth. In a way, he had nobody to blame but himself.

Kris: That’s my fault. I kept wanting you to do better without ever doing anything to actually help you. Breaking you down isn’t helpful. I was just doing to you what so many people were always doing to me. To be honest, I still haven’t been able to shrug a lot of that off. I am a broken work in progress, and I have turned you into the same thing. The problem is, you didn’t start broken. I made you that way. That’s why I wanted to apologize to you.

Court moves away from him and screams into the void of the empty gym. She throws several punches at the top turnbuckle of the nearest corner and yells out again in an attempt to vent at least some of the feelings racing through every cell in her body. She turns back at him still angry.

Court: ...what am I supposed to do with any of this? I get that you’re saying all this to make yourself feel better, but what am I supposed to do with? You need me to tell you that it is all alright? I can’t do that.

Kris shakes his head.

Kris: I don’t expect that at all. To be honest, if you don’t want anything to do with me, Jet City South, or The Black Sheep, I would get it. You have every right. I don’t know if I can ever make it up to you, but there was no way that I could sit back and watch you try to become some new version of me. That’s not a road you should have to go down. I’m sorry I was pushing you that direction.

Court laughs, still not quite able to wrap her head around the conversation that they were having.

Court: You know, as far as apologies go that’s actually pretty good, but coming from you it just makes me more angry.

Kris smiles, hoping that it was a start of of a positive turn in the conversation.

Kris: That sounds as positive as I could hope for. I realize that you have no reason to trust me, but I promise that things are going to be different if you decide to stick around.

She knew that she shouldn’t, but she trusted him. Maybe it was just because Fenris was back, and if she asked him to, he would definitely pull at least one of Kris’ limbs off for her. There wasn’t really any downside to giving him a chance to prove that he could live up to what she asked of him three years ago.

Court: So I take it you’ve cleaned yourself up?

He nods.

Kris: Yeah, and I appreciate you not telling anyone that you knew about it. I’m close to two months now. I’m starting to think a lot more clearly. Fenris is helping me get ready for the World Heavyweight Championship match.

Court assumed that there was a lot more to the story than he was giving her at the moment, but she could probably fill in most of those gaps on her own. Either that, or Fenris would under a little pressure.

Court: He’s one of the best. Maybe you have a chance after all.

From the shock on Kris’ face, she could tell that he hadn’t expected to have her support.

Kris: I think you’re the first person to actually say that I have a chance.

It was strange to think of someone with the public confidence that Kris displayed doubting himself. Being a champion was all that he talked about. It was the type of thing he filled his promo time speaking about. Anyone that had spent ten minutes with him had heard a list of his accomplishments. Before now, he would have never admitted to her that he had doubts about his abilities. It was a start.

Court: I mean, you’re The Miracle. SCW is Kris, right?

He hadn’t been either of those things for a very long time, but there was a twinge of something starting to come to life that had been lying dormant.

Kris: More like Kris is SCW. I never really cared for it the other way around. The company is so much bigger than me, or any other individual. It was fun to say and watch people get mad, but it has always been the other way around. They have never needed me, and I have always needed them. Being in this business was all that I ever wanted to do, and Sin City was the only place that ever treated me like I belonged. It’s my home. My real home.

It sounded to Court like Kris was still figuring some things out about himself, even as he was trying to explain it to her.

Court: Why does it sound like you were thinking about leaving?

He shrugs, but not to blow off the question like he had for years. For the first time, he was starting to treat her like an equal.

Kris: I was offered a free out. One of those ‘do the right thing’ deals. I am starting to realize that it would just be me running away from the challenges here. I belong in SCW. It’s been too long since I went out there and really showed the world that I could do. I have been playing it safe all year.

Court was taken aback by that as much as anything else.

Court: Kris Ryans has been holding back? Strange. I thought you were being a pretty huge dick.

He laughs, but shakes his head before trying to clarify.

Kris: That’s part of it. I’ve been trying to pack myself into a little box. Just kind of phoning it in, you know? I didn’t have to do much in order to be successful with Mikah in my corner and no real challengers in the Mixed Tag Division. It’s not enough though. When I was little, I didn’t dream about being in this line of work just to settle in the midcard. I wanted to be at the top. That was what The Miracle is. A kid from the bottom that made it to the top. I just happened to make it to the top on the night that the company was supposed to end. I swooped in at the very last second....

Instead of thinking back to Full Circle like Kris was, Court turns her attention to their immediate future.

Court: Kind of how you’re swooping in to end the shittiest year of all time with the most positive note it could end on?

Kris had been so busy looking backwards to see how history was moving to repeat itself.

Kris: I guess you’re right...

Court smiled.

Court: Well, I learned from some of the best… and also you.



==========================================================



>Make no mistake about it, Jack Washington is just another junkie.

Kristopher Ryans is standing in the office of his San Diego apartment. All of his various championships adorn the walls behind him, on display for anyone that doubted the amount of blood, sweat, and tears he has given to this company over the years.

That’s the one thing that sticks out to me about my guy Jack. At first, it was all about the money. He would get upset when he lost because it meant that he was going to have to suffer through taking the loser’s end of the purse. Then it was about the fame and the rush of it. He wanted to skyrocket to the top, because that meant more recognition, better marketing, and even more money. He couldn’t get enough of it. He bought a bunch of expensive bullshit to make himself feel better, and then shredded it once his eyes focused on the real gold. We saw it in the lead up to his big flop against Ben Jordan. He set his sights on the SCW World Heavyweight Championship, and hasn’t ever taken his eyes off of it. First he had a replica, which was kinda sad. Now it’s the real thing… and it’s only slightly less sad. I have to give him at least a little credit for getting to the top despite some crushing losses, but I’m not surprised. He has said himself: he needed his fix, and that championship was the only thing that was going to make the itch go away. Now he is willing to knock over and tear down everything around him just to protect the source of his euphoria. It doesn’t matter who he has to destroy. It doesn’t matter the things that he has to say, or the people that he has to hurt. The only thing that he is worried about is hanging onto the high.

Kris talks as someone with experience.

I’ve been there. I’ve done that. I’m not the person to shame Jack Washington for the way that he has been acting lately. I don’t think that anyone would be swayed by anything that I have to say, because I don’t really have a leg to stand on when it comes to people’s addictions. Mine have very nearly ruined my career here several times. For years I did the same thing that he is doing. Sure, my problems are with an actual substance, and Jack’s drug of choice is the power trip that he is drunk on, but the principle is the same. Just like Jack, I showed up here for years just for the money. I didn’t care about anything other than the check I was getting for doing something that I was good at. I didn’t care about putting on a worthwhile show. I didn’t care about being at the top level of competition. I just wanted to get paid. Everything else was just a bonus.

Half of the championships behind him wouldn’t be there had he not chosen a better course of action for himself.

The problem is, addiction corrupts. I mean, you can keep it at bay for a while, but the shit just gets worse and worse. The spiral always leads down to the bottom. Sure, I was a record breaking Roulette Champion. I held the Internet Championship with moderate success as well. Like Jack though, my singular focus on my addiction held me back. I didn’t break through the glass ceiling and become The Miracle until I gave it up.

That was where Kris’ path split away from Jack’s, and that fact was not lost on The Miracle.

Now I know people are saying; but Jack Washington is the SCW World Heavyweight Champion! And they’re right. Jack has managed to get further than I ever could without shrugging off his drug of choice, but how impressive is he really? I mean, the guy has only gone up against two people that were ever close to being unstoppable in this company. One of them was me. The other one was Ben Jordan. Jack will talk all day long about how he was so close to beating Ben, but we all know that in this line of business close doesn’t make him special. He lost. He came up short. It doesn’t matter that he passed out instead of getting pinned or tapping out. He stepped into the ring with one of the best in the history of this company and couldn’t get the job done. Period. He wasn’t good enough to beat Ben Jordan.  He wasn’t good enough to beat me. And I’m sure he’s going to have a lot of horrible things to say about me this week, but it doesn’t change the fact that when he got his first shot at that championship, he came up short. That is where the two of us are different. I won the opportunity when it was put in front of me. Jack failed against Ben, and he wasn’t good enough to beat me either.

Kris could almost hear the same repeated excuse from the weeks after Jack’s big loss.

....and we always hear the “I came within a cunt hair” story when Jack tries to explain away his loss to Ben, but we never hear him bring up the time he tried to step up to The Miracle. And I get it; it makes him look amazing that Ben Jordan wasn’t able to get him to give up during their match but the way that I dismantled him makes him look like a joke. That is why he stays quiet about it. That is why when he brings up my name, he refuses to acknowledge that it changed years ago. He thinks calling me by some old moniker gets under my skin, or makes it seem like he knows me. Like somehow his words and insults have some deeper meaning because of a name that I haven’t gone by in years. You know what that actually tells me? For all of Jack’s talk of people forgetting about me, he still remembers my name pretty vividly. After all these years, I must have made some kind of dent in the wrestling business if that name is still stuck in his head.

A smug smirk forms in the left corner of Kris’ mouth. He was enjoying this.

...and yeah… Jack is going to brag about being the champion. He is going to gloat about his meteoric rise to the top, but if you really look at it, the guy isn’t all that impressive. He didn’t get it done during the Blast from the Past tournament. He couldn’t get it done as the King of a Day. He had two opportunities, and he didn’t get the job done either time. He had to let the championship change hands a couple of times before coming out to the ring to bitch his way into another shot. For a guy with a couple of big losses on a short record, it seemed like a lot to ask for. Last I checked, this Jack-off was still a rookie who hasn’t really beaten anyone more formidable than the two disappointments of Wolfslair. I get that they used to be dominant, but that hasn’t been the case for the last few months. They choke about as often as they win, and seem to always come up short in the big spots. And other than those two, Jack has only taken on people like Agostino and O’Malley. I have been in the ring with both of them this year, but you don’t see me bragging about it. I don’t think victories like that alone would qualify me to challenge for the biggest prize in this company either.

Kris was tired of watching Sin City’s spoiled brat of a champion talk down to the roster like he had done something noteworthy. It was time for someone to put him in his place.

Jack’s best claim to fame is a match that he lost and his ability to be really mean to people in front of a camera. The fact that he holds that championship right now impresses me about as much as my past accomplishments impress him. The way he was able to skip to the top is never going to make him seem unstoppable. It’s not going to make him a good champion. Jack’s not a measuring stick. He’s an addict trying to keep hold of his stash. If he was honest with himself, Jack would see that this is the biggest match of his very short career. He wouldn’t see me as a pointless relic of the past, but as more of an opportunity to prove he is as good as he says that he is. I think he’s going to go a different route though. It’s disappointing, but it doesn’t matter what he thinks of me. My place in this company isn’t up for debate. My history is SCW history, because KRIS is SCW.

Jack’s problem with me was that I was walking around SCW like I was owed something. He said I was an insufferable prick that wanted rose petals thrown at his feet for the smallest accomplishments. He called me snap-finger famous. I mean, it’s just words meant to get a rise out of me ahead of a match he went on to lose. It shouldn’t have mattered. I got the last laugh by pinning him cleanly in the middle of the ring for everyone to see. He called me weak and raved that he was going to break me, only to be outclassed inside SCW’s six-sided ring. So, I thought I would be able to shake it off. But then he went on to beat Finn, Vinnie, Agostino, O’Malley, and Wolfslair, just like I did. He claimed to be the face of this company, like I was. He won the SCW World Heavyweight Championship that I had the opportunity to reach out and take at any moment. And it felt like he did it at the snap of a finger.

The hypocrisy was too much for Kris to ignore. He was used to people lashing out at him, but rarely would they immediately become the thing they were projecting onto others.

Jack’s addiction has turned him into all of the things that he said he hated about me a few months ago. I think it’s only right that I do him the favor of sobering him up. That’s what’s best for the people of Sin City. Maybe he can sit back and take some notes on what being a real champion looks like. I’ll be taking the SCW World Heavyweight Championship home with me from Climax Control. Don’t worry though Jack, I’ll bring you another consolation L to take home.


====================


6
Climax Control Archives / A Real Challenge
« on: October 23, 2020, 10:43:58 PM »
JUMP
Jet City South - San Diego
23 October 2020
OFF-Camera



Kris was busy plowing through the paperwork from the day-to-day goings-on of Jet City South when he heard his friend’s trudging from down the hall. The door to the office was not only closed, but locked which was apparently the source of the fastest member of Jet City’s frustration. A loud bang on the door after the handle failed to give was obviously from Coby throwing a fist at it, not that it was going to help his situation. There was a long pause, while Kris assumed the man was searching for his keys, before the lock turned and the door flew open almost as if it had been kicked. Coby enters through the door carrying a box big enough to block most of his field of vision. He drops it on the floor, which makes a lot less noise than Kris expected, showing that it was more large and awkward to carry than it was heavy. Coby easily kicks it across the floor and it slides to a stop in front of Kris’ desk. Wordlessly, Coby motions in annoyance at his friend, but Kris merely shrugs his shoulders and returns his attention to his desk.

Kris: Who has your feathers all ruffled?

Kris tried to keep the amusement out of his voice, knowing it would likely only make matters worse. Coby rarely got this upset about anything. In fact, he was more proud of his level-headedness than he was his ability in the ring. If Kris could poke Coby into exploding over what Kris assumed was a box of halloween decorations they had ordered, it would be the high point of his day.

Coby: I’m not a bird. I don’t have feathers, and if I did they wouldn’t be ruffled at all. I’m good.

Coby dropped his gym bag onto his own desk, and moved across the room before tossing himself down on couch along the wall.

Kris: That both sounded and looked convincing....

The words came out of Kris’ mouth without any hint of the fun that he was having. He tried to make it seem like he was more focused on his computer screen than the conversation.

Coby: Why don’t you ever bother me about stepping up from Underground to SCW?

Kris’ attention was immediately pulled away from what he was pretending to do. He drops the uninterested act, almost dumbfounded by how pointed Coby’s question was. It made him uncomfortable when people were that direct, and it showed in the tone of his response.

Kris: I...didn’t know I was supposed to be?

It was not a turn in the conversation that Kris was prepared for. He and Coby had been partners for a little more than a year, and friends for five more, but he had never gotten the impression that Coby really valued his opinion. It was the same story as everyone else. He came to Jet City through extended family, and just happened to be better than most of the rest of them at being able to tolerate Kris. Kris had never given any thought to the idea that Coby might actually take him seriously though. He was blindsided.

Coby: Just seems to me like if you thought that I could step up I would be hearing about it constantly. You’re annoying about pushing others to do things that benefit you. Yet, you haven’t said anything about it.

Instead of trying to dig through what Coby was saying, Kris takes offense to the attack.

Kris: So let me see if I’m following you. Because I haven’t been bothering you, I don’t think that you can do it? Is that what you think?

Maybe it wasn’t that big of a stretch, but there was no way that Coby came to that conclusion on his own. Kris knew almost immediately that there had to be more to it than he was getting, but Coby shrugs off the question and gets more defensive.

Coby: I mean it’s hard not to see it that way.

This time Kris actually laughs out loud, but not at the words themselves. He had heard this type of thing before, just not coming out of Coby’s mouth. He was much more rational than this. Something wasn’t adding up.

Kris: Maybe for a crazy person!

Kris’ mind was already off to the races trying to put together the puzzle pieces that Coby had given him. He didn’t even notice that Coby didn’t take the insult in stride.

Coby: That’s insulting.

Kris shakes his head, still trying to wrap his head around what was happening. Instead of arguing with Coby, he tries to walk his friend through a different perspective.

Kris: When you came down to San Diego, which I didn’t make you do, you said you wanted to go to Underground so that I didn’t overshadow you. That was your plan, not mine. I was just letting you have your space. I don’t see how this is my fault.

Coby shrugs, not following Kris’ logic at all.

Coby: You rarely do.

It was a line of attack that Kris had been subjected to numerous times by more people than he could count. Most of the time whoever it had been had come to Kris with a legitimate gripe. It was a character flaw that he knew about. He wasn’t about to take credit for something that wasn’t actually his fault though.

Kris: Okay, usually you may have a point there, but I really feel like this is one that you are just piling on me to feel better about the fact that they aren’t doing a whole lot with you over there.

It wasn’t hard to push Coby away from verbal attacks and onto what was actually on his mind. He wasn’t nearly as petty and stubborn as Kris was.

Coby: It’s a lot of getting chased around by the masked people, and not a whole lot else these days.

Things had been pretty bleak as of late, but there was at least one silver lining that Kris felt inclined to point out.

Kris: You have that contender match coming up. If you take that, you’re back on track to where you want to be. Since when did you become so impatient?

Now they were circling back around to the fact that Kris knew that someone had put these delusions into Coby’s head. It had become his goal to figure out that person’s identity since the moment Coby had pointed the finger of blame at him. Kris had a knack for making sure that blame got placed appropriately, even if he had to do it himself.

Coby: You know what, just forget about it. I didn’t say anything.

Coby’s eyes widened, almost like he had put together what Kris’ endgame was. It was too late though.

Kris: Ah, so this wasn’t you, this was someone putting an idea in your head that you’re underappreciated.

Kris had already been mentally working his way through a short list of suspects. He only needed a few more clues to narrow it down.

Coby: Just let it go.

If Coby wasn’t going to volunteer any more information, Kris would just have to goad him into it by working through the problem aloud.

Kris: ...and you only really see a handful of people these days. I doubt it was a random person here. Chelsea wouldn’t have been that shitty to you….

Of course, Kris couldn’t know for sure. Saying her name and reading Coby’s reaction was the only way to eliminate Chelsea. Even though they were friends, she had a short temper and could really tear into people when she was upset.

Coby: It’s really not important.

Kris could safely rule out both Chelsea and anyone random, which was a lot more helpful than Coby could have imagined.

Kris: ...and since it wasn’t me, that really just leaves two people that you would come across on a daily basis that would have any chance of getting under your skin.

Knowing that arguing was pointless, Coby rolls his eyes.

Coby: You’re the single most insufferable person in the world...

There were only two options and one was a lot more likely than the other.

Kris: ...and since Mikah would have told me as much so that we could enjoy the fallout of it together, that really just leaves our dear friend Courtney.

Coby sarcastically claps his hands together too softly to produce any sound to celebrate Kris figuring it out. He knew that Court would probably have to pay a price for that, but that was between her and Kris.

Coby: I assume you have a point...

Kris had already shifted away from their actual conversation and onto Court though. She had put him through the ringer lately, and was now doing the same with Coby. It all gave him more questions than answers.

Kris: And I assume that she has one. She’s been poking around at everyone around here, and keeps tweeting things about starting to play some of the cards that she has been holding. She has some plan.

Coby took his opportunity to turn it back around on Kris now that he was given the opportunity.

Coby: You almost sound jealous.

Instead of trying to deflect, Kris tries to give a direct answer. It was the least he could do since Coby hadn’t made this conversation impossibly difficult to navigate.

Kris: I don’t like feeling like I’m being manipulated for something.

Coby laughs at how hypocritical those words were coming out of Kris’ mouth.

Coby: Now you know how everyone that has to deal with you feels.

Instead of returning fire with his own insult, Kris seemed to have pieced it together based on Coby’s words.

Kris: Maybe that’s the point….

Even Coby had to admit, Kris had a way of reading people that he really envied. Before Kris went about hunting down Court, Coby realized he needed to have a conversation with the Bombshell. He picks himself up from the couch, and shoots a smile Kris’ direction.

Coby: You know for someone that is really good at pretending to be stupid, you can actually be really helpful on accident sometimes.

Coby turns and walks out of the office as hastily as he had come in. Usually Kris was the one to storm out suddenly. It was weird to be on the opposite end of it for once.

Kris: Accident... nobody… story of my life.


==========================================================




>I have always loved the Sin City Halloween show. It’s usually my second favorite show of the year. It’s kind of fitting that I am holding a tag team championship this time of the year. One year Jet City debuted as a team before going on to win the SCW World Tag Team Championships. The next year we did the Jet City Water Balloon Fight backstage in between all of our matches. Something big happens every time I take part in this show, so I was excited to see the release of the card this past Sunday.

I think we are all in agreement that this is the kind of match that would usually be for the mixed tag team championships under any other circumstance. Mac Bane, though still new to the SCW scene, is more than formidable in the ring. Amber Ryan has been impressive in Sin City over the last six months or so. She’s been in this company roughly as long as I have been back, and is already one of the handful of bombshells on the roster worth paying attention to. A couple of weeks ago I stood here preparing for a match with two nobodies while begging for a pair of worthwhile contenders to step up. I’m not going to lie, I was referring to Ben and Evie, but these two will suffice.

Mac Bane is a guy that understands this business. He’s the type of guy that gets the fact that most champions don’t want to be fed easy matches to rack up defenses. That might be what some people in this company are after, but that is not the kind of thing that will get you far in this business. It is not how you earn respect. It’s not how you prove that you are the best. The only way to prove that you are worth being called a champion is to take out every single person or group that could even attempt to lay claim to what you have. It’s just how this business works. Mac and Amber know this, and that’s why they stepped up. Mikah and I get it, and that’s why we’re actually excited to walk into a match for once. Sure, we may have beaten the lesser half of Wolfslair. We may have taken the championships away from Sass n Bash while they were at the top of their game. We dominated both the Trenton Tigers, and The Barnharts, but everyone expected all of that to happen. The Black Sheep have been the heavy favorites to take over this division from the moment that we came together as a team. It happened when the Sweet Twins put together this group a few years ago, and it happened when Mikah and I brought it back. The Black Sheep and championship belts are made for each other, and always have been. There wasn’t anything to really celebrate about those victories though. Nobody is ever ecstatic about watching the favorite dominate their way to victory. They want to watch the underdog overcome, but that isn’t a group Mikah and I will ever be a part of. The best we can hope for is to walk into a fight on a level playing field. Most people won’t give their opponents the type of credit I’m about to, but since when do I ever follow those kinds of rules? Amber Ryan and Mac Bane are perfectly capable of beating me and Mikah.

While that thought might scare others, it’s motivating for people like us. Mikah and I have been at it in Sin City for so long that it’s hard to get that rush back sometimes. Sometimes you get on such a roll that you forget what a setback is like. Mikah and I are undefeated as a team, and we haven’t even been close to being in danger of that streak coming to an end until now. Everything has been so easy that the two of us have been coasting without even realizing it. Seeing a true contender pop onto the scene has a way of being so motivating that you push yourself that much further to make sure that you are on top of your game. The problem for most of this roster, is that Mikah and I were already so much better than they are. What are they going to do now that there is a new team on the block forcing us to be better, sharper, and more cohesive than we have ever needed to be before now. It’s exhilarating.

...and I understand that this is a lot of praise to heap onto two people that don’t look like they have done a lot in this company. Mac has only had a couple of matches, despite how impressive he may have looked in them. I mean, the guy is the current number one contender to the Roulette Championship. Clearly Mark and Christian see the same thing in him that I do. He’s not the guy making empty threats. He’s not the guy coming into this business just to make a name for himself elsewhere. He lives and breathes this business. He is a guy that has always wanted to be competing inside of a ring. That’s the kind of thing that I can respect. It’s the reason that I climb into the ring on a weekly basis. It is the reason that no matter how many times I leave, I always end up coming back. Being in the center of that ring is everything that I have ever wanted in life. It’s the best part of being me, and I get the feeling that Mac might feel the same way about it. It isn’t about past accolades. It isn’t about all the extras. It’s about what happens in between the bells. It’s getting more and more rare to find someone competing in this business for the right reasons, which is why I am so impressed with the guy.

It doesn’t hurt that he’s practically a giant either. He’s got the right attitude, and is freakishly big. That is how he was able to out-muscle Bill Barnhart. We all saw what happened when I tried to go at Bill head-on. Luckily, I have pulled my head out of my ass since then. I’m not going to win this match by throwing myself against the wall and seeing what sticks. Unlike most people his size, Mac’s perfectly able of keeping up with me for longer than most people. He’s got the reach and power on me to really hurt my feelings if I try to stand toe-to-toe with him and throw hands. His one glaring weakness is that his legs might not hold up under extended pressure, but in a match where he can tag out to a partner, it’s going to be hard to keep him in the ring long enough to wear him down. Unlike most people I come across, there is no simple answer as to how and why I am going to beat him. He’s not sloppy. He’s not going to lose his temper and make mistakes. He’s going to force me to be flawless, because he is more than good enough to capitalize on any mistakes I make. It’s going to take everything I have and a little bit of luck to come out on top this time around, and it’s not like Mikah has it any easier.

Sure, Amber has the typical victories over people like Jessie Salco and Maki. Neither one of those names is impressive by itself. And yeah, she has dropped a few matches since her debut, but when she’s taking Hall of Famers like Roxi Johnson to their limits and causing them to change the way they approach the ring, you have to give her credit no matter what the outcome. She’s been unstoppable on Climax Control, and had the confidence in herself to call out The Black Sheep before ever even competing in the mixed tag team division. Don’t get me wrong, Mikah is still the greatest bombshell in SCW history, and has beaten every single female worth competing against in her time with this company. I doubt that she is going to give Amber as much credit as I am, but I feel like it needed to be said.

If these two want a future in this division, I could see it happening. This match might not be for the Mixed Tag Team Championships, but win or lose, I wouldn’t mind putting them on the line when and if Amber and Mac are eligible to challenge for them. Obviously the Roulette Championship Mac is headed towards complicates that, but you never know what the future holds. If given the opportunity to defend against these two over the crop of challengers we already have, I would pick these two every time. I would rather be challenged than allowed to coast.

Unfortunately it looks as if these two are the only challenge we are going to get for the foreseeable future. The powers that be look to be feeding into The Barnhart’s delusions of grandeur. I can see the writing on the wall already. Ever since my return I have been trying to shrug off Bill Barnhart looking over my shoulder. It seems like no matter what I do, he is always going to be there hanging around. There isn’t going to be anything exciting about having to stand across from him at High Stakes, so I’m going to make the most out of this match on Climax Control. In my mind, this match has so much more on the line. Mikah and I will be leaving with the championships regardless, but we have the potential to launch the career of an impressive new team.

I am sure the two of them would have to admit that they are getting the royal treatment here. Amber called out The Black Sheep, and was given her opportunity immediately. I keep seeing all of these champions and former champions complaining about a lack of opportunity, but Amber went out and seized hers. Unlike other champions, I wasn’t too busy to pay attention. I wasn’t too afraid to push it along. I embraced the challenge, and the Halloween show was given a mixed tag team match that nobody is going to forget. Amber and Mac get the opportunity to step up and beat the champions their first night as a team. They get to jump to the front of the line. All they have to do is hold their own against two of the best competitors that Sin City has ever had on their roster. All they have to do is beat two Grand Slam Champions of this company. They have to rise up and succeed where every notable Sin City competitor has failed. If they live up to the hype, they make the jump from newcomers to true contenders in this company. If Mikah and I come out on top, we were able to fend off two people that are definitely on the rise in this company. Either way, both teams will be challenged more than we have been previously or will be in the near future. I see that as a win-win.

It’s nice to take a break from all the bullshit and just let what happens inside the ring speak for itself, but you have to have the right opponents to capture that kind of magic.

I think these two have potential.

I look forward to testing it.

Good luck you two, you’ll need at least a little of it to win this one.



7
Climax Control Archives / The Victory Lap
« on: October 09, 2020, 10:45:53 PM »



>What did I tell you?

Just a few hours removed from Violent Conduct, Kristopher Ryans looks overjoyed to rub his victory in the faces of all of those that had called him a relic of the past. He had a crew set up a camera, cleaned himself up, and now he sits in front of the camera in the new Black Sheep Villains shirt, with a wider smile on his face than fans had seen in a long time.

I think I told you that Sass n Bash had no chance against The Black Sheep tonight. I think I told you that it didn’t matter if they picked a stupid stipulation, spun the wheel, or took us on straight up, The Black Sheep were going to walk out of Violent Conduct with the Mixed Tag Team Championships. I told them that they were both good, but not good enough. People doubted. There were rumblings of people saying that Mikah and I wouldn’t be able to get the job done. I made a promise though, and I just wanted to prove to everyone that unlike so many people on this roster, I actually have followed through.

He raises the SCW Mixed Tag Team Championship belt up from outside the view of the camera and places it over his shoulder. The sigh he lets out as soon as it is positioned is one of satisfaction and relief.

You know, they said that they were going to get over the hump this time around. People were really ready to rally behind them too. After all, the SCW fans had seen that scenario play out before. Both Bella and Malachi needed do-over after do-over to get anything done as a team. They dropped matches to teams that Mikah and I rolled through on our way through the ranks. They even needed a second chance under their specific conditions to break through that championship glass ceiling. It seemed like every time they got a chance to correct a mistake, misstep, or setback they were able to rise to the occasion. It was a formula that got them all the way to a championship reign.

His eyes lower to the belt on his shoulder for just a second. The championship’s reflection sparkles in The Miracle’s eyes, and he loses the point he was making for just a moment. Once he does peel his eyes away from it to refocus on the camera, he continues almost like he hadn’t missed a beat at all.

Unfortunately for them, Mikah and I were not an obstacle for them to overcome the second time around. Our first win over Sass n Bash wasn’t a fluke. Mikah and I went out to the ring at Violent Conduct to prove that if we had wanted Malachi and Bella’s championship reign to end at 14 days we could have gotten the job done. Then, we set out to prove that we could give them every advantage that they could ask for, but that they would still come up short. The both of us said all of these things on our way into Violent Conduct, and now that the dust has settled, we were the ones proven right. The Black Sheep are not only SCW Mixed Tag Team Champions, but a team made up of Grand Slam Champions. I went from a Nobody, to a Miracle, to the guy that has won every single championship that this company has made available to a person of my gender. I am on the longest winning streak of anyone in this company right now. I have been nothing short of dominant since my return to the company, and Mikah and I went undefeated on our way to tag team championship gold. I said that the mixed tag team division was made for us, and then The Black Sheep backed that up with sheer dominance at Summer XXXtreme, Violent Conduct, and every Climax Control in between.

I don’t know what we are going to have to do in order to prove to you people that we are every bit as good as we say that we are. We have built two of the best careers of any competitor to ever join the SCW locker room. We have won every award worth winning. We have put on more highlight matches than most of the rest of this roster combined. Year after year we find ourselves near the top of the food chain in this company, but we are still looked down on. We show up week after week and beat whoever it is that Mark and Christian put in front of us, but that is not enough. We’re undefeated as a team, but according to our former champions we didn’t actually earn our way through the ranks. Now that we are the champions, I’m sure it is only a matter of time before people start to tell us why we shouldn’t be.

He shrugs his shoulders, resigned to the fact that he couldn’t stop idiots from having imperfect opinions.

....but that’s fine. The Black Sheep will take on all comers. I’m not sure what the future holds exactly, because it doesn’t look like Sass n Bash is going to want to go for round three right now, not that it would matter. The outcome wouldn’t change. It looks like Ben and Evie find themselves unburdened by their championships, so maybe they can be convinced to give Mikah and I a real challenge.

His eyes light up at the thought of taking on the only two people he saw as a real potential threat to himself and Mikah. He doesn’t let himself get off track with something that would probably never happen though. Instead, he shifted to murmurs he had heard backstage about a new team brewing.

Then again, there are rumors of some new team that has interest in the championships now that the champions are legitimate again. I wouldn’t mind seeing the handful of talented bombshells without plans for High Stakes partner up and make a run at Mikah and I. Hell, I wouldn’t even mind if one of the other sets of former mixed tag team champions wanted to come back and give us a run for our money.

One thing was clear, the new champion wasn’t going to be backing down from any challenge, no matter who it was that stepped up.

For the last couple of months, the only thing that was certain in this division was that Mikah and I were on our way to the top. Now that we are there, I guess things are wide open for whoever wants to try to walk the same path that we did. I’m not sure that there are any teams out there that can make it look as effortless as we did. I’m not sure that there is anyone on the roster capable of knocking us off of our thrones. It is a hell of a lot more fun to be challenged. Hopefully the powers that be at Sin City have something working that is worth the attention of two Grand Slam Champions.

The words came out like he strongly doubted that it would all shake out that way. It didn’t seem to matter much to The Miracle, he had already gotten what he wanted.

After all, villains are nothing without some misguided heroes trying to step up and challenge them. If the SCW roster wants to make The Black Sheep the bad guys, we are happy to take that role. Nobody should prepare for a short ending to the reign of the most dominant team this company has ever seen. We are on top to stay.I dare anyone to try and make a liar out of me. Consider it an open challenge.



==========================================================



What’s Owed.
Kris’ Apartment - San Diego
1 OCTOBER 2020
OFF-Camera




The party hadn’t stopped for Kris once Violent Conduct was over. The toll that the battle for the championships took on him had started to catch up to him even before he left the arena, but he had an answer for it when it came. There was nobody around to stop his habits from taking the wheel from there. In the back of his mind he knew that days had probably gone by at this point, but he didn’t really care. There would be time to pick up the pieces before he was needed for anything, whether that be SCW or Jet City South. These days he had the lack of supervision to take a timeout from life, and justifying it to himself had become easier and easier over the last couple of months. Coby would take care of the gym. Mikah would be preoccupied with her children. Kris could vacation from life while tucked away in his room, uninterrupted, or so he thought. When the door handle jiggled, he knew that the lock on it would detract most of the people that would try to open it. When the noise continued, he turned over from his spot in the center of his bed so that he could see whoever it was that was determined to bother him. The determined intruder made short work of the simple lock, and pushed the door open. By the time Kris’ eyes met hers, he was anything but surprised.

Kris: Don’t you have some place that you live… you know… that’s not here….

The room didn’t smell pretty, and Court didn’t make any attempt to hide that fact in order to be pleasant. She waved a hand in front of her face and squinted into the darkness trying to find the outline of Kris in the room. The sound of his voice had narrowed her attention to one side of the room, but it took The Miracle actually sitting up in bed for her to actually see him.

Court: Great, it’s wonderful to see you too.

She chose to ignore the insult and attempt to sound cheery. She knew what to expect from the moment The Black Sheep won the Mixed Tag Team Championships. She had even gone as far as to circle today on her calendar as the perfect time for the conversation that she wanted to have whether Kris wanted to or not. He wasn’t exactly in the state to get away from her.

Kris: It’s not wonderful to see you. I didn’t invite you here. I don’t care how you got in. Go away.

She shrugs at him, and comes into the room, closing the door behind her. She could have left it unlocked, but she had a feeling she wouldn’t be making any kind of hasty retreat for the lock to make a difference. It was better that they weren’t disturbed by any curious party walking by. She turns back to him, the wide smile back on her face.

Court: Coby was on his way out as I was on my way in. He said he wasn’t sure you were here, but that I could wait. Said he hadn’t seen you in a few days….I knew better….

Court steps through the darkness and pulls back a curtain from the window splashing the room in the first bright light that Kris had seen in days.

Kris: What the fuck is wrong with you?

He raises both hands to cover his eyes and shield them from being blinded. Now that Court was getting a good look at him, it was clear that he hadn’t left the room since Sunday night. The master suite had a full bathroom, and from the look of the place, he had been living off of a well-stocked mini-fridge. His clothes looked like they were on day two or three, and his hair and beard were matted in all kinds of different directions. Kris didn’t look like a champion. He was barely a shell of that person.

Court: Oh, you’ve been hitting it a little hard, huh? Doing your fair share of partying in celebration of your big win?

She knew that throwing the fact that she knew his secret in his face meant nothing these days. The fact that he hadn’t tried to hide any of it once she pushed open the door said that much. What she wasn’t exactly prepared for was how much more blunt he would be in this state.

Kris: You can drop the condescending bullshit. It doesn’t work on me. It’s even easier for me since you knew what you were walking into and did it anyway like you were going to make some kind of point. I’m sorry to disappoint you. I don’t give enough of a shit about your opinion to care about what you have to say about any of this. You’re wasting your time.

Court had thought that Kris would be soft and vulnerable on the inside. The fact that he was this harsh meant that the soberish version of him that she had always dealt with was actually still filtering out some of how he really felt. Court didn’t know whether to be touched or offended.

Court: You’re awfully feisty today. Where has this been the last couple of weeks? It’s like you’ve been handling me with kid gloves since I decided I was coming back.

He lowers his arms with his eyes finally starting to adjust to the light in the room. It gives Court a clear shot of the eye roll that he words earned her.

Kris: There’s no point in hurting people’s feelings for no reason. It takes too much time out of my day to deal with the fallout.

With a laugh, she gestures to the shitastic state of the room around them.

Court: ....yeah because you have so much going on...

Kris sighs, disgusted with the fact that she wouldn’t just leave him alone. If she wasn’t going to leave of her own free will, there were ways that he could make her without having to actually leave the comfort of his bed.

Kris: Listen, I get that you stumbled across some big secret so now you think that you know me, but you don’t. Congrats. You figured something out that everyone in Seattle already knew. You were the thirtieth person to put the puzzle together. But now you feel like you’re a smart cookie. You feel like you have something to hang over my head. Sorry to disappoint you. I don’t care. Out me.

Court gasps and tries to seem shocked; as if the thought had never even occurred to her to out his relapse to the general public.

Court: That’s not something that I would ever think about doing. Your problem is your business.

She was hoping that he believed her, especially since she had already decided against it. Over the last few weeks she had been trying to figure out how to use the information to her advantage, so the thought had crossed her mind. She had come up with something way better though.

Kris: Then why won’t you just leave me alone?

She doesn’t hesitate to answer him as directly as possible.

Court: You have something that I want.

He still wasn’t impressed, and his patience for the conversation was gone.

Kris: I have lots of things that lots of people want. You can join the rest of them in their collective fucking off because I don’t care, and I don’t owe you anything.

Court tries to hold back, but something inside of her just snaps. Her voice raises, and she makes her way across the room towards him.

Court: Actually you owe me a hell of a lot, and you know it. That’s why you have walked away all sad from our last couple of conversations. You wouldn’t let me say the things that I do unless you felt guilty about costing me my big opportunity a few years ago. You are the one that sent me down the spiral that I went down. That was your fault, and you have to live with that, not just brush it off.

She is now standing at the edge of his bed, an index finger pointed in his face. Kris reaches out and pushes her hand away before shrugging his shoulders.

Kris: It’s so easy for you to blame everything on someone else...

He says the words under his breath, but Court calls him out immediately.

Court: What was that?

Kris: You have made the mistake of thinking that because I have had a little restraint towards you, that you’re entitled to something. You’re not.

Court: I---

He cuts her off, finally losing his composure.

Kris: No! You asked for this, so now you can get it. It’s easy for you to blame others because that is what your whole life has been. You’re a privileged chick from Long Beach. You had the money to chase whatever dream you wanted, and even a long list of setbacks weren’t enough to derail you. You’ve taken every advantage that you’ve been given, and acted as if you have gone through some terrible struggle. It’s bullshit. You were a wealthy kid that got trained by the best, but you have paper-thin skin physically and metaphorically and you’ve proven that you’re too fragile to handle this business. I think it is a joke that you’re still around. The fact that you have the option to linger after two years shows how easy you have it. Unfortunately, none of it entitles you to shit with me. Your struggle isn’t shit to me. Leave me alone.

She smiles. Court had wondered how long it would be before he finally stopped letting her win and actually snapped at her.

Court: I like when you lash out like that. Makes me think that maybe you’re not all dead inside like you look most of the time.

He rolls his eyes again.

Kris: Whatever you say, Court. Are we done now?

Now it was her turn to set him straight.

Court: No! What gave you that idea? You dump some sob story because you have had a real sad life and expect me to just walk off? I don’t care what you think any more than you care what I think. I have told you time after time that we aren’t friends. That’s not how this works. You can think whatever you want about me, but our arrangement stands, and I need something from you. When the time comes, you’re going to pick yourself up and play your part.

Not one to take orders, Kris shrugs.

Kris: ...and if I don’t?

Court: You will. No matter how you feel about me. You can think I’m entitled. I can think that you’re junkie trash. That doesn’t change who we are inside Sin City. It doesn’t change that we are both representing Jet City South now. When the time comes, I’m cashing in on what you owe me.

He shakes his head, hoping that she wasn’t so dumb as to think he would hand over something like his guaranteed championship opportunity.

Kris: They aren’t going to let me hand you my championship shot if that is what you are angling for. Not that I would let you have it anyways. I have plans for the last show of the year. I want to end things with a bang.

Court: Sometimes I wonder how you got so far while being so incredibly short-sighted.

The attempt at insulting him didn’t even look like it registered.

Kris: That’s what happens when your whole life is a struggle. People are constantly surprised to see that you’re still around. If they only knew the half of it, they would know how wrong they were.

He waves her away, and turns over on the bed, done with their conversation. She was killing his vacation time.

Court: ...you’ll have to let me in on at least that much at some point….

He doesn’t respond, but it doesn’t matter. Court makes her way out of the room not wanting to waste any more of his time talking to a brick wall.

==========================================================


>Now more than a week removed from Violent Conduct, The Miracle doesn’t seem to be in such a happy mood. He is standing in the window of his office looking down on Jet City South. The SCW Mixed Tag Team Championship sits on the desk behind him, with the center plate perfectly squared up to the camera so that it catches the viewer's attention right away. Kris didn’t want anyone forgetting that he had cashed in on all the promises that he and MIkah had made about Violent Conduct, even if the magic of it was starting to wear off.

Back when I was calling Sass n Bash disappointments, I didn’t think that the bar could be lowered any further. If I had a time machine, I would travel back a couple weeks and slap myself for being so naive. I’m a veteran of this business. I should know that the bar can always, and will always go lower. At least the team that I was heading into Violent Conduct to face was…. a team. They weren’t a particularly good team. We gave them a really hard time, and then proved that we were right on back-to-back occasions. It was awesome. But we were all there. We have all moved on. But what’s next on deck for The Black Sheep? Disappointment.

He sighs heavily and leans forward, placing his forehead against the glass. He rocks back and smacks his head on the glass a few times, trying to bottle up the disappointment he felt about his first set of challengers.

I get it. SCW is going to try and defend themselves by saying that random bookings like this are normal. Sure, there are even some weird examples to back it up. I see right through that shit though. It’s clear that all of the other teams currently on the roster are too afraid to stand up and challenge the new champions. That is why they have to throw a couple of randoms together and hope that lightning strikes. They know that Mikah and I are going to put on a hell of a show no matter who is standing across the ring from us. We have a knack for making people less-than-talented shine while they are sharing our spotlight. Where are the Trenton Tigers? Too busy imploding apparently. London Underground? Are they even still a thing? Wolfslair is apparently moving into the solo album portions of their careers. Sass n Bash failed twice. I guess they could have sent out the Barnharts, but me handing Bill his ass is getting old at this point. I think that The Good Shepherds spend most of their time in SCU these days too….

One after another, the list of teams falls apart. He was just now realizing why the powers that be would put together a Lethal Lottery team in the first place. He spins to the camera and away from the window now that he had figured it out.

The Black Sheep are the champions of a division without any actual competitors…..When you add everything up, I guess it makes sense that SCW has to throw the mediocre motorcyclist and glitter ditz at us while we are in the middle of our victory lap. We are at the bottom of the barrel, and this is just what we are left with. Maybe one of those other teams will find the courage to step up, so that we won’t have to be subjected to this kind of thing on a regular basis.

It was a harsh way to start in on the random challengers being hurled at himself and Mikah, but he wasn’t in the mood to pull punches.

I wish I could say something nice about either of these two. I have found that it comes off a lot more believable if you can commend your opponent for something before you put them in their place. The problem is, both of these two are so far beneath myself and Mikah that it is impossible to compare our two teams...if that is what we are calling them…. In any kind of positive way.

Usually Kris found some way to relate to his opponents, but this time it didn’t look like he was even trying. He thought that these two were too far beneath him for pleasantries.

Agostino hasn’t been impressive since stepping into Sin City. Jack Washington beat the hell out of him at Summer XXXtreme, and we all know I don’t think that guy is worth a shit as a competitor, let alone a champion. His only real notable win is over El Dark, a guy that flamed out of the company before most even noticed he was here. He talks more about bikes and how good he was in his past career than he does about the things that happen inside the SCW ring which makes me think he isn’t taking any of this all that seriously. Maybe that will get him a win here and there in this company, but it’s not going to cut it against The Black Sheep. It’s not going to cut it in a championship match. It’s not going to cut it as part of a team of two people who don’t even know each other.

He laughs, and tries to remember the exact words of the tweet that Candy had sent out. Had he felt any anxiety about defending the championships, her first comments would have silenced any doubt in his mind.

”Who is Agustus Romanov?” was the funniest shit that I read all week.... but that’s what we have all come to expect from Candy, the only that spent the last month talking about some Glitter Bomb Match that nobody actually understands. The one that makes PSA’s making herself look like an idiot, only I’m pretty sure even that is over her head. I guess at some point while I was gone she had a decent run with the Bombshell Roulette Championship, but if I remember right, Violet Amelia Holt was the run that ran that shit into the ground. That’s not an impressive name to have putting an end to your greatest achievement in Sin City. Almost makes me think that the whole reign must have been during a downturn in the Bombshell division. I look around at the current Bombshell roster, and neither of them look like people that I would peg as champions.

Kris hadn’t been shy about the fact that there were several bombshells on the roster that he knew could challenge The Black Sheep, so in case people were putting together a list, there were at least two more names that could be scratched away now.

So on one hand there is a lackluster bombshell, on the other is her partner that is apparently better on a motorcycle than he is inside a ring. I guess it is fitting to put two of the most positive, carefree, fun-loving individuals on the roster against the two people that everyone loves to vilify, but everyone has to realize that this is not a match fought on equal footing. This isn’t two superheroes taking on a couple of lowly henchmen. This is going to be two supervillains taking apart some well-intentioned civilians to send a message to the world. The Black Sheep aren’t holding anything back just because these two smile their way through life. They are stepping up to challenge us for the championships that we came back to this company to win. What hope could they have of prying them away from us?

He picks up the championship from the desk as he talks and holds it out towards the camera as he finishes almost as if he was offering his challengers to try and grab it through the screen.

I wouldn’t want to put any of my money on the two of them pulling out the upset. I am teamed up with the most dominant bombshell in SCW history. Not only is she one half of the Mixed Tag Team Champions right now, but she is the newest SCW Grand Slam Champion. She’s a Hall of Famer. She is undefeated when teaming with me inside the Sin City ring. Even back when Mikah and I were fighting all the time, we were still running through all of the teams that have tucked their tails and run away from this division now that we are at the top. Now that we are finding out footing as an actual team instead of just two individuals, we are unstoppable. That is why there aren’t any challengers left in this division. That is why we are left with these two. And that is why The Black Sheep are going to walk into and out of this match with our Mixed Tag Team Championships exactly where they belong.

Kris places the championship belt over his shoulder and wraps his arm around it to clutch it to his chest.

We aren’t scared. We aren’t intimidated. We aren’t worried. This is a match that we could win blindfolded and with both of our arms tied behind our backs. We know it. They know it. All of the fans that bought tickets know it. They aren’t in the ring to see Agostino and Candy compete for the championships. They are coming to watch The Black Sheep keep the winning streak rolling while we celebrate our first successful defense.

If anything, the new Mixed Tag Team Champion looked more confident than he ever has before.

These two are just showing up to a massacre. I’m glad they both like to keep things fun, because Mikah and I are going to have a blast ripping them apart.


8
Climax Control Archives / Humble
« on: September 04, 2020, 03:56:42 PM »
Always Something
Jet City South - San Diego
3 September 2020
OFF-Camera



Both The Miracle and Coby Quik looked a little worse for wear as they walked through the door of their shared office overlooking the main floor of Jet City South. The launch of the gym had gone better than Kris had expected it to, but he wasn’t allowed to say that out loud. It helped that he and Coby had featured the gym on several SCW and SCU events to get their name recognition back. There was also the fact that it was a Jet City gym in the center of the city that had made them famous. Sure, the group had moved up the coast to Seattle years ago, but that didn’t change the support that they had in SoCal. It was the whole reason that Kris had come back in the first place. It was the only place other than SCW that legitimately felt like home. Kris was always the type to expect the worst not only of people, but situations. Before he was The Miracle, he was an accident and a nobody. The situation he currently found himself in was previously unheard of. For the first time in his life, he wasn’t battling any personal addictions. His gym was a success. He was on a winning streak that nobody saw coming after his match against Bill. He should be enjoying the fruits of his labor, but he wasn’t. He couldn’t. In recent days, he had trouble even sitting still. Every second that he wasn’t productive felt like time wasted. There was an uneasiness in the air around him that Coby was sick of trying to ignore. It was never a smart idea to press Kris on something he didn’t want to talk about, but even the fastest member of Jet City was growing tired of trying to keep up with his panicked pace.

Coby: What are you so damn nervous about all of a sudden?

Kris shrugs his shoulders, and keeps his eyes focused out the office window. He knew that there was no way Coby was going to believe him, but he hoped he was able to sell his lie well enough to cause his friend to drop the subject.

Kris: Nothing man. Just stressing about the gym. It’s not moving along as fast as it did in Seattle…. I expected things to go smoother.

The audible laugh from over his shoulder told Kris all he needed to know about whether or not Coby had bought his lie. Kris’ former student didn’t waste any time shredding his lie for the facade that it was.

Coby: Dude, look around! It’s a pandemic and classes are just about capped. We’ve beaten projections already. Having me in SCU and you in SCW has been the best thing we could have possibly done. People see the roll you are on and want to sign up because clearly you know what you’re doing...

That assertion was just as big of a lie as Kris’ had been, and gets the Grand Slam Champion to turn to his friend instead of focusing on the window.

Kris: Oh come on!

The smile on Coby’s face was enough to tell Kris that he had merely played into Coby’s hand. He wanted his attention, and now he had it.

Coby: Alright fine, it’s probably just name recognition. Everyone knows you’re an idiot. I was just trying to make you feel better but now you had to go and ruin that too. But, to be fair, Jet City South is not what you are actually worried about. So we both lied.

Kris knew that there was no getting Coby to drop it. Maybe it would be worthwhile to just get everything off of his chest anyways. Kris lets out a deep breath and falls into the chair behind his desk.

Kris: I guess it is this match with Wolfslair coming up.

Coby offers only a nonchalant shrug at first before pulling back his own chair behind the desk opposite Kris’.

Coby: You think you’re going to mess the whole thing up like you always do?

It was probably a step too far, but that was how Kris had to be dealt with. If you wanted him to give an inch, you had to reach for that mile first.

Kris: No!

It was a knee-jerk reaction to the words that were more true than Kris was willing to admit. Upon another second to think it over, Kris nodded, and his voice got much quieter and less certain sounding.

Kris: ...at least, not really.

Coby sits down in his chair, and puts his feet up on his desk. His favorite part about being part owner of the new gym.

Coby: Ah, so it's that you're finally going up against someone you feel is on your level and you're actually nervous about losing.



Kris: It's that obvious?



Coby: Honestly I knew before I asked. You tense up everytime you talk about Climax Control. You're even getting along with Mikah during training. You're working at this harder than normal. I figured it was related.

It made Kris feel stupid that he had been so transparent. He had thought he was keeping things together well enough. Then again, he should have known better than to think he could hide something from someone that had been on tour with him for years now.

Kris: It might be shitty to say, but everything has felt like a walk in the park until now. I haven't been this nervous since...

Coby knew where the thought was going, and decided to put it in a way that Kris wasn’t going to be able to tip-toe around for the next hour. He had gotten used to expediting these kinds of conversations so that Kris couldn’t waste too much of his time.

Coby: Choking in your match against Fenris a couple years ago?

Kris’ glare sharpened, and he opened his mouth to say something on reflex, but stopped himself. Instead, he shook his head softly and cut all but two words out of his thought.

Kris: Too far.

Kris always looked like a kicked puppy when someone was as mean to him as he was to most people. Coby had started to enjoy these kinds of moments, but knew better than to continue to kick his friend while he was down.

Coby: The most important thing that you're missing is that you should be nervous. You make it seem like it is a bad thing to be a little unsettled going into a match. You ever think that your blind confidence is actually the weird part? Like that's why you rub so many people the wrong way. Nobody should think so highly of themselves all the time. Maybe it will do you some good to be nervous for a change.

That wasn’t the way that Kris operated, and Coby knew it. There was no way that he could snap his fingers and just feel and react differently than normal. He was too entrenched into how his past had shaped him.

Kris: ...but last time...

Coby loses his cool in an attempt to get Kris to budge off of his self-deprecation.

Coby: No last time! Let that go. You were in a public fight during a sex scandal while battling injuries. You shouldn't have been in the match, but you're dumb. Just like when you beat Crimson for the title in the first place. You were lucky the first time. You got what you deserved when you lost to Fenris.

Suddenly, it felt like the conversation was not going to go the way Kris wanted it to, so he wanted to bail out of it.

Kris: This is not making me feel better….

He goes to get up from his chair, but Coby extends a hand out to him, gesturing for him to stop. He wasn’t going to let Kris keep taking the easy way out of things like this. At some point he was going to have to grow up.

Coby: Well, maybe it's something you need to hear. Just because you're nervous doesn't mean you're going to mess it up. It means you're human. Use it to your advantage.

Dumbfounded, Kris looks up and stops sulking.

Kris: How?

Coby: You've already been doing it. You and Mikah are more cohesive than ever. You have broken down every single aspect of all four members of Wolfslair for months preparing for this. Trust that you have put in the work to come out the other side with a win.

It helped ease some of Kris’ fears, but there was still the feeling that was lingering under the surface and digging at his core.

Kris: What if I'm not sure if we can pull this one off?

Coby had an answer for that too though. The things that Kris was feeling now for the first time had plagued Coby every time he signed a new contract or stepped into a ring with a new opponent. There was only one way to deal with it that had ever done him any good. The only way out is through.

Coby: Then be as honest about that as you are everything else in your life. You can't shrug off a sex tape and then worry yourself sick about a tag match. People will start to think you're crazy or something.

Kris felt like Coby was missing the point, and tried to redirect the conversation a little.

Kris: I can't go out there and do the same old 'Just Take The L' speech. It's not going to sound right this time. Nobody is going to believe that Mikah and I are going to walk all over Wolfslair like we have everyone else over the years.

Coby shrugs.

Coby: Then say that. What's so hard about that?

Kris didn’t even have to think over an answer, it just spilled out of him immediately.

Kris: It's not what people expect from me….

It was surprising to hear the words come out of Kris’ mouth given how he has treated every single one of his opponents, and most of his friends.

Coby: Since when do you care about what people expect from you? You're the villain, remember? You're supposed to be unpredictable. Go out there and give them something they haven't heard before.

At the very least, Coby had Kris actually listening to him for a change. He wasn’t going to miss the chance to be the mentor for once. All Kris had to do was ask.

Kris: ...and that is?

Coby laughs, and rocks backwards in his desk chair. He extends his arms up and laces his fingers together to cradle the back of his head with them. He wasn’t sure how his advice was going to work out for Kris, but it would be entertaining to watch either way.

Coby: Be humble.


==========================================================


>I have never made a secret out of how much I like Wolfslair...

Kris is sitting inside the office of the Jet City South. The camera sits across the room from him, but he is not looking at it. His focus is on his hands in his lap. Most of his fingers are laced together, except his thumbs, which chase one another in circles.

They are every bit the draw that they say that they are.

They are the ones that brought life to a division that was otherwise dead in the water.

They turned championships that nobody cared about into the championships that lured me back to SCW.

They are so good that I tried to convince Alicia Lukas to tag with me against two of her own teammates because she was the best option around to beat them at the time.

I usually come out and take this time to tell whoever is going to be standing across from me at Climax Control that they aren’t as good as they think they are. I tell them that they aren’t going to have the dream career or the big win that they are hoping for. I let them know that there is no hope against me. People see it as boastful, but look at what I have done since coming back. One person has beaten me, and he has gotten his ass handed to him twice since. Mikah and I have never lost together as a team. I know exactly how good I am. I know exactly what Mikah is capable of, with or without my help. Usually when I size up an opponent I see how everything is going to play out. I know, without a doubt, that I am going to have my hand raised at the end of the night. That’s why I can say the things that I do to my opponents. I know… not think, but KNOW… that I am better than a majority of the people on this roster, and most of the people with the audacity to call themselves champions in this company.

However, none of that applies to Wolfslair.

From top to bottom, they are one of the most solid groups that I have ever seen in this business. Alicia Lukas has been a champion everywhere she has gone, and her dominance in SCW etched her name into the record books faster than just about anyone else that comes to mind.

Alex Jones went from Mixed Tag Team Champion to SCW World Heavyweight Champion basically at the snap of his fingers. He wanted a shot at Griffin. He got a shot at Griffin. He took the championship and made it look easy.

Austin James Mercer was the most dominant Internet Champion that SCW has ever seen, and I say that as someone that has held that championship. The guy held the championship for the majority of this year. Even if Teddy manages to hang onto it for the rest of the year, his reign won’t be as impressive.

Then there’s Johanna. She’s the one that I probably know the least about. The only thing I really know is that she came to SCW to break out in the mixed tag division and she did exactly that. Her goal was to dominate alongside her teammates in this division before pursuing championships in the greatest women’s division in the world. In one match since dropping the mixed tag team titles, she beat a legend and Hall of Famer in Roxi Johnson. I’d say she’s well on her way to scratching more goals off her list.

So you can see, when this match was announced, and I didn’t know which two members of the team I would be facing, it didn’t matter. All four of them are equally impressive on paper and in the ring. All four of them are dangerous. All four of them are more talented than the majority of the people that have ever walked through the SCW curtain.

...and before people think I’m just trying to flatter them, don’t be stupid. The things that I am saying are facts, plain and simple. There is no getting around them. There is no discrediting them. For once, there are people in this company that say what they want to whomever they want, because they can back it up in the ring night after night. It’s kind of easy to see why I would be a fan of theirs….

...but it’s also why I can’t stand here and tell all of you that I know that I am going to walk out of this match with a win. I understand that it’s not something that I can guarantee will happen unlike most of my matches since returning to the company. I mean, think about it. They had an advantage by forcing us to prepare for all four of them, and then they threw it out the window on social media because they didn’t need cheap tricks to win. Even better, instead of strategically figuring out who would be facing The Black Sheep this week, they flipped coins. They are so confident in their abilities that it truly didn’t matter to them which ones took part in the match, and deservedly so.

Austin James Mercer and Johanna Kreiger won the toss apparently. They are the duo that get to represent the group that brought both myself and Mikah to the division in the first place. We looked around the roster, and Wolfslair seemed to be the only decent challenge for us. We had hoped for a chance to be the ones to take their Mixed Tag Team Championships, but allowing Sass n Bash to take their shot solo backfired. I’m not going to lie. I expected Wolfslair to emerge from Summer XXXtreme unscathed. I had faith that I wasn’t going to miss my opportunity by allowing Bella and Malachi to once again fall short. I was wrong.

...but the group did let us know that it could happen. I mean, just look at the things Alex was saying before they lost the championships. It sounded like his eyes were already on the SCW World Heavyweight Championship. It really felt like Johanna was ready to make the solo jump to the Bombshell Division. I went into the week before the show with a feeling that an upset could happen, but it was already too late to cash in my opportunity and add The Black Sheep to the match.

Then Sass n Bash shocked the world and walked away with the championships. And I don’t say it that way to be insulting. It’s a fact. It was the upset of the year. The fans were dumbfounded. The two of them were surprised to be having their hands raised. Nobody thought it was going to happen. Why? They weren’t the better team. They had lost to Wolfslair before, and should have come up short once again. That’s what the betting people put all their money on. Imagine how disappointed I was to see Wolfslair toppled before I could get a chance to be the one to beat them.

Like I said, I am not sure that Mikah and I will walk out of this match with a win. Yet, when it came to Sass n Bash, we called our shot and went out to ruin their two week long celebration of a fluke. Mikah and I guaranteed we were going to mop the floor with the new champs, and we did. They might hold the championships, but they are not the measuring stick of this division. Though, I’m not sure that Wolfslair is anymore either, which is the real shame.

See, everything that I have said to this point is true. I respect the hell out of all four members of Wolfslair. They are as good as they say. None of that was bullshit. The problem is, I don’t think that their hearts are in it anymore. They phoned it in during Summer XXXtreme, and they lost. It didn’t seem to bother Alex or Johanna at the time either. They both took a step forward in their careers in the time since they lost the titles. It feels like the team has moved past the need to assert their dominance over the mixed tag division, and that sucks for me personally. The match I was looking forward to, and the match that we have been given aren’t the same. Not even close.

No matter what happens, it seems like Wolfslair is onto other things. Johanna isn’t going to turn her back on the Bombshell Division and come running back to the mixed tag scene after beating Roxi. She’s going to try and climb to the top of a new ladder. If you can’t see that, you’re blind. Alicia? It seems like the people behind the scenes are determined to keep her in the main events by any means necessary, and who could blame them? Does anyone think that she is going to turn down the opportunity to main event every show just to carry a mixed tag team championship? Alex Jones has the SCW World Heavyweight Championship already, so there is no doubt about what his future plans hold. The only wild card is Austin, and I don’t see him running into this division all on his own. He has already held the SCW World Heavyweight Championship. He was great as Internet Champion. Maybe he has his eye on the Roulette Division now that he finds himself short of a full-time partner.

So what purpose does this match serve to any of them? Why would they be so ambivalent about this match that they flipped a coin? The answer is simple. They aren’t going to back down from any challenge, because that’s not their style, but this doesn’t mean anything to them anymore. They aren’t dumb enough to underestimate me or Mikah. They aren’t going to parade themselves out to the ring and boast about how badly they are going to beat us. Winning this match would be a positive for them, but losing this match isn’t going to derail any of their future plans. For that matter, losing this match isn’t going to hurt myself or Mikah. Wolfslair doesn’t want the mixed tag team championships anymore, so it’s not like they will jump The Black Sheep in line. Not to mention, me and Mikah already dominated Sass n Bash a couple of shows ago, so our shot at their championships is all but guaranteed to happen in a few weeks.

My patience and staying out of the match at Summer XXXtreme cost me the challenge that Wolfslair vs The Black Sheep was supposed to be. It cut through the buildup of what this encounter could have been. It took a match that could have main evented any show, and been a contender for the best mixed tag team match of the year, and made it an afterthought on a random Climax Control headlined by Crystaltina Milltonzdunwhatever’s wife. It’s deflating to say the least, and disappointing if I’m honest.

I know that both Johanna and Austin are going to bring their best to this fight because that is just what they do. When they step in the ring, their minds are on winning. It doesn’t matter what they think about their opponents. It doesn’t matter what is on the line. They are going to attempt to dominate because they don’t know how to half ass anything, and they aren’t like these other champions that lose a title and then disappear afterwards. I’m not trying to say that they are going to throw the match against us just because they have other aspirations. I am saying that this match doesn’t mean a damn thing to them anymore, and Mikah and I have something that we need to prove against this team.

Wolfslair is going to be the team that everyone remembers from 2020. They have had the most impressive year of any team that has come through this company, Jet City and The Black Sheep included, and let’s not forget The Black Sheep held almost every championship simultaneously last time around. Still, we don’t measure up to the last year that Wolfslair has had. They have two different SCW World Heavyweight Champions in their group, Alicia was the Bombshell Champion, and they had the most impressive Mixed Tag Team Championship run in company history. The only way that The Black Sheep were going to take them down a notch was to take their championships away before they moved onto the next part of their career. We missed that chance, but were granted this consolation.

I’m confident in The Black Sheep. I know that I didn’t become a Grand Slam Champion by accident. I know that I haven’t been beaten since April for a reason. Mikah is the single greatest Bombshell in company history. She is a record setter. She is the measuring stick that people like Johanna join the Bombshell Division to be compared against. The Black Sheep are not the Trenton Tigers, or Team Eggplant. We aren’t a joke. We aren’t the lackluster Barnharts. We are the team that is picking up exactly where Wolfslair left off when they allowed Sass n Bash to walk away with the championships of this division.

Does it suck that Wolfslair made up their mind to move on before we got the chance to take them on while they were at the top? Absolutely. Is it going to be a whole lot less fun to take those championships from Sass n Bash? Probably. Are we still going to do it? Definitely. The Black Sheep came to this division with one goal: Get the championships and hold them until we get bored beating the rest of the teams on the roster.

Johanna is someone that has already done that. Even more impressive, she did that without the long history of success that most of her teammates came in with. Nobody would be dumb enough to try and say that Alex carried the team for them either. Johanna held her own alongside the man that currently holds the SCW World Heavyweight Championship. That’s impressive. How many teams can say they are that balanced?

Austin James Mercer was too busy winning the Internet Championship to get into the Mixed Tag Championship picture back in February. It’s funny to think that Austin, Johanna and Alex all won their titles on the same night, only to lose them on the same night six months later. It goes to show that anyone in their team could have carried the Mixed Tag Championships and they would have been just as successful. I mean, Austin was the one to end Fenris’ championship reign that many thought would be years long. Let’s not forget that I couldn’t get that done back before my hiatus from the company. My last match was losing my shot at Fenris’ belt. Austin stepped up and ended that reign while I was sitting on the couch at home.

I guess what I have been trying to say, is that this isn’t just some random match for The Black Sheep, or for Wolfslair. For Johanna, this is a chance to prove herself against the best bombshell in SCW history while she is trying to break into the division that Mikah has been the Queen of for the last six years. For Austin, he gets to step in the ring with a Grand Slam Champion, and the only undefeated team left in SCW. There might not be any championships on the line on Sunday night, but rest assured that this match is between the two best teams in this company. The only drawback, is that only one of the teams is actually interested in teaming right now.

While Austin and Johanna clearly have no problem working as partners, they aren’t motivated to function as a team. They have their own interests in this match. They want to prove themselves against two of the best singles competitors in SCW. The problem is, that isn’t the focus for Mikah and I anymore. We are a team first, and individuals second. Sure, we have taken the path of most resistance to get to this point, but it hasn’t slowed us down any. Since we brought The Black Sheep back, we have ironed out all the kinks. We have learned to put our egos aside and work with one another in the ring. We have learned to depend on each other while competing. We were dangerous as individuals. We were unstoppable as a semi-functional team. Now we are on our way to taking over the mantle of the greatest team in this company. That path is going to run us directly through a Wolfslair group who are more worried about their individual pursuits. If they weren’t so damn good, this match would be a no-brainer.

So I guess we all have to wait another few days…. I can’t promise what will happen at the end of this match. I can’t tell all of you what the outcome will be, because I don’t want to sound like I’m not giving the former champions the credit that they rightfully deserve. What I do know is that they have never faced a team like The Black Sheep before. There is no weakness to exploit in me and Mikah. There is no weakest link. We don’t have to carry one another because we made a career out of taking care of ourselves while everyone else was gunning for what we had.

I know that this is going to be a hell of a fight. I know that the Climax Control audience is going to be excited about the fact that they get to be in the building for this one instead of being stuck watching it from a couch. This is going to be the best mixed tag team match of the year, and it’s not even for a championship or part of the Blast from the Past tournament. Let that sink in.

This is everything that I have been waiting for since I came back to Sin City. I hope that Wolfslair is as ready for this as I am. I hope they are as prepared for this as Mikah and I are. If you can’t tell, we aren’t taking them lightly, and hopefully they aren’t making the mistake of thinking that The Black Sheep are some forgotten relics of the past like everyone else has.

Let’s tear the roof of Orleans Arena. Let’s make the mixed tag division the headline of the night. We might not be the main event, but we have the potential to steal the show away from people that simply can’t measure up to any of the four of us. Let’s prove that this match should have been a main event. At least that way, no matter what happens, it was worth it.

I look forward to my first real test since coming back.

Johanna… Austin… Good luck...


9
Climax Control Archives / You're Welcome!
« on: August 19, 2020, 07:10:39 PM »
Same Team
Jet City South - San Diego
17 August 2020
OFF-Camera



The gym was not open yet, but at this point that was not Kris’ biggest worry. It had been announced that The Black Sheep were getting a non-title shot at the new Mixed Tag Team Champions, and that had been Kris’ primary focus. It didn’t matter that the gym was scheduled to start bringing in students tomorrow now that they were not being forced to quarantine. It didn’t matter that Coby Quik, who was supposed to be his partner in this business venture, was still missing in action. He had one thing on his mind, and he had been trying to catch up with her all morning. He had narrowly missed catching her before her first run of the day. It almost made him feel like she had been avoiding him. However, looking down from his office window across the entirety of the gym below, he spotted her. Not wanting to miss his opportunity, he made his way down to the main floor before approaching his tag team partner.

Kris: So can we just apologize to each other and move past this petty bullshit that has been slowing us down over the last month or so. I am kind of tired of the games and bullshit. It’s not fun anymore.

It probably came off like a bit of an ambush, but Kris didn’t care. As she spun around to face him, he had expected the worst. Neither of them were the type to want to actually vent their frustrations with someone whose opinion they actually gave a shit about. Both were always quick to point out their opponent’s flaws, but when it came to addressing their own, they would both rather kick the can down the road than speak openly. They always eventually got past these little spats, but this time Kris didn’t think that they had the time to let things blow over before it started to hurt them as a team. He was hoping that she was going to look at it the same way. After three weeks he was exhausted from walking around on eggshells. He just wanted the conversation to be over so that they could get back to normal.

Mikah: ...What?

A confused look had crossed her face as she looked at him. She frowns, her eyebrows furrowed together as she looks at him. She wasn't trying to be difficult, she just had a lot on her mind and his statement had surprised her and brought her out of her thoughts.Kris points back and forth between the two of them and shakes his head.

Kris: Whatever the problem is here, we need to fix it. Usually we just blow it off and eventually we get over it. We don’t have time to do that now, and I don’t want whatever it is to come back and bite us in the ass while we are in the ring. I get it. For some reason you are pissed off at me. You just have to let me know what the problem is, because I don’t get it.

Her eyes look him over and she is quick to fold her arms over her chest. She knew that the action made her seem unapproachable but she didn't seem to think twice about it. She looks at him before looking around the room they were in.

Mikah: Are you saying that I can't put my own personal crap to the side to function in a match? Because I can. But sure, I guess. I haven't even seen you for three weeks or even been in the same state as you since that stupid boat show. I don't have the time to be pissed at you.

She hadn't had the time to process her own emotions toward her partner in the past three weeks. But maybe she was starting to remember why she had been so upset with him.

Kris: I'm not saying that at all. I know you can. You're good at it, and you're a professional. It didn't slow us down at Summer XXXtreme and I know being on that boat was its own personal hell for you. I'm not saying you aren't capable of putting shit to the side, I'm saying I don't want us to just brush shit to the side. That is how teams implode down the line. I want to fix it now and move forward on the same page, and I don't care what it takes to make that happen.

He still wasn't sure that his honesty was going to get him anywhere but at least he can say that he tried. It was more than any of his previous partners had gotten from him. It was a start. She shifts her weight in front of him as she feels that usual fight or flight kick in but she does her best to push it away.

Mikah: ...Okay. That sounds reasonable I suppose. But first, you're telling me basically that you haven't even noticed that me and the kids haven't been here for basically three weeks? And I know that they're not your kids but a missing one year old would be kind of obvious.

She raises an eyebrow at him, wondering what his response was going to be. Of course, she hadn't told him she was going to be gone or that she had plans to go anywhere. She had thought he might have noticed her absence, but now she can tell that it had completely slipped past him even before he opened his mouth. He gestures to the space around them in an attempt to deflect a little, but gives up on making an excuse.

Kris: Well, I mean… I was trying to give you some space, and working on making things ready to open. I really just thought that you were avoiding being around me. I keep weird hours, so I thought you were planning around that.

He pauses, realizing that it does not really help his cause that he didn’t even notice that she was gone. It didn’t matter what his reasoning was going to be. It was inexcusable.

Kris: I get it that you were pissed about me doubting you being serious about coming back, and questioning how much you were working at it. I was a dick. I’m sorry. I should have had your back. Then after how the match went at Summer XXXtreme, I was pissed off. It was like you were trying to prove that you didn’t need me. That’s not how a team is supposed to work. I know that it isn’t going to matter most of the time, but eventually it will matter. I don’t want to start losing down the road because we are busier taking shots at each other instead of our opponents. If I pushed you towards acting like that, that’s my fault. Like I said, I’m sorry. And I’m sorry I didn’t realize you were gone. I guess I have just been in my own head.

Once it started coming out of his mouth he knew if he tried to stop he wouldn’t end up getting through it. Kris was not the type to take responsibility for any of his actions. She could see in his eyes that it was painful to be this honest. The fact that he wasn’t attempting to deflect or turn the situation into a joke showed how serious he was about clearing the air between the two of them. He had hoped that the effort would reassure her that he wasn’t here just to keep playing stupid games.She is quiet for a moment or two before she looks at him. She knew that admitting this was hard for him. But speaking about feelings and emotions wasn't her strong suit either.

Mikah: You know you treated me just like everybody else does, right? That doubt that almost everybody has when it comes to me competing in the ring. And that view that everybody has that loves to say I'm unreliable. But I've never not shown up when I was booked. It was almost as if you were a carbon copy of them. Another Crystal-Christina or Mercedes Vargas or Petty Polly. Another person who likes to throw me under the bus. And I was the one that had your back no matter what the others said. And I assumed that maybe you'd have had the same sentiment that I did. After everything that we have done together.

The words came out of her mouth quickly. She takes a deep breath and averts her eyes. This was the time that she'd normally walk away. The words cut into him, but instead of trying to shrug off the blame, he nods in agreement with her.

Kris: I get it. I got obsessed with this idea that you were going to do the same thing that I did. I came out there confident and then fell on my face. I didn’t want to see that happen to you, or to us as a team. I just wanted us to look like the team that everyone was afraid of, and yeah… I went too far. My head was in the right place, but I messed up how I went about it. I should have trusted you. After all, you trusted me enough to come back in the first place. That’s my fault. I’m working on it.

Usually everything that came out of his mouth was some sort of praise for himself, but not today. If he had any hope of the two of them pushing through his he realized that he was going to have to be as painfully honest about his own actions as he was about how he viewed his opponents. There was no time left for tip-toeing around the truth, and he could already feel the weight started to be raised off of his chest.She just shrugs her shoulders at him, a habit that she never seems to correct.

Mikah: There's not much else we can do about it now. It happened. And we can't change it.

She was always quick to brush things off. And this time was definitely  no different. Kris shakes his head, but it didn’t seem like the fact bothered him all that much.

Kris: No. It’s a learning experience. Shit happens, but it doesn’t have to keep happening. We don’t have to make the same mistakes twice. That’s why I didn’t want to avoid it. I wanted to get it over with, so that we can get back to being a team instead of competing against each other. We’re supposed to be on the same side. I know that is a new feeling for the both of us. I mean, I know I don’t necessarily like sharing the spotlight with someone all the time. I like the attention. It is a big reason that I am back. But if we are going to be a team we need to actually be a team. I don’t want my ego to be the thing that gets in the way of that. So yeah, I messed up, but I’m going to do better moving forward. Promise.

She nods, and softens a little bit. The conversation was tense, and she had taken just about as much of it as she could handle. Mikah offers him a smirk that she only kind of has to force, and her voice comes out much more carefree.

Mikah: Good… because I didn’t come back for a project. I came back to be a champion. You gotta get it together.

It actually forces him to break, and he laughs.

Kris: Oh, it’s like that?

It was a good sign, even if it was just a deflection away from the serious conversation that neither of them actually wanted to have.

Mikah: ...and we have a gym opening tomorrow, and the new temporary champions to deal with on Sunday so you better get it together quickly. I don’t want you going into this match unprepared and costing us the win.

His mouth falls open and the audacity she has to make fun of him so quickly.. Kris raises a hand to his chest and feigns actual pain from the verbal jab as the two laugh.


==========================================================


>I guess the first thing that I have to say about Bitch n Moan, is that they are welcome….

”The Miracle” stands with his back to the camera. He is looking out a large window that looks out from his office and down into Jet City South. The gym was now open for business since the SCW quarantine was lifted. New students had come running once they heard that the gym was operational, as well as some old familiar faces. Kris would have to deal with some of them once Underground came around, but that was a story for another time. Despite dealing with his gym opening, he was more focused on the match he had coming up at Climax Control. It wasn’t going to be for the Mixed Tag Team Championships, but at least he and Mikah were getting a crack at the champions in their third match back together as a team. There wasn’t a whole lot that he could complain about given his situation. It seemed to Kris that he was holding all the cards, which was probably why he sounded so smug when he started to explain himself.

They’re welcome for their championship match at Summer XXXtreme that The Black Sheep gifted to them. They’re welcome for the solo shot that they cried so hard about getting. They’re welcome for us stepping out of the way so that they could take on a Wolfslair team that was clearly done leading the division. They’re welcome that they can put beating the most dominant mixed tag team of the last year on their resume.

He turns from the glass and towards the camera, rolling his eyes at the accomplishment. It was clear that Kris wasn’t all that impressed with their victory aboard the Sun Princess.

Rest assured that they are going to say that they earned their shot, and that they earned a hard fought victory at Summer XXXtreme. However, we all know that isn’t true. You don’t have to look any further than Alex Jones’ words before their match to know that he wasn’t really in it anymore. He said that the plan was to launch his partner’s career and then refocus himself on the World Heavyweight Championship that he deserves to be carrying around. What happened at Summer XXXtreme? Alex dropped the championship he didn’t care about anymore and immediately went to work chasing the one that Griffin Hawkins managed to swipe away from Ben Jordan.

The Grand Slam Champion shrugs his shoulders, trying not to look like the thought hadn’t also crossed his mind. He had beaten Griffin in back-to-back matches recently which may have cost him his friendship with the now SCW World Heavyweight Champion. If he wasn’t invested in The Black Sheep, it would have been a no-brainer to cash in his chance at Griffin and assume his rightful spot back at the top. He wasn’t going to allow the thought to get him off track though. As far as he was concerned, Griffin did him a favor by beating Ben. After all, it got Alex Jones to put the mixed tag division on hold, and moved a dangerous team out of The Black Sheep’s path.

They beat a champion that didn’t want the title anymore, and want to celebrate like they slayed a giant. Then again, maybe they wouldn’t have even been able to accomplish that had I chosen to insert The Black Sheep into the match via my guaranteed championship opportunity. I control my own destiny, and I could have used that to squash their moment at the snap of my fingers.

He snaps his thumb and middle fingers of his left hand in the direction of the camera with his signature condescending smirk on his face.

...but they wanted their solo shot. They wanted to prove that without any other teams in the mix they had what it took to dethrone the champions. Well congratulations are due I suppose, because they managed to barely pull it off. Now they want to say that they have earned everything that they have been given, but they both know that The Black Sheep gave them the best opportunity that they were ever going to get by keeping ourselves out of that match. Wolfslair is not even going to bother challenging them to a rematch, because what would be the point? They already know the same thing that the rest of us do. If Wolfslair wanted to be the mixed tag team champions right now, they would be. Even better, if The Black Sheep had been involved at Summer XXXtreme, Bitch n Moan would still be crying about how unfair life is while Mikah and I were bragging about how awesome it is to be both Mixed Tag AND Grand Slam Champions.

The smile on his face showed the fans that Kris expected to make that hypothetical situation a reality sooner rather than later. This match was just the stepping stone to taking their titles away from the temporary champions; nothing more than a formality. He wasn’t going to give the new champions very much credit for winning something that they would never successfully defend.

Malachi and Bella walked into a perfect situation and were still surprised when it ended up going their way. That alone should demonstrate to the world that they weren’t ready to be the champions, and deep down they didn’t think it was possible. They have been celebrating for two weeks because they realize that this is the peak of the mountain for them. They might say that The Black Sheep came out of the woodwork to try and rise to the top of the division, but we don’t need to “rise” to shit. The moment we threw our hats into the ring we were at the top of the list. Why? Because nobody is going to be surprised when we take those mixed tag team championships away from Bitch n Moan and put them where they have always belonged.

He looks down to his waist, likely picturing the way that the championship would look strapped around it.

This division was created for a team like me and Mikah. Unlike Wolfslair, we don’t need to team up to help the other get recognized. Unlike The Barnharts we don’t need to team together in order to find any kind of success. We aren’t a couple like Sass n Bash that think it would be cute to do things together. We are two people that have made it our mission in life to rise to the top of this company. This is just another division for us to dominate. We have gone through all of the others. We have beaten everyone that this company has thrown at us. Nothing has been able to stop us as individuals and none of the current teams on this roster have any hope of putting up a fight against us as a team.

Now that Wolfslair was gone, there wasn’t a team on the roster that made “The Miracle” even slightly nervous. Maybe Ben Jordan and Evie would cause his blood pressure to rise a little, but Evie would have to lose her championship to make that possible and Kris didn’t see that happening any time soon. London Underground hadn’t been heard from lately, and the teams that did show up on the shows managed to lose just about every high leverage match they were put in. The lack of competition made The Black Sheep not only the best choice for a #! Contender, but the only real choice that there was.

I mean think about it! Mikah and I are main event talents. The only reason that this match is so low on the card is because everyone knows how it is going to end. Hell, even the intern that they got to write up our hype blurb for the card release knows that much. When we win this match, our shots at the mixed tag team titles are guaranteed. When we go out and embarrass the new champions after they have been celebrating their meaningless victory, I won’t have to cash in my opportunity to take their championships. The Black Sheep may have gifted them their opportunity at Wolfslair, but the charity ends there. These two are placeholders, and everyone that buys a ticket to witness the beating they are going to receive on Climax Control already knows that.

It was harsh, but Kris didn’t care. In recent weeks he had leaned hard into being the villain that everyone was painting him as. He realized that it didn’t bother him what the people he shared the locker room with thought of him. When he walked out to the ring, the reaction from the fans was the same as it had always been. That is all the validation that he required.

We didn’t come to this division in order to be cute, or be comedic relief in the backstage area. We didn’t come to help a friend get over with the crowd. We are here to win, plain and simple. Since we teamed up, the Trenton Tigers and The Barnharts learned not to mess with us. We didn’t need to trade victories with other teams to work out way up the ranks. We didn’t need to complain our way to a one-on-one match against the champions. We showed up. We won. Three matches later here we are, taking on the champs. You don’t have to bitch and moan your way to the top if you just go out and win every time a team is put in front of you. That seems to be the fact that is lost on our champions. If they were so goddamn deserving, they would have found themselves in the same position that Mikah and I are in. They wouldn’t have had to demand anything. They wouldn’t have had to call their shot, or prove that they belong. People would just know. Like people just know that The Black Sheep are destined to end Bitch n Moan’s pathetic reign before it can even get started.

With how confident he was, it sounded like the Grand Slam Champion should have gone ahead and cashed in his opportunity for a championship match on this show after all. It wasn’t out of malice though. Sometimes the truth hurts.

People might hear this and think that I have something against the two of them, but that couldn’t be further from the truth. I would have to care enough about them to form an opinion in order to hate them. I don’t. They are just the ones that happen to be in the way of an ascension that everyone in the arena can already see happening. It wouldn’t have mattered if it were Bill and Bea, or even Ben Jordan and Evie. Mikah and I set our sights on something that we wanted, and now we are going to get it just like we have everything else in our lives. It is not personal in the least.

He knew that there was no way that they were going to believe that it wasn’t personal, but it didn’t really bother him. They were his opponents. They were an obstacle to be obliterated for even thinking about getting in his way. He hadn’t made a name for himself by taking it easy on anyone, and he wasn’t going to try and fix a system that wasn’t broken.

That’s why I’m not worried about the things that I say or how they will be perceived. I don’t need a “sportsmanship translator” to come out and make everything I saw more palatable. There is no bullshit spin here. There is no sugarcoating. They have something that I want, and I don’t think that Bella or Malachi are good enough to stop The Black Sheep from taking those championships. I think that the Vegas betting lines would probably agree with me on that one.

He holds up his hands in front of his chest and shakes his head before backpedaling a little bit. He knew that he was in danger of sounding petty or over-confident unless he explained himself.

...and that’s not me trying to take anything away from Malachi as a competitor either. I kind of liked the guy back before I came back to Sin City. I mean, he is an arrogant asshole with an older brother that he used to tag with that he eventually had to put in his place. It’s almost like looking in a mirror, but with one major difference. He made the statement when he signed here that he is not going to get into the habit of suffering fools. He takes this whole thing seriously. When the bells ring, he is all business, and has no time for whimsy. But what is my entire offensive strategy if not whimsy? Has anyone ever accused me of taking all of this too seriously? Maybe I am a fool like people say, but that is what makes this an impossible match for Malachi. He has no answer for someone who’s offense has no rhyme or reason. He can’t handle someone that has no strategy, and instead is just waiting to punish people once they make a mistake. He is angry, aggressive, and otherwise emotional. That is going to be his downfall against someone who has built a career out of goading professionals into making a misstep and then capitalizing when the time is right. The only way he can get the upper hand against me is to stay out of the ring where I can’t get under his skin….but it’s not like Bella could get the job done on her own.

The idea that someone who struggled to beat Bea Barnhart and both of the female Trenton Tigers being a threat to the most successful bombshell in SCW history was laughable at best and insulting at worst.

That’s not to say that Bella is not good in her own right, but she’s no Mikah. Then again, there is nobody quite like Mikah. She is at the top of the totem pole in SCW, and everyone aspires to build the resume that she has in this company. She is recognized as the single greatest Bombshell to walk in the doors of this company and the only reason she has never held a tag championship before is because she had no interest in doing so. She didn’t have a partner that she could trust enough to pair herself with. There was nobody that was on her level that she wouldn’t view as a liability. That was, until I came back.

Kris leans back against the glass window that he had been looking out to start the recording, and folds his arms across his chest. The cocky smirk returns to his face as he thinks back through his accomplishments with the company.

That’s because despite being a fool, I am every bit as talented as my resume says I am. I dominated the Roulette Division that Malachi wouldn’t have been able to hang in. I shocked the world as Internet Champion, and I won Man of the Year for my reign as SCW World Heavyweight Champion. I mean the results speak for themselves. Who has the guy beaten? Alex Rush and Caleb Storms right? One of them isn’t good enough to be on the actual SCW roster, and the other has never really been successful. Every time that his team wins it seems like it is Bella picking up the victory for the two of them. She was the one to get the submission against the Reject Tigers, The Barnharts, and Wolfslair so clearly Malachi isn’t doing the heavy lifting there. What about his record says that he should be at the front of any line? What makes him feel like anything he has done should put him on top? The guy can talk a big game, I will give him that, but he has done nothing of note in this company without his girl doing the work for him. On the other hand, I have dominated most of the talent that has come through this company. I have been the face SCW. I have held every championship that there is to hold except for the ones that Mikah and I let Malachi and Bella shine up for us.

When Mikah and I go out to the ring, we win. Period. End of story. It doesn’t matter if we are bickering with each other out of boredom. It doesn’t matter what you see on social media. We don’t need to stand next to each other during these little promos or speak for one another so people know what we really mean. Our music hits. We walk to the ring. We beat whoever it is that is standing across from us. It is that simple. There is no reason for us to bitch about getting one on one shots. We don’t lose to joke teams like the Trenton Tigers. We leave things like that for the lesser teams like Bella and Malachi who think being a couple makes them special. Mikah and I are dominant separately, and an unstoppable force together. That’s something special. That’s something that this division hasn’t seen before The Black Sheep arrived on the scene. These two don’t stand a chance.

He chuckles lightly to himself before throwing the thought that tickled him out to the audience.

It’s going to be laughable to watch them try and say that they do….

With another cocky smile and a wink, the camera feed fades out and cuts off.





10
Climax Control Archives / Same Page
« on: July 10, 2020, 11:08:56 PM »
 Same Page
Jet City South - San Diego
9 July 2020
OFF-Camera



Training against their Trenton Tigers stand-ins hadn’t gone perfectly. Mikah would argue that the whole day was a success, because she had managed to hold her own much longer than anyone else was willing to give her credit for at the start of the day. On the other hand, Kris was able to prove to her that there were, in fact, kinks that needed to be ironed out. Courtney Pierce had been trained by Mikah when she was at the top of her game. She hadn’t had the easiest time pulling one over on her old student. It helped both Kris and Mikah to work as an actual team, instead of just showing off to one another.

Kris: You know, you were actually kind of impressive earlier.

He didn’t mind losing the silent battle that they were having about who was going to admit that they were wrong, or at least not as right about how their day would transpire. It didn’t help that one was just as arrogant about their abilities as the other. Put them together and instead of doubling, it increased exponentially.

Mikah: ...and to think you doubted me, even for a second.

Clearly Mikah was not willing to concede her victory like Kris was. After all, he was the one that needed a partner. He was the one that wanted her to come back. This was his doing. In her eyes, if he had doubts, he shouldn’t have bothered. Since he did, all these hoops she was jumping through were pointless. Kris was quick to cut her big head back down to size though.

Kris: Calm down. I am not saying that there weren’t rough spots and you were perfectly flawless by any means, but you held your own. To be honest, we got people that I think are better teams than the Tigers to train with us. I think we have this thing won.

She was glad that he was finally coming around to what she had known from the moment the match was announced. For all his big talk in front of a screen, he really was kind of a pushover. Maybe that was how he and Fenris happened. She was not going to dwell on the thought though. She tried to keep it out of mind.

Mikah: Maybe so… it still doesn’t change the fact that you thought I was going to show up and mess things up for you. It’s the same kind of thing that Drake would do. You didn’t trust me enough to let me in on anything, and just assumed that I wasn’t really paying attention or putting any work in. It’s insulting. We are supposed to be partners. Hell, we are supposed to be friends.

According to others, they were supposedly a lot more than that. The two of them had drawn a line at calling themselves anything other than friends. It was the truth. Despite the fact that it was widely drowned out by the news about the benefits of their friendship. Still, the fact that they were friends should have meant comparing him to Drake was off limits. Kris was having a hard time stepping around her feelings while she was throwing jabs at him like that.

Kris: Can you honestly blame me though? Look, I said that you did well today. You proved me wrong. Are you saying that I am a shitty person just because I wanted to see that in an empty gym before we went out and did it for real? I already have enough people telling me that I am stuck in 2017. I didn’t want to give anyone another reason to shoot us down before we even get started.

There it was. He was so obsessed with his own mistake that he was just projecting it onto others. It was the reason that he had traveled to his brother’s debut in another company and helped him to a victory that he had well in hand. It was the reason that he was lecturing Mikah all week. She was actually upset with herself that she hadn’t picked up on it sooner.

Mikah: Yeah, well, you could have gone about it some other way.

Unfortunately, Kris wasn’t the type to think things through. He was more of the act on first impulse type, for better or for worse. Usually for the worse.

Kris: What other way?

After a moment of thought, she realized that maybe that was better said than done. Instead of admitting that though, she spins it back around on him.

Mikah: I don’t know! One where you don’t seem like such an ass all the time! You could have come down to the gym while I was working out. You could have asked me what I was doing to get ready. Instead, you just assumed that the answer was nothing at all. I can do more than run my mouth, unlike most of the bombshells.

She knew that there were going to be more than a few women on the roster that weren’t going to be happy about her return. Mikah told herself that they were just jealous of her accomplishments though. They wouldn’t hate her if any of them were actually in her league. Hate always starts at the bottom looking up.

Kris: You’re right. I just didn’t think you were serious about it. It’s not like you jumped at the opportunity to come back the first time that I asked you.

She was surprised that he was backing down so easily again. She must have really surpassed his expectations earlier. Of course, that itself was offensive. Exactly how low had his expectations been? It was not her fault that he had twiddled his thumbs for a month in SCW before really deciding what he wanted to do.

Mikah: Have you ever considered that I didn’t think that you were serious? I mean, you had already pitched being a team to Alicia Lukas. Court is even training for a comeback. You could have picked her. How am I supposed to know when to take you seriously, and when you are just being….well… you.

The whole thing had always seemed so simple to Kris though. It made too much sense to ignore.

Kris: What? We are part of the reason that this whole division even exists. How many times did we try to make them let us take a stab at the tag belts before they combined the divisions and tried to take the credit for it? If there was ever a team that was supposed to rise up and take control of mixed tag matches in SCW, it is us. We wanted it. Now we have the opportunity to pick up where we left off.

She took the opportunity to go back to her point in their original argument since he was backing down left and right.

Mikah: ...and we could do that by cashing in your opportunity and taking over now.

He shook his head instantly.

Kris: I---

Mikah waved a hand at him and finished the thought for him. She had heard it enough already.

Mikah: ...don’t want to do it that way. I get it. As wrong as you were about me not being ready, you were right about one thing. That shot is yours. You can use it however you want. If you don’t think that we need it right now, then that’s your call to make. If you think we can make it to the top without it, fine. I’m willing to give it a shot.

It was really the only words that he had wanted to hear her say all week. She was notorious for not wanting to put the work in. She had always argued with Mark about not wanting to come to shows she was not booked on. Or drinking backstage and not taking it seriously. All Kris needed to hear was that she was willing to put in the effort instead of taking the shortest possible route. He pinched himself in case he was dreaming, but didn’t instantly find himself waking up in bed.

Kris: Wow….

She looked up at him, confused by the surprise on his face.

Mikah: What?

He laughs at her, and shrugs his shoulders almost at a loss for words.

Kris: I never thought I would see the day where you admitted that you were wrong about something.

It was not something that she was going to let him hold over her head. He had admitted that he was wrong about her. It was the least she could do. It was not like she was going to be able to change his mind anyways. At least, not with the direct approach. If she had to, she could come up with a way to get him to agree. He would probably even think that it was his idea. Maybe he was right though. It was possible that they could go out and be so impressive that they wouldn’t need it.

Mikah: Yeah, well you started it….

She quickly amends her statement to squash any hope he might have of it being a recurring thing.

Mikah: ...but don’t get used to it!

He holds up his hands in front of his chest as if he is pleading his innocence, but with a smile on his face.

Kris: Wouldn’t dream of it.

He does get up from his seat and start to make his way out of the room though. He could see how worn out she was from the day, and training hadn’t been a walk in the park. Unlike him, she had more important things that this match to worry about for the next couple of days, and he wasn’t going to make the mistake of forgetting that.

Kris: Get some rest. I’m sure those kids of yours will have you up and running around again before you know it, and we have a lot more work to do before we head to Vegas for the show.

She watches him go, considering asking him to stay but knowing better than to push it after such a tense day. Right now she could chalk up the day as a win for her. With Kris, that wasn’t always a guarantee. She did not want to ruin it, but the least she could do was put some of his negative thoughts at ease.

Mikah: Hey...

He turned back to her at the door without actually responding to her.

Mikah: You know we got this, right? At some point you are going to have to get out of your head about that. You never let people hold you back before. Don’t start now.

He nods wordlessly, and taps the door frame with his knuckles before making his way down to his studio and leaving her to rest for the remainder of the night.


==========================================================


The Black Sheep Return!
ON-Camera



You know how people use the phrase “the more, the merrier” like it is supposed to be a good thing?

Kris is seated in the black office chair that we have seen sitting behind his desk for the last few weeks. Using the small space to film his promos had become a habit after his brother had berated him for using the gym downstairs.

The Trenton Tigers are the exception to that rule. They think that it is a problem for people to have to gameplan for four of them instead of two. They are wrong. Instead, it makes them twice as big of a joke as they appear to be on the surface.

He allows himself a laugh at the expensive of the fearsome foursome that he finds himself planning for this week on Climax Control. He has his feet propped up on the desk forcing the chair he is in to lean so far back that only his head and shoulders come into view behind the desk. The Miracle almost looks carefree, despite the advantage that his opponents have on paper. He starts to explain to the audience exactly why that is.

Think about it. Brandon and Daniela come into SCW feeling real good about themselves. They have a peppy high school team name, a record of success, and finally stepped up to the big leagues in SCW after feeling left behind in SCU. They came in and smashed up the Barnharts, and then even got one over on Malachi and Bella. Everything looked like it was smooth sailing there for a second. There was a point where people were talking about them as mixed tag team championship contenders without having to stifle a laugh.

He frowns at the camera to indicate just how much the times had changed. In his opinion, the team had run into a roadblock by making one fatal error.

So they think it is a bright idea to add a couple of new members to the team. They get laughed at for trying to pass off their Mixed Tag Team Championship shot to their buddies, and then go on to lose anyway. At this point basically all of them have dropped the ball when it comes to facing off against Wolfslair, and even though they started out by making Sass and Bash look like chumps, the tables have certainly turned. Char Kwan may have been worth a look back when Gamers Inc was at the top, but she has been nothing but a weight around the Tigers’ neck. And if Daniela has learned the hard way that adding a sibling to the team doesn’t always go the way you want it to, but hey, we have all been there, right?

The smirk on Kris’ face is sure to irritate his brother Jason if he is watching from home. In recent weeks he has not shied away from reminding his brother about their confrontation on Climax Control where Kris walked out with his hand raised in the air.

In just a few short months this team that had a lot of potential, finds themselves at the back of the line. They were gifted back-to-back shots for the championships, and came up short regardless of the configuration that they chose to run with. For all of their talk and grandiose plans, they have amounted to little separately, and absolutely nothing together.

Kris shrugs, not feeling bad about telling it like it is. The Tigers were always the first to tell people that their independent accomplishments didn’t matter, and they were a long lasting team. To Kris, if they were worth anything, they would be able to prove it, and thus fair they had failed to impress him.

Now we know what they are going to say, because we have seen them say it over and over again. Time after time they come up against teams like the Barnharts, or Sass and Bash and say that they are not a real team. That they are more worried about their relationship dynamic outside of the ring than they are about what happens between when the bells sound. Mikah and myself won’t be exempt from that line of bullshit.

Not that they were exempt from it beforehand either. The whole backstage had been buzzing with rumors before Mikah outed certain parts of their friendship. Everyone had been jumping to incorrect conclusions since, and it was clearly eating at the Grand Slam Champion.

Most people in SCW have sniped at us one way or another. People think that we are dating. People think that I am the reason that she and Drake are no longer together. They think we bicker too much to ever be a functional team. They think we are too cocky for our own good.

At least a couple of those were probably true, even though Kris had no intention of validating any of them.

Tell me how that makes anyone on the current roster different from the people we both walked all over a few years ago? Everyone thought Mikah talked a big game at first, but then she built a career out of backing that talk up. She is constantly ranked amongst the best of the best that this company has ever had walk through the doors. If this match were Char Kwan or Daniela against Mikah on her own, there would be no debate about who people would put their money on. Only one of those three is a Hall of Famer in this company. Only one of them has done anything worth noting on her own. Gamer Inc might have carried Char Kwan to a tag title reign, but she has proven over and over again that when she flies solo she can’t get the job done. Either female member of the Tigers will be outclassed and overmatched before they even ring the bell to start this thing.

He was not going to just heap praise on his partner though. Anything Mikah could do, he could do better. That is why his name came first on the show.

...and the same is true on my side of the match. I have done things that Brandon Sludge and Vector only dream of doing. I have dominated every single division that I have been a part of in this company. I won the Internet Championship against all odds. I set Roulette records that nobody thought could ever be broken. My brother and I popped into the tag division as a joke, and went on to make every team on the roster look like our bitches. Not to mention, I was the last person to hold the SCW World Heavyweight Championship in the air before the company was going to close its doors forever, and the people in attendance for it blew the roof off the place.

It would probably remain the defining moment of his career, as he finally shattered the glass ceiling that had always held him back.

I get that singles accomplishments don’t count for much in tag team wrestling, but let’s be honest: this isn’t really tag team wrestling. Jet City was tag team wrestling. I could be trapped on an apron while my brother was getting dominated on the other side of the ring and there was not a damn thing that I could do about it. The other team could tag in and out to stay fresh while they laid waste to half of Jet City. All they had to do was isolate and attack. That’s not a strategy that works in mixed tag matches though. Why? Because as soon as anyone tags out of the match, both partners change. This isn’t tag team wrestling, this is a bombshell match, and a men’s match happening at the same time in the same ring.

Char Kwan or Daniela Rodgers have to somehow beat Mikah, someone we have already established is out of their league when it comes to singles wrestling. Their male partner isn’t going to be able to bail them out of trouble. They are going to have to do it on their own, and they are not up to that particular task. They are struggling on their path to finding tag team relevance and facing someone who is coasted her way into the hall of fame. What are either of them going to do when they bring their sad ass offense against someone who has forgotten more about technical wrestling than either of them have the capacity to learn? My guess is that someone is going to get choked out. I have seen Mikah’s Cupid’s Chokehold up close before, and that shit doesn’t look fun at all. I almost hate to see which one of these ladies will draw the short straw and have to step into the ring this week. It’s going to be a slaughter.

He has to reconsider that maybe they are not as terrible as he thinks. Maybe they will actually put up a fight.

I mean, unless somehow they manage to make it to their team’s corner and tag in some help. That would solve their Mikah problem and buy them some time to recover, but the news isn’t so great for their tag team partner, whichever one that ends up being.

Kris was more than confident that he would be able to take on either of the male members of the team.

Sure, Brandon has me by like 100 pounds, but it’s not like the guy can keep up with me for very long. Good ol’ Sludge comes out of a background of bodybuilding and weightlifting. You know what that tells me? The dude could probably bench press a bus even though he looks like a beached whale. However, nothing about bodybuilding screams endurance. The guy doesn’t have the stamina to keep up with someone like me. I wouldn’t even have to run circles around him. He couldn’t keep up with a light jog. He’s going to get tired and have to tag in his partner for Mikah to pummel some more. Or, the giant is going to fall a little too far from his corner, and he definitely has that “I’ve fallen, and can’t get up” type of vibe to him. Then he is too far out of reach for anyone to save him, and stuck in the ring for me to pick apart. My offense is already hit and run. I don’t have to lift the hippo. I just have to stick, move and wait for the big guy to tire himself out. See, someone like Sludge is like a picnic for me, and I am a nightmare for him.

It felt like Brandon was going to be the Tiger’s best answer for him, even though it was still the wrong answer.

...but what other option do they have? At least if Brandon manages to get a hand on me, he can do some real damage. If they let Vector slide in and take his shot, people are going to laugh. This is a guy that couldn’t hack it in SCU, a brand that has sorry ass O’Malley as its champion. He couldn’t manage to break out of the pack on the B-show, and came running to his twin to take pity on him and let him into the tribe of mediocrity.

The problem for Vector is that I have made a career out of making people just like him Just Take The L. Sure, it would be a hell of a lot more exciting for the people watching at home to watch the both of us fly around the ring as opposed to watching Brandon breathe heavily and struggle to keep up. The fact of the matter is, it still wouldn’t matter. I have beaten better people than him in my blackout drug days. In fact, I have both tagged with, and beaten someone who has the exact same style that he does. People remember my brother Jason as being part of Jet City, but everyone should watch back what happened when he tried to step up and say he was better than me. He ended up on his back in the middle of the ring asking what went wrong.

He shrugs.

The answer was simple. Nothing went wrong. I was just better.

Kris keeps pushing forward though, not lingering just to gloat.

...but again, it is not just me this time. It is Mikah too. It is The Black Sheep finally together again and doing the thing that we have always said that we were going to do. There is a reason that I am the only person that Mikah would ever team with. I am the best at what I do. Don’t believe me? Ask Griffin Hawkins, O’Malley, or even our World Heavyweight Champion Ben Jordan. What do they all have in common? They have never beaten me. Not once.

It was not just his individual work that mattered here though.

Mikah and I are undefeated as a team going against a group that hasn’t won since Blaze of Glory despite the fact that they have doubled in size since then. These people actually have the ability to surprise opponents with whom they send out to the ring, and still haven’t been able to get the job done. Why? Because they just aren’t that good, even with the stupid ass Freebird rule in play.

He rolls his eyes. Usually it would be more difficult to prepare for more opponents, but there was no combination of the team that was causing him to lose sleep. The only wildcard in his mind had been Mikah, and he had already gone out of his way to make sure that she would be ready.

...but Mikah and I aren’t going to whine about not knowing which combination of these never-will-be’s that we will be facing. Instead of worrying about something out of our control, we have just been preparing to face all of them. That way, no matter who comes down the aisle, The Black Sheep can walk out after having their hands raised in victory.

It was the only outcome that made any sense to him, on paper or otherwise.

I’m not going to stand here and rattle off cliches like about not taking the Tiger’s lightly, doing my best, and giving 100%. I will leave that to them and their same old tired lines that thousands of people have spouted off before them. I am standing here to say that The Black Sheep are going to win because of one simple fact: We are better.

He drops his feet from the desk and sits up in the chair. Sometimes facts hurt and he was going to throw a few more at the lens of the camera. He didn’t want people to mistake a relaxed posture for a lack of seriousness.

Together. Separate. It doesn’t matter. Mikah and I are the most impressive team that this division has ever seen. We are not a married couple like the Barnharts. We are not two people just in the division because we couldn’t hack it on our own like Sass and Bash. We aren’t a joke like the Trenton Tigers.

He would argue that as far as jokes go, they weren’t even a good one of those.

We are winning this match and coming for Wolfslair’s Mixed Tag Team Championships sooner rather than later. I dare anyone in this division to step up and try to stop us.

He gives a knowing wink to Malachi and Bella, hoping that they are keeping an eye on The Black Sheep. As Kris flashes a smile, the camera cuts to a black screen.


11
Climax Control Archives / What A Waste
« on: July 03, 2020, 11:54:49 PM »
 Communication
Jet City
2 July 2020
OFF-Camera


Kris had not expected to come back to Seattle for any reason, let alone the reason that had brought him back to Jet City. Since his brother’s appearance in San Diego a week ago, Kris had been unable to shake an uneasy feeling. Jason was not exactly the easiest person to read, and their relationship had never been wonderful, but usually Kris knew where the two of them stood. There was always some kind of game at play. The fact that Jason would show up and cut ties didn’t feel right. There had to be more to it, or maybe Kris was just hoping that there was more to it. That’s what happens when you push everyone away though. Eventually they stop fighting it.

Jules and the baby were not home when Kris used the spare key to let himself into the house. There was no way that he was going to sit outside where anyone giving the house a passing glance could have seen him. Anywhere else in the world he could slip into the background and go unnoticed. However, the Seattle neighborhood where Jason’s house was located was occupied almost entirely by current and former members of the Jet City Sports Lab. Kris wasn’t about to open up the bag of worms that came with someone spotting him here.

The house was quiet, but Kris knew his way around. He had helped his brother remodel the whole thing while Jet City was at their height in Sin City. Kris had made himself comfortable in a chair in the corner of the living room and sat silently for his brother. By the time he was ready to abandon hope and call him, he heard the garage door open. He heard the car roar into the garage before the engine was cut off. Within moments Jason was crossing the room, headed for the mini-bar across from where Kris sits.


Kris: I like what you’ve done with the place...

Jason is not even startled by his brother’s voice coming out of the darkness in the room. He flips a switch on the side of the bar with a chuckle, but doesn’t bother turning to face Kris. Instead, he goes about making the drink he had been thinking about the entire way home.

Jason: How do you get Kristopher Ryans to show up?

The question is rhetorical, and Kris doesn’t bother trying to answer it. He had learned that lesson in his recent arguments with Coby. It was nothing but bait, and he was not going to take it. Luckily, Jason does not leave him hanging. As soon as he pours his drink he turns towards his brother, and leans back on the bar with his drink in hand.

Jason: ...tell him you don’t want him to, apparently.

He swirls the ice cubes around in the glass before taking a sip of the contents. Kris was not going to let the joke get under his skin. Jason was clearly in the mood to waste his time, or else he already would have been told to leave. The only way to get him to drop the act was to cut through the pleasantries.

Kris: I couldn’t stop thinking about your little visit to San Diego. Why would you just come down there and give me what I wanted? That’s not really like you at all...

Jason had expected Kris’ visit. The kid never knew when to leave well enough alone. You couldn’t get him to listen to advice, but if you told him to do something specific, you could rest assured that he would do the exact opposite. He had run away to San Diego because nobody supported his decision to return to the ring the way that he did. Yet, as soon as Jason showed up and set him free, Kris came running home. Had Jason actually wanted this outcome, he would have thought it was too easy to engineer. It hadn’t actually been his plan though. There was no way he was going to let the opportunity to take credit for it slide through his fingers though.

Jason: Maybe it was all an elaborate plan to get you to come back home. You know, you live right across the street. You have a wife. A girl. Two kids. You remember them right? The people that you left behind to take off to San Diego and spend all of your time with Mikah.

It was the reason that Kris had not wanted to linger outside. All it would have taken was someone looking out the window to spot him. The last argument that they had revolved around him not coming back until they admitted that they should have supported them. Months later it seemed stupid. It also seemed too late to take any of it back without looking like a child, so there was no turning back for someone with Kris’ ego. He was not going to let Jason use it against him though. It was not what he came to talk about.

Kris: Okay, not fair. Mikah moved in there because she kicked Drake to the curb.

It was the only path that Kris had forward that avoided talking about his family. Unfortunately, Jason was always a step ahead of him. He had hoped to be able to shine a light on Kris’ new tag team partner. It was no secret that he wasn’t the biggest fan of her, or her influence on his brother.

Jason: If she kicked him to the curb, why was she the one that ended up homeless?

It was one of those questions that was rigged against Kris. The truth was that everything they had was Drake’s and Mikah had just moved into his world. Therefore, when the time came, she moved out of his world. Kris knew that if he brought it up, his brother would call him naive. The point of Kris’ visit would get lost in the argument. The best choice was to not argue, or spin it back around on Jason.

Kris: Why are you trying to shift the subject to Mikah anyways? That’s not even what we were talking about.

Jason was still working a few moves ahead of Kris. It helps that he has had Kris’ entire life to learn all of his buttons. Jason had an easier time pushing them than most of the people in Kris’ life; private or professional.

Jason: I brought up Heather and the kids too. You are the one that latched onto Mikah. That’s on you.

Kris tosses a pillow at his brother, who slaps it out of the air before it can impact him or cause him to spill his drink. It was the type of tantrum that he was used to seeing when Kris didn’t get his way.

Kris: You’re impossible to talk to!

Jason offered Kris only a roll of his eyes before taking another drink from his glass.

Jason: Well, I must be where you got it from.

He sighs, knowing that Kris was not going to take any satisfaction from the answer. Ever since the two of them found out that they had different fathers, Kris blamed his older brother for all of his bad habits. Jason had practically had to raise him. It was only natural that Kris picked up just as many of the negatives as the positives. These days, any similarities between them seemed to drive Kris insane. Despite the outburst, he tries his best to keep it together.

Kris: I think that you came down to San Diego and signed over Jet City South because you didn’t want me to come back up here at all. You wanted me distracted. You wanted to keep me away, for some reason. I couldn’t figure out what it was for a week or so.

Jason cuts in before Kris can get to the point, hoping to knock him further off of his game.

Jason: Then you had a shower epiphany or something?

Kris continued without even acknowledging his brother’s attempt to annoy him.

Kris: I realized that the only reason that you would have noticed anything about the gym is if you were in it, and the only reason that you would have been in it would be so you could be training for a comeback.

Jason had to give Kris some credit. He had not thought that Kris would put it together until he actually saw him on screen. It would have been easier to get away with if Kris had not gotten past his problem with substances.

Jason: If this is your pitch for me to come back to Sin City, I am going to have to pass. Jet City was fun, but I have no interest in having to compete against you.

Kris was not going to let his brother forget about their match against one another while they were still holding the SCW Tag Team Championships.

Kris: ...because last time you stepped in their ring with me you lost...

It was true, but that was not the reason that Jason was not coming back to Sin City. Sure, he did not want to overshadow his brother, but he also didn’t want the inverse to happen. If he was going to come back it was going to be on his own terms. He had been lucky to have the phone ring when it did. Jason had no regrets about the decision he made.

Jason: ...because I got a better offer.

Kris had not expected him to just admit it outright. The direct approach was working better than he hoped.

Kris: So it’s true then? You’re actually going to get back into the ring?

Jason nods, finishing his drink and starting to pour a second.

Jason: Yeah. First show is coming up next week.

With his refreshed drink in hand, Jason moves across the room and sits opposite Kris.

Kris: So all of the shit that you gave me about how I was going to go out and get myself hurt was bullshit. You are doing the exact same thing!

Jason shakes his head. It was not exactly that simple. Kris had run away with delusions of grandeur. He had not gotten signed yet. He was not in shape. It was a half-baked impulsive idea, and Kris had gotten upset when the rest of the family called him out on it. It was not that they weren’t supportive. They were just worried. Kris tended to slide backwards when he was in front of the camera.

Jason: We all started watching your shows together, remember? There’s a reason that everyone else stopped but I kept watching. You stumbled a little, but you proved that you can still hold your own. Made me wonder if I still can. I may only get one more shot to really do that. I guess I came around to what you were trying to tell all of us.

After all, if Kris could come back from injuries and still be on top of his game, why couldn’t Jason do the same thing? Kris was not so accepting of the abrupt 180 his brother had taken though.

Kris: Then why have you been being such a dick?

The answer was so simple that Jason was disappointed that Kris had missed it.

Jason: ...because I didn’t turn my back on my whole family when I decided that I wanted to make a comeback. I asked for their help.

Now everything else was starting to make sense. If Coby had known that Jason was going to start prepping to come back, it made sense that he would come back to help. Everyone would pull together to make sure that their fearless leader was able to put his best foot forward. It wasn’t a benefit that everyone got to take part in.

Kris: ...so that’s why Coby came back.

Jason nodded, not feeling the need to be harsh about it. He didn’t need to spell out the words to tell Kris that he had told him so.

Jason: You’d be surprised what you can get done with you have the right supporting cast.

Jason lets out a sigh, and then kills off the rest of his drink while his younger brother thinks over his words. It takes a few moments, but Kris finally mutters under his breath.

Kris: I just wanted to do things on my own.

Jason puts the glass down on the table between them and taps his knuckle twice on the wood frame before getting up from his seat.

Jason: ...and now you can.

Jason does not ask his brother to leave. He knew that it would be a waste of time. However, he was not going to sit around and let Kris’ pite party waste any more of his. He makes his way out of the room, leaving Kris alone with his thoughts.

==========================================================



Team Effort
San Diego
3 July 2020
OFF-Camera


When Mikah got back to the apartment she was surprised to see that Kris had already gotten back from his trip. She thought it was a little suspicious that he took off to Seattle on a whim, but knew better than to try to ask too many questions. He would have just deflected them, or made it an argument about how she was always trying to finesse him into doing what she wanted. As she made her way inside, the first thing she noticed was the quiet. If he was here, maybe he was asleep. Jet lag had always been his primary complaint about the world tours the SCW did. It was not until she found him that she realized that his trip hadn’t gone according to plan.

Mikah: Why the long face?

Kris was laying backwards across a bean bag in the middle of the room he had converted into his studio for painting. The back of his head rests against the hardwood floor, while his feet are dangling in the air. Instead of doing anything productive, he has a foam ball in his hand and is tossing it to himself without enthusiasm. His blank expression does not change, even as Mikah stands over him.

Kris: My brother is getting back in the ring, and apparently wants nothing to do with me.

He tosses the ball again, but Mikah swats it out of the air at its peak. It lands on Kris’ desk, knocking over a jar of paintbrushes. Kris sighs, but makes no move to retrieve it.

Mikah: Well, that sounds like a net positive. You are always pushing people away. Maybe they are finally giving you the space that you have been asking for.

She did not see what the big problem was. He was always complaining about how nobody was willing to let him make his own life decisions. This sounded like exactly what he wanted. Sure, he wouldn’t actually talk about the reasons that he bailed out of Seattle, but she wasn’t exactly pressing for that information. Whatever it is that they were doing was not worth blowing up just to get some information. It was easier just to let Kris vent when he needed to, and then help pick up the pieces.

Kris: I don’t understand why my getting back in the ring cause all of them to turn on me, but when Jason does it they all rally around him like he is some kind of saint.

She tries not to focus on the family aspect of it all, and injects a little bit of cheer into her voice.

Mikah: Is he coming back to Sin City?

Kris shakes his head, and the weight comes off of Mikah’s chest. She and Kris had always gotten along, but she always got a strange vibe from his brother. He was always sitting back and judging people, but never taking any responsibility for his actions. People with those personalities always annoyed her. She preferred someone that says what was on their mind unapologetically. It was a benefit of hanging around with Kris.

Kris: No, but that’s not the point. He doesn’t have to be in the same country and try and overshadow me. The whole family can’t be bothered to pay attention to anything I am doing but they are helping him get back on his feet. It just rubs me the wrong way.

It was not like she was a stranger to feeling that everybody gave a shit about everyone but her. It was another thing that they were able to bond over. She was willing to look at the bright side of it though. If there was no Jason, and no Jet City, there was nothing that could stop the Black Sheep.

Mikah: Well, you traded up. Half of the people that he has helping him never amounted to anything. That’s why they work in a gym instead of in front of a crowd. You have me watching your back now. I’d say you got the better end of the deal.

Mikah had only ever gotten close with Coby and Chelsea anyways. She could take or leave the rest of them. Kris was better off without them. He was better off as part of this team. Kris still was not sold on the idea though.

Kris: You don’t even know when you will actually be back. Just because we mentioned being a team doesn’t mean Mark and Christian are going to let it happen.

She was not going to let his moodiness bring her down. Instead, she was determined to bring him up to her level instead of being dragged down to his. She bends at the waist and reaches down to put the nail of her index finger in the center of his forehead.

Mikah: You really think that they are going to push back against us? What other teams do they have that can put up a fight against Wolfslair? The Trenton Tigers have proven themselves incapable. The Barnharts are a joke, and a bad one. Sass n Bash are passable I guess, but they aren’t us.

Kris rolls his eyes.

Kris: We haven’t teamed together in years.

She drags her finger back and forth across his forehead and then taps the middle of it between each of her words.

Mikah: ...but nobody has ever beaten us.

He lightly slaps her hand away and then throws his body forward. His feet hit the wooden floorboards and he rights himself in the chair before spinning it to face her.

Kris: It’s not like we are London Underground though. The Black Sheep weren’t dominant in either of the tag divisions, and we never won the Mixed Tag titles even though we were the ones that pushed for them to be a thing. All we have is our past accomplishments, and a legion of people that can’t stand being around us.

The fact that he brought up the audience makes her laugh.

Mikah: Who needs fans anyways? I’ve never had them, and it never stopped me.

At this point Kris is hanging onto the negativity just out of spite. Mikah could see that she was starting to get through to him.

Kris: You make it sound like we are just going to show up as a group and take things over.

She was hoping that he would start to pick up some of her confidence and just run with it. The fact that he was right side up was a start, but she needed to get him up onto his feet.

Mikah: Don’t we always? I am in the Hall of Fame already. I’m the greatest bombshell in the history of the company. Between the two of us, we have more championships than any other team that they could put together. They should be thanking us for saving their mixed tag division, not debating if we are worthy challengers.

Kris laughs. He kept trying to shake off her explanations, but it was getting harder and harder to ignore her. He was starting to feel as helpless in these conversations as he was while his brother was tearing into him. It was like he was always a step behind.

Kris: You just have an answer for everything, don’t you?

It was not the time to rub it in his face, so she let herself be humble, if even just for a moment.

Mikah: No, I just refuse to let you wallow in self-pity for no reason. You’re Kristopher Ryans. You’re The Miracle. Sin City Wrestling is Kris. Think about how everyone hung on every word we said during the Mikah and Kris Show. We are undeniable.

She was hoping that she could get him to fight about something silly instead of being the captain of his own pity party. She was not disappointed in his response.

Kris: Kris and Mikah Show….

She knew that she had him on the hook, the only thing that she needed to do was actually reel him in. His words rang in her ears, and a smirk crosses her face as she threw them back at him.

Mikah: Lie to yourself, not to me.

Kris gasps in response, and pushes himself up to his feet.

Kris: Now you are using my own saying against me?

She shrugs her shoulders without letting the smirk widen into a smile on her face. Instead of taking credit for getting him moving, she padded his clearly bruised ego.

Mikah: I guess you are rubbing off on me.

It was a step too far, and now that Kris wasn’t stuck inside his own head, he had reverted back to his casual standoffishness.

Kris: You don’t have to stay here, you know?

She smiles, and grabs a hold of his hand before leading him out of the room.

Mikah: You’re not getting rid of me! Nice try though! Now come on, I have a surprise for you.

He reluctantly allows himself to be dragged along for the ride. He had hoped to find some kind of support in Jet City, but that had not gone according to plan. Maybe he did not need them though. Maybe Mikah and the Black Sheep would be enough.


==========================================================


”What a Waste”
ON-Camera


The first meeting between former World Heavyweight Champions should feel bigger than this...

Kris was standing in the study where all of his past championships were displayed. He is not focused on the lens of the camera this time. He is standing face-to-face with the SCW World Heavyweight Championship with his name emblazoned on the plate at the bottom. Memories of winning it race through his mind. It was not something that he would ever forget. He knew that his opponent this week also knew what that felt like. That made him different than all of the people that have been recently left in Kris’ wake.

I mean this isn’t like going into my match against Griffin, or Finn, or Jack, or O’Malley. Vinnie has actually been winning most of the matches that he finds himself in. Sure, he may not have come away as King for a Day, but he just came away with a victory over Jack Washington, the so-called King. Not that beating Jack is the hardest thing in the world to do. I’ve done it. Others have made it look easy. True, Vinnie needed an assist from the referees to have his hand raised, but it’s still one for the win column. Not as impressive as when I went out there and beat his ass for talking out of line though.

He allows himself to get off track for a moment, since Jack Washington was already on his mind.

...but Jack finds himself in the main event with Ben Jordan because of his luck at Into the Void, and two former World Heavyweight Champions are squaring off at the bottom of the card. It doesn’t matter that Jack wasn’t even good enough to be on Ben’s radar, let alone in a match with him. It didn’t matter that both myself and Vinnie have the better record, or the longer list of accomplishments. Jack walked away with the opportunity to do himself a favor, and he did exactly that. He gave everyone else the finger and did what was best for himself. Is that what was best for Sin City Wrestling? Of course not. Does that matter to someone like Jack? Absolutely not. The rest of the company gets stuck with a card that looks like a filler episode all so that Jack Washington can reach out for that brass ring he doesn’t deserve.

Kris shakes the thought away and turns towards the camera.

...and how does this come back around to our old friend Senor Vinnie? Well, because this match didn’t have to happen. This card that all of you people are being subjected to didn’t have to happen. Jack Washington has proved himself unworthy of rising through the ranks in this company, and is using his opportunity to jump the line. It didn’t have to be that way though. Had Vinnie walked away from Into the Void victorious, he could be the one facing Ben in the main event of Climax Control. He could have been the one controlling his position on this show. He could have saved us all from the gigantic waste of time that will be this weekend’s Climax Control. He had the opportunity to cease his own destiny, but he came up short.

Kris appears to weigh out the benefits of his alternate timeline on his right hand, but turns quickly to his left.

Compare that to the run that I have had in the last few weeks. I was given the same opportunity thanks to the booking of a blue-haired mental patient a few weeks ago. Unlike Vinnie, I came through in the clutch. I reached out and seized my destiny. I won the right to book any championship match that I want, with the only drawback being that Mark and Christian have to sign off on the time and place. And who did I beat to make that happen? A handful of people who, like Vinnie, couldn’t get the job done at Into the Void.

He juggles paths in his hands, letting the fans decide which path they would have rather taken and the implications involved.

Vinnie and I may not have crossed paths, but we have been cutting a path through the same group of guys. I don’t think that anyone would argue that Vinnie has been doing it better. I don’t think people were sitting on the edge of their seats waiting for the next twist or turn in his battle against Bill Barnhart. The only reason that he was tossed into King For A Day was because he didn’t have anything better going on. For better or worse, I have had the attention of everyone in the company since my return. Vinnie hasn’t been able to grab anyone’s attention. Not as a champion. Not as a challenger. Not as a talent.

It was as matter-of-fact as fans at home have ever seen Kris be. Instead of doubling down, he walks back some of the hostility.

... but then again, maybe it is not Vinnie’s fault. I mean, he was busy taking apart unproven newcomers like El Dark while I was busy beating Griffin Hawkins on back-to-back shows. He can only capitalize on the opportunities that he is given, and I am not so sure the guy has always been given a fair shake. Then again, when Vinnie did get his shot at Grif, he ended up vigorously tapping out in the center of the ring. Maybe the bookers know what they are doing when they throw him to the newcomers. Maybe despite his history, Vinnie just doesn’t have what it takes to hang around the top of the card. If that’s true though, what does that tell you about how he stacks up against someone like me in the ring?

Kris shrugs before spoon feeding the viewers the right answer.

We know what his response is going to be. His one time rival, Bill Barnhart was able to beat me in my first match in more than two years. That is the same guy that Vinnie went out and dominated at Blaze of Glory. We all watched it happen. We were all confused by what we were seeing. I’m still not sure exactly how any of it made sense to them, but when it came to the match itself, Vinnie was the one adding a win to his record. Then Bill picked himself up, came out, and shocked the world by beating me. I know he didn’t do much with the opportunities that the win afforded him, and I was able to avenge that loss two weeks ago, but I can’t take his victory away from him. Can Vinnie really put any faith in the idea that he is going to catch me off-guard like Bill did? Can he argue that I haven’t sharpened my skills and gotten my act together since then? Honestly, I feel as good today as I did when I was carrying the World Heavyweight Championship around my waist, and that makes me one of the most dangerous people on this roster right now. Vinnie might have to face me now, and just take the L, but at least he can rest assured that my sights are actually set on the Mixed Tag Team Championships. If he wants to chase the Roulette, Internet, or World Heavyweight Championships, he doesn’t have to be afraid that I will be there at every turn to throw up a roadblock. All it is going to cost him is this match. Then I am someone else’s headache.

It did not seem like Vinnie was actually getting such a bad deal in Kris’ mind.

So where does that leave us, Vinnie? We are just a wannabe crazy dude, and a guy living in the past according to our King for a Day. Despite our successes we are nearly at the very bottom of the card. Even though our records are looking a lot more spotless than others in this company, we are looked down on. It doesn’t matter what we say, or how much we can back it up, we are still on the outside of the championship scene while mediocre talents take our place.

Another sigh, and this time Kris seems almost at a loss for words.

So what do we do?

A smile spreads across his lips as an idea comes to mind.

I guess we could hop onto social media and whine and cry about every little thing that doesn’t go our way until we get gifted opportunity after opportunity. Then again, I think O’Malley has already cornered that market. We could lose match after match just to make big announcements about wanting another opportunity every time, but then what would Griffin Hawkins have to say after every supercard? How about we go out and talk about winning and rising through the ranks, just to walk away after a loss like all of those “hungry” new talents that were supposed to put me in my place. Where is Finn now? Where did Jack Russow go? Are Tiberius the Great and El Dark even still under contract?

Kris had laughed it off when he came back and Griffin told him that SCW was “fine” without him. He took at least a small amount of joy in watching the names that were thrown at him fall into SCW’s wastecan to be lost forever. It did not matter what anyone said, Kris was a staple in Sin City. Nobody could take that away from him.

People like Vinnie and I are proven commodities, but get tossed aside to try and hype up these fresh faces that burn out before they gain any momentum. We get told that we are old news and need to make room for new stars that always fall flat on their face when given every opportunity to succeed.

He backtracks again, not wanting to sound too arrogant.

...and before anybody thinks that is just cockiness talking, let me remind you that I was one of the ones leading the #BenDeservesBetter charge as the World Heavyweight Champion while everyone else doubted his ability. I’m not brushing off these newcomers arbitrarily. I’m saying that they aren’t up to the task because they have proven themselves inept. It’s not my fault everyone else is too polite to say it.

The smirk Kris flashes at the camera basically screams sorry, not sorry.

SCW will continue to see subpar challengers fall at the feet of their champions, because the real challengers are forced to fight each other over peanuts in the opening bouts every card. Although, maybe once we get back to semi-competent people booking the shows things will get better, not that I have a lot of faith. Apparently they are still thinking about sending us on a pandemic cruise, but that’s another issue for another time.

He was not even letting himself think ahead to Summer XXXtreme yet.

At this point nothing can change the fact that Vinnie and I are going to do battle come time for Climax Control. The only advice that I can give him is the same thing that I told Ben going into our first match with one another.

It doesn’t matter where the match is on the card if you tear the roof off the place.

I don’t have any problems with you, and I can respect the things that you have accomplished in Sin City. Let’s go out there and set the bar so high that people don’t remember this Climax Control for Jack losing to Ben in the main event. Let’s show them the main event that they could have had. Let’s give them the show that they deserve, even if it’s just a filler episode.

Kris shrugs his shoulders again, this time with a smile.

At least then, when you lose, you will still have something positive to hang your hat on.


==========================================================


12
Climax Control Archives / The Black Sheep
« on: June 19, 2020, 07:15:27 PM »
 SPACE
Kris’ Apartment - San Diego
14 June 2020
OFF-Camera



Had he gone too far? Probably. Kris was not going to let that stop him from trying to get things back on the right track though. Coby was still understandably angry about what had happened during the last Underground show. Kris had gone out with the intention of playing by his friend’s rules but lost track of it once the spotlight was on him. He had been out of line to disqualify Coby. That was a mark on his record that was not ever coming off. For that, Kris at least had to make an attempt to apologize.

Kris: Yo...

The door was already ajar, so Kris pounding the side of his closed fist on it scooted it further open until his friend was in plain sight. His back was to Kris, and he was packing up some of his things laying around the room. Kris’ tried his best to keep things light, but had a feeling he was about to get his head bitten off.

Kris: Going on vacation?

He attempted to inject some hopefulness into his voice, but Coby’s flat response crushes it instantly.

Coby: I’m going home.

Determined to not assume the worst, Kris tries his best to spin Coby’s departure in the most positive light. However, the cheeriness in his voice wavers.

Kris: Ah, no match this week so you are running back to the wife and child?

Kris attempts to force a fake laugh to cut some of the tension in the room, but Coby turns towards him and talks over it.

Coby: No match this week, so no reason to force myself to be around you. I can get away from you and go the only place that I know you won’t follow.

It was a low blow. Kris had been estranged from most of their extended families for months now. Neither his wife nor Kali had answered many of his calls. The others had given up trying to convince him to come back. Coby knew that Kris’ ego was too fragile for him to follow back to Seattle. He would have to address the possibility that everyone was fine without him. Better off even. Naturally, Kris tries his best to get his friend to walk his comment back.

Kris: That’s a bit harsh. I’m not so bad...

He trails off, but Coby does not take the bait. Instead, he doubles down on his previous hurtful claims and digs the knife in a little deeper.

Coby: You’re intolerable! It’s not even just during the shows. It’s all the time. I can see why nobody else wanted to come down here and babysit you. Everything is always about you. Why do you think everyone in SCW keeps saying the same thing to you? It’s just how you are, and you are too dense to get it.

Kris starts to shrink in front of Coby. His arms cross in front of his chest, and his shoulders dip. At this point Kris cannot even lift his eyes to meet Coby’s gaze.

Kris: I never asked for you to be here.

It was a classic Kris misdirection away from the point. Coby does not let him off the hook though.

Coby: Yeah, but you’ve proven time and time again that you need supervision or you spiral out of control. Unfortunately people care enough about you to try to save you from yourself, but you know what? I’m tapping out. I’m going home. I can’t do it anymore.

He turns back to his bag and continues packing up his things. Kris should have just left. There was nothing that he could say that was going to get past Coby’s defenses when he was this angry. This had been the worst case scenario that had been running through Kris’ mind his whole way up to Coby’s room. At this point, Kris was desperate not to let any of that show on his face.

Kris: What about Underground?

It was a last ditch effort to draw Coby into any topic other than how Kris had been a letdown. Coby doesn’t bother turning back to him to answer, and continues packing.

Coby: I’ll be back for the show, and whatever you have planned for ruining it. I’m not quitting. I am just not going to do this anymore. I thought if I went to SCU and stayed out of your way that you would let me do my own thing, but you’re incapable of coexisting with anyone.

He zips the top of the bag closed and takes one last look around the room as he finishes. His eyes meet Kris’ for just a moment and the SCW Grand Slam Champion flashes his a smile and tries to lighten the situation.

Kris: What can I say? The spotlight loves me?

Coby shoulder checks him on his way out of the room, not indulging Kris any longer. He calls back to him over his shoulder on his way down the stairs.

Coby: Does it? Or do you love swooping in and stealing it from others?

Kris quickly follows him down, no longer content just to accept the verbal beatdown that Coby was laying on him.

Kris: I ca--

Before he can even make his point Coby turns around at the bottom of the staircase and cuts him off. It was better not to even let Kris get going, and Coby knew it. He had the upper hand, and he was not going to give it up.

Coby: ...you did it to Kyle. You did it to Court when she was trying to win Blast from the Past. You were the reason Aaron bailed out of SCW. And why is that?

Kris shrugs.

Kris: I gu---

Again, Coby refuses to let him talk, answering the question for him.

Coby: It’s because we were your friends. We were the people you helped train and get their foot into the right doors. So when you kept popping up, we let you. Anyone else would have put you in your place. That’s why you always do it to us. But you always take it too far. It always has to be about you. You never know when you overstay your welcome. That’s why you’re going to end up alone.

Coby turns again, making his way through the main floor of the apartment. Kris follows him through the hallways, not wanting to give up on the argument.

Kris: I have always just been trying to help.

Coby laughs, and fires back immediately.

Coby: Who? Us or yourself?

Kris does not overthink his answer, not wanting to get cut off by Coby before getting to answer for himself.

Kris: Both.

They were closing in on the front door now, and Coby was not making any signs of stopping or reconsidering heading back home. As he pulls the door open, he turns back to look at Kris for just a moment.

Coby: Well it never looked that way to us...

It stops Kris in his tracks, and he does not have anything to say for himself. Coby does not wait for him to find the answer, stepping through the door and leaving his friend alone in the apartment.

==========================================================




The scene opens looking down on Kris Ryans as he hangs from a pegboard on the wall of the Jet City Sports Lab. He works his way across the board, supporting all of his weight with one hand as he pulls a peg out of the wall and moves it further down the line. Once he is sure of his grip, he shifts his weight right, and moves the second peg closer to the first one that he moved. As he continues moving across the wall, he starts to speak without looking up at the camera.

Crystal isn’t so bad.

I know it’s not going to be the popular opinion this week, but it is the truth. It seems like I am the only person that is not too good to admit it though. There are so many of us that get the chance to control our own destiny this week. If this was a regular card, would we have all gotten this chance?

Of course not.

Mark and Christian can be generous, but not this generous. We probably would have seen one of the Roulette Championships up for grabs no matter what in a main event. A couple of matches would have led to possible contendership opportunities, but nothing like this. Two bombshells and myself get the opportunity to name a match of our choosing from now until the end of the year. It’s a hell of a handout.


He gets to the end of the wall and starts to swing back and forth to gather some momentum. On his third swing he lets go of the pegs and launches himself through the air, landing on a raised platform. The camera bounces from the impact, but stays attached to him. Kris sits down on top of the obstacle, attempting to catch his breath.

People are going to complain about how things aren’t fair, but nobody ever said that Crystal had to be fair. Remember when Christian went to war with Griffin Hawkins? Was that fair?

Others are going to complain that the top two champions of the company are in the show opener. I remember a time where I was the SCW World Heavyweight Champion, and Ben Jordan was happy to participate in the opener against me. I guess time really has changed Saint Ben while I was away.


He shrugs, and moves on, not wanting to waste any time on the SCW World Heavyweight Champion at the moment. If he were to walk away from this match a master of his own destiny, he could spend some time talking about Ben. Until then, he needed to stay focused.

For me it is not just about the opportunity to take a shot at any championship that I desire in the next few months. For me this match is a lot more than that, and that is why I had to give credit to Crystal for doing something intelligent. I would be stupid to say that I didn’t care about the prize awarded to the winner of the match, but that isn’t the only thing that interests me.

He shakes his head, and a smile spreads across his face. He had known Crystal a long time, and there was no way that she hadn’t thought things through before putting him in this match. It made it hard to say anything bad about her when she knew him so well.

Since I first started here, I haven’t been very good at losing. Unsurprisingly, I don’t take it very well. It eats at me.

He uses his hand to claw at the skin of his left arm like something was actually crawling around beneath the surface.

It gets under my skin and there’s really only one thing that I can do to make the feeling go away.

He stops, the smile coming back.

That’s why I’ve made a habit of going back and beating the people that have gotten one over on me in the past. I talked about it leading up to my match at Into the Void, and Crystal must have been listening, because she dropped Bill Barnhart directly into my lap this Sunday.

Despite his loss last time he was in the ring with Bill, Kris seemed confident, possibly bolstered by his recent victory over Griffin Hawkins.

At this point, everyone knows that Bill’s win over me was a fluke. It was my first match back after an extended period of time away, and he got the luckiest win he is ever going to get in his career. Even Mark and Christian were surprised by it, and they handed him a chance to win the Internet Championship based on his win over me. Of course, he isn’t carrying that championship into this match, so obviously giving him a chance was a waste.

It was harsh, but it was the truth. Bill Barnhart had beaten Kris and gotten the opportunity of a lifetime, but pissed it away. Kris took some personal satisfaction in the fact that he hadn’t been a sudden launchpad for Bill’s career.

Bill, I started you on a path towards greatness last time around, and you proved that you weren’t up for it. I gave you all of the momentum in the world, and you couldn’t rise past the upper middle. You were barely able to come away with a victory over me when I was unfocused and rusty. What are you going to do now that I am better conditioned? You aren’t going to outlast me this time, and I have already absorbed your best shots. I am sure that Griffin wishes that he had fought me that first match back instead of at Into the Void. I’m sure that O’Malley wishes he was in any match other than this one. Nobody wants to step into the ring with me when I am on top of my game.

Kris flashes a smile to the camera one more time and moves around the platform that he is sitting on. He looks down at the floor beneath him, before looking back up into the camera with one last message for Bill.

Last time was a fluke. There will not be a second.

With that, he drops off of the obstacle into a pit of foam blocks. As he makes impact, the camera cuts to a black screen.



==========================================================



Jet City Split
Jet City South - San Diego
16 June 2020
OFF-Camera



It did not make any sense. Coby had gone back to Seattle days ago. Kris had locked the gym up hours ago. Yet, as he was finally relaxing for the night one of the motion sensors had sent an alert to his phone. He had checked the cameras without seeing anything out of sorts, and thought it had to be a mistake. Twenty minutes later it happened again. Again Kris checked the cameras, only to be disappointed. When it happened a third time, he had already made his decision to investigate. However, this time when he checked the camera a single light was on in the middle of the gym. From the view Kris had, he could not see who it was, only that they were standing in the center of his six-sided ring, and looking out at the rest of the gym. It had to be Coby. He was the only other person with a key. Kris grabbed his phone and made his way down to the bottom floor of the building. The front door was still locked, another sign that it was not Coby. Kris was starting to worry that he was dealing with a legitimate break-in as he unlocked the door and made his way inside.

Kris: Can I help you?

Whoever was standing in the middle of the ring was leaning on the ropes with his back to Kris. He laughs, and Kris’ relaxed immediately. He did not have to see his face to know that the man standing in front of him was his brother and former tag team partner.

Jason: Probably not...

Jason didn’t sound like he was in a mood to play games, and Kris quickly put together why. They had been partners in Jet City, but that had gone way past the two of them being a team in Sin City Wrestling. They had built a successful gym together. Kris knew it was just a matter of time before Jason found out that he had basically stolen half of their gym and taken off to San Diego.

Kris: I should have known that Coby was going to run and tattle on me. Is he still in the middle of his tantrum?

Jason turns towards his younger brother, his expression blank. He shrugs his shoulders, and shakes his head slowly.

Jason: I don’t know. I haven’t talked to him. I’m sure whatever he is mad about is your fault though. You have a knack for being a jackass.

Jason’s condescending smirk started to corner out of the corner of his mouth, but Kris was not going to stand by and let his brother waste his time.

Kris: So if Coby didn’t tell you what was up, how did you find out?

Kris climbs up the stairs in one of the corners of the ring and walks up along the apron. Jason takes a step closer to him, but stays in the center of the ring. He was almost insulted that his younger brother thought this little of him. Jason was by-far the more responsible of the two of them. If anyone was going to notice something wrong with the gym, it was going to be him.

Jason: Well there’s the fact that storage got cleaned out a couple of months ago, but I knew it wasn’t me.

Kris shrugs and rolls his eyes.

Kris: I didn’t think you checked it.

Jason’s voice raises, not happy with Kris treating him like he was an idiot.

Jason: Oh, and the fact that you keep filming all of your promos for SCW from here.

Kris had not even thought of that possibility. It was nice to know that even though the people at home were mad at him, they were still fans of his. They might have been the only ones that he had left these days. Maybe they would set Coby straight.

Kris: You people are still watching the shows?

The look on Jason’s did not make Kris hopeful that he was going to have a pleasant answer.

Jason: We started watching them all together. That didn’t last long.

The fact that all of their friends and family had watched Kris fall on his face in his debut felt like getting caught with his pants down. Although, he had literally gotten caught with his pants down in his last run with the company, so this couldn’t be as bad for him as that was. Kris timidly tries to shake off the embarrassment.

Kris: I didn’t exactly have the best debut...

Jason helps him along, but not the way that Kris would have gone if he was given the option.

Jason: No, and since then you have been running around making an asshole out of yourself. You brought up me and Parker fighting Griffin in order to get into his head? What is wrong with you. You two are friends. How do you think Heather feels about all that? Or do you not think about that?

Kris had done what he had to do going into that match, and he had not allowed himself to feel bad about it. He shrugs his shoulders again, a little of his confidence returning.

Kris: I won.

Jason still doesn’t seem impressed. If anything, Kris was just digging himself a bigger hole. He could see the disappointment building in his older brother’s eyes.

Jason: ...but what does all of that cost? What does all of this cost you?

Jason gestures to the gym that Kris had built. This visit was not just about the way that Kris was acting, or bringing him back home. It was about all of it, the gym included. Kris had made a choice and run away from everything, screwing over everyone in Jet City in the process. Kris wasn’t ready to have that conversation though. He tries his best to deflect away from it.

Kris: I mean we already owned the building so it’s really just about keepin---

Jason refuses to participate in the circus act and yells over Kris.

Jason: You know what I mean!

Kris had been moving like he was going to step between the ropes and enter the ring to face his brother, but the sudden outburst stopped him in his tracks. Jason pressed on before Kris even realized what was happening.

Jason: Every time you come back you end up leaving more injured and with less people that give a shit about your well-being. You get in front of a camera and decide to be your worst self just to get attention. You piss people off and then someone finally breaks you for it. What’s going to break this time?

Kris finds the willpower to step into the ring now, and does his best to keep calm. He was not going to let Jason get to him the same way that Coby had.

Kris: I guess we’ll burn that bridge when we get to it.

Jason reaches into the inside pocket of his jacket and pulls out a stack of papers. He extends it out to Kris.

Jason: No, we can do that now. I was hoping to talk some kind of sense into you but there’s no point.

Kris reaches out to take it, but could not decipher what he was looking at right off the bat.

Kris: What’s all this?

Jason moves around his brother, happy to explain that he was finally cutting him loose after all of the years that he spent taking care of him.

Jason: This is me giving you all of this shit. It’s yours. The rest is mine.

Kris stops flipping through pages and turns back to his brother with a smile. He goes to the last page in the stack and signs his name in a few places before tossing it back to his brother.

Kris: Done.

Jason catches it, but it was not the outcome that he had been hoping for. Despite all of the negatives that came with him, Kris was family. He didn’t like the idea of casting him out, even though he had left everyone no alternative.

Jason: It didn’t have to be like this.

Kris was not going to give him the satisfaction of begging him to stay. If Jason was trying to call Kris’ bluff, he was going to continue to be disappointed by Kris’ stubbornness.

Kris: I think we both knew that it was always going to end like this.

Jason nods, and tucks the papers back into his jacket pocket. He takes one last look around the gym that Kris had built for himself before stepping out of the ring and dropping down to the floor. The slaps the mat twice before making his exit.

Jason: Good luck.

==========================================================




The cameras catch up to Kris looking a little breathless. The top half of his sleeveless red shirt is much darker than the bottom, and visibly damp. The former champion’s usually perfect hair is beyond frazzled. He unscrews the lid off of a bottle of water and finishes the last half of it before throwing it into a bin next to the front entrance of Jet City South. The cameras follow him as he makes his way inside.

Into the Void IX is going to end up being my most favorite match of my SCW career.

It did not come out like a joke, or that he was gloating. The smile on his face looked to be genuine, like Kris was thinking about turning over a new leaf.

I know. Even I didn’t believe that it would be at first. Believe me, I have worked it all out though. My matches with Despy were great, but he was just better than me back then. My brother and I tore the house down when we fought on Climax Control, but I feel like he was already past his prime. I even thought back to all of my battles with Crimson, or possibly even the match with Ben, but none of them measure up. As of today, I feel like it has to be the match with Griffin.

Kris stops once the camera crew was inside and locks the door behind them before making his way across the gym. The space was huge, but quiet. He had not opened it up to the public and now that his partners were not around, it was really just Kris using the space.

Let’s put aside all of the things that we said to each other building towards the match.

It was easier said than done. The things that Kris had dragged out into the public eye for the sake of their match had done more harm than he had intended.

While we are at it we can put aside the fact that Griffin’s dreams of a shot at the SCW World Heavyweight Championship died when he lost to me. That’s not going to be helpful for this either.

He had hooked everyone in until now. Suddenly the smile on his face did not feel so genuine anymore. If he wanted to bait people in by being positive before dropping the hammer on them, he had been successful. He wasn’t quite done reeling everyone in though.

The match itself was amazing. I don’t think that there is another person that I have been more evenly matched with in all of my years stepping into the ring. Since the moment that Griffin accepted my challenge he pushed me to be at the top of my game. I couldn’t walk into the match with Griffin with the same attitude that I approached Bill Barnhart with weeks before. I had to be sharp. I had to regain the instincts that made me the face of this company two years ago.

The former champion had crossed the line between confidence and cockiness.

I walked into that match with something to prove, and walked out with my hand held high in the air. But like I said going in, that outcome was not preordained by any means. I am not unbeatable, nor am I unstoppable. I have proven that I can lose a match after a single misstep time and time again. I wasn’t fighting Griffin to prove that I was perfect though. I was fighting Griffin to prove that I am one of the best to ever step into the six-sided SCW ring.

Any thought that Kris was going to grow up was out the window now. He was just as full of himself after his victory as he had been beforehand. If anything, the win had reinforced the worst parts of his personality.

Griffin attempted to sell me on the idea that there were so many up and coming guys that were ready to take my place if I wasn’t able to deliver like I used to. He reminded me that there are always people looking up from the bottom and wanting what the people at the top have. He reminded me that I was one of the few that was able to break through that glass ceiling and take over a company. Nobody believed that I could do it back then, and not many believed I had enough left in the tank to keep doing it now.

The thrill he got out of proving people wrong was the whole reason that he still wanted to compete despite how much it had cost him. He had spent the last two weeks doubting himself but was starting to remember what he loved so much about the industry.

Thanks to Griffin Hawkins I was able to prove all of the doubters wrong at Into the Void. It didn’t matter what was said. It didn’t matter what anyone thought of me. I came down to that ring, turned out Griffin’s lights with a well-aimed boot to the side of the face, and walked out a winner. Any thought that my career had stalled after losing to Bill was brushed away. Any talk of Griffin Hawkins passing me up and becoming a top contender was squashed in a split-second.

He snaps his fingers and then pauses for just a moment. He tries to force himself to ratchet down the confidence and sound more serious.

Griffin has been kind of quiet about things since the loss, so I assume it got in his head a little bit. It is hard when you talk a big game and then fail to come through in the end. I get it. I have been there my fair share of times.

Kris raises his index finger to tap his bottom lip and then rests his hand on his chin. Something he had said earlier in the week about Bill Barnhart started to come to mind.

The good thing is, Crystal seems to be giving Griffin the same second chance that she is giving me. While I am aiming to avenge a fluke loss against Bill Barnhart, Griffin can try to do the same thing. This time he doesn’t even have to actually pin me to make it happen either. All he has to do is take out Bill or O’Malley, neither of which pose the same threat that I do.

He knew that it would sting for both men to hear, but that didn’t make it any less true. Kris wasn’t going to feel bad about telling the truth. At least there was at least some path to success for Griffin, even if O’Malley and Bill were screwed.

If Griffin can pull it off, then his loss at Into the Void becomes an unfortunate speed bump. He gets his opportunity to challenge for whatever title he chooses, whenever he chooses to do so. At the same time, he manages to finally get around the only obstacle that he hasn’t been able to overcome: Kristopher Ryans. You have to admit, it makes for an exciting story.

Kris’ eyes wander away from the camera as he thinks over the possibility that his friend could actually rise to the occasion. It doesn’t last long, as Kris would not willingly give up the spotlight to let something like that happen.

Unfortunately for Griffin, we have already seen the ending. He is going to be on the brink of victory, only to have it snatched away at the last moment by someone just slightly more talented than he is. It’s a problem that has plagued him for most of his career, but one that I have already shrugged off.

Sorry about costing you another opportunity Griffin, but I’m going to need to take this one for myself as well. Better luck next time.  



==========================================================


FTW
Kris’ Apartment - San Diego
19 June 2020
OFF-Camera



The two weeks following Into the Void had not gone Kris’ way. Everyone had ignored his birthday. Coby had left. Jason had cut him off. His family had abandoned him. Worst of all, Kris was starting to believe that it was entirely his own doing. Had he really been pushing everyone away all this time? The distractions had made preparing for his match difficult. Having nobody around to bounce ideas off of had added another level of torture of it as well. Kris had been making his way through his routine and was halfway through his set on an inverted leg press machine when a pair of hands covered his eyes. His headphones had canceled out the sound of her approach, but Kris easily identified her by the scent of the lotion she had covered herself in.

Kris: I’m really not in the mood for any games right now.

Mikah takes her hands away from his eyes and sits down on the machine next to him with a frown on her face. The tank top she has on is soaked, indicating she had been going through a workout of her own. Kris tries not to let her distract him from what he is doing. He exhales, and starts his set over, trying to ignore her.

Mikah: What? Are you upset that Coby finally got sick of your shit? You should have seen that coming.

Kris stops. He had already reached his threshold of shit he was going to allow people to shovel his direction.

Kris: I did.

Mikah does not let the hostility in Kris’ voice get her off of her game. She was used to dealing with him, regardless of how combative he was feeling. The two of them used to do the Kris and Mikah Show in front of cameras while livid with one another. She was not afraid of him in any way.

Mikah: So you are pouting about something else?

It came out as more of a taunt than an actual question, but Kris was too knotted up not to take the bait. He sighs, and starts to unload some of his baggage.

Kris: Jason showed up and signed all of this over to me.

He gestures to the gym around them. Of course, that did not seem like a bad thing to Mikah. Kris and Coby had spent months working on getting the gym ready to open. Kris had been stressed about what Jason would do once he found out it was open. The fact that he knew, and seemingly didn’t care, felt like it should be a good thing. The way Kris was acting made it feel like the opposite.

Mikah: That seems like something to be happy about. That is what you wanted, right?

Kris laughed, not sure how she could miss why Jason would do something like that. It was not a favor. It was an insult.

Kris: It means that they are all giving up on me. They don’t want me back.

Mikah stretches out across the machine next to Kris, trying to sit more comfortably. She still couldn’t what had made Kris so upset. He sounded a lot like how she was talking when she first showed up after her fight with Drake. Kris had told her to stop hanging onto something that was only letting her down. Maybe it was her turn to do him the same courtesy.

Mikah: All you ever do is complain that they are always trying to control  you and tell you what to do. This sounds like a good thing.

She was right, but something about it still was not sitting well with Kris. It felt like he was letting everyone else down by chasing what he felt was right for himself. He loved being in the ring, but nobody seemed to understand that. He didn’t care about the injuries or the risk. It was better than sitting at home wasting away. The fact that his brother was willing to write him off over that felt unfair.

Kris: It’s just a weird feeling. We took a tag team, built a training center around it, and kind of all became really close-knit because of it. It feels like being kicked out of the family once and for all.

Mikah was well aware of what that felt like, and gives Kris the same advice that he had given her time and time again.

Mikah: Well, you never needed them anyways.

It was not something that Kris was used to hearing. Everyone was always telling him that he needed their help, or that he required supervision so that he would not get into trouble.

Kris: What?

Mikah smiled, she knew that she had him on the hook now. After two weeks of being chopped down to size, Kris was dying to hear anyone say something positive.

Mikah: You’re Kristopher Ryans, SCW Grand Slam Champion. None of those people were around for any of that. You did that all on your own. You overcame every obstacle thrown at you. You’re adaptable.

Kris wasn’t sure that everyone would agree with her. The Nobodies had helped him along as Internet Champion. His brother had co-captained Jet City during their tag team run. Her heart was in the right place though, and Kris could kind of her see point.

Kris: That depends on who you ask...

Mikah had the perfect answer waiting for any kind of resistance from him.

Mikah: Me! Because I am the only one with an opinion that matters. Look at me!

Reluctantly, Kris looks up from the machine to meet her gaze.

Kris: What?

Mikah: Every time you have run into a problem you have picked yourself up, and found a way to get past it. So what if Jet City hates you now. They weren’t around when you were a nobody anyways. They only came around once you were already The Miracle.

She had a point. Jason hadn’t even come up with the idea of them opening a gym until after they were holding the SCW Tag Team Championships. By that point Kris was already an established star on the roster. He clawed his way up the ranks on his own before then. It did not change the fact that his current situation was deflating though.

Kris: Well I’m not exact feeling very miraculous...

Mikah shrugs, refusing to allow Kris to continue sulking.

Mikah: Then maybe it is time to adapt.

Kris laughs and shakes his head. It was one of those things that was easy to blurt out as an idea, but difficult to do.

Kris: What does that even mean?

Luckily, from the moment that Kris’ name had been announced as a participant in the Control You Destiny match, Mikah had been plotting the change Kris needed to get things turned around in the right direction.

Mikah: I have an idea.

==========================================================




The cameras do not find Kris in the middle of his strange workout routines this time. Instead, he is sitting in the center of the ring on a stool. He is dressed in street clothes, and has his attention focused on the camera in front of him.

O’Mally is, by far, my least favorite type of person in the world.

There is no smile, and no game being played. It must have been Honesty Hour at Jet City South.

This is a man whose opinion of me is something like ‘a little flaky, and nothing respectable’. In his lead up to losing at Into the Void, he said that I should have been easily beaten by Finn Whelan. Let’s not forget that O’Malley went on to prove he can’t do something as simple as climb a ladder and remove a briefcase while I was busy putting on another SCW Classic against Griffin Hawkins.

This time Kris doesn’t let his last win get him off track. He was not here to talk about Griffin. He was here to talk about a guy that was too cowardly to even speak for himself, unless it was to complain on Twitter.

I guess it is a little unfair to call Darcy’s words against O’Malley, but since the guy is incapable of talking for himself I guess I don’t have much of a choice. It is kind of strange though. O’Malley pretends to be an intimidating presence, but needs his significant other to come and be his mouthpiece. He is supposedly a talented alumni of the GO Gym, but it looks like everyone else from there is ashamed to know him. The guy wants to be considered a decent competitor and champion but stole the Underground title and says he would rather have the week off than have a chance to compete on Climax Control.

It is clear that nothing about O’Malley impresses Kris. The former champion had at least had a little fun during his addresses to his other opponents. However, there was nothing joyous about his demeanor now.

This is a guy that made it a point to complain that nobody else had anything to say about his match at Into the Void, but never actually speaks for himself. He says that others put in half-assed effort while sitting on his ass and letting Darcy speak for him. He wonders why he is still struggling to legitimize his grip on his B-show championship when it is clear to all of us. He can’t speak for himself. He can’t win without her help. He can’t win a title unless he is stealing it from the rightful champion.

Kris shrugs, with a sorry-not-sorry smirk coming back onto his face.

...and for all of Darcy’s complaining in his promos, he hasn’t been going out to the ring and getting anything done. Is he planning his next big move as King of a Day? No, Jack Washington is. The same Jack Washington that threatened to break me before I put him in his place just a few weeks ago. A guy that I laid out in the middle of the ring after he told me that I was too feeble to be a real threat. That was the guy that rose to the occasion and bested O’Malley, and yet I am supposed to fear him for some reason?

The laugh that Kris lets out is almost as offensive as any of his words.

Mark Cross may have been a shitty Underground Champion but at least the guy speaks for himself and actually has the talent to get it done in the ring on his own. O’Malley needs someone to do the talking for him, and someone to bend the rules for him just to gain any traction. When it comes to the championship he carries around, he took advantage of two real champions having just beaten the hell out of each other. There is nobody in this company that is scraping by doing the bare minimum quite like O’Malley is. Yet, he has the audacity to try and call out anyone like he is better than they are.

When I pressed him about this match, he said that he would show up and win the whole thing if he wanted to, but he wasn’t sold on it. This is a guy that just took the shortcut of all shortcuts to steal the Underground Championship, but suddenly has no interest in winning this one? Days ago, he made the ludicrous statement that if he lost it would just be because he wasn’t interested in the opportunity.

Maybe he is not interested because there is no way to cheat his way around putting in the work this time. Maybe he knows that his days of letting Darcy fight his battles for him isn’t going to get him the kind of respect that he is demanding out of people. Or maybe he just realizes that he is not good enough to do any of these things on his own. We have all heard Darcy talk about how she was the one to see his potential and draw it out of him. We have heard her say that he was on the wrong path before she got involved. It seems like she thinks that he is a failure without her.

Kris knew that he was not going to be able to cause any friction between the two with his opinion, but he couldn’t help but point out the facts.

I’m here to make sure that he knows that everyone still thinks of him as a failure, even with her. Possibly even because of her.

The predictability of it all made Kris start to appear bored even wasting time on the not-so-dynamic duo.

...but still. I bet she ends up at ringside for this match and does her best to help him steal another victory that he couldn’t possibly earn on his own. It will be entertaining to get to see the heartbreak on her face up close when he loses yet again.

It’s going to be hard to wait two more days before I get to see it.  


==========================================================


13
Climax Control Archives / Recalibrations (ft. Coby Quik)
« on: May 22, 2020, 04:23:22 AM »
 Take A Step Back
18 May 2020
ON-Camera


Unfortunately, I have to start off by doing something that is going to make me feel dirty.

The video starts to roll with Grand Slam Champion Kristopher Ryans in the center of the frame. He appears to be recording from a laptop but his surroundings leave a lot to be desired. The eggshell colored wall behind him is decorated by two pictures in the plainest of black frames: one of a bowl of white rice, the other of lightly toasted bread on a saucer plate. Kris, despite his plain white t-shirt, is the only splash of any color in the frame. He takes a drink out of a bottle of water, and lets out a heavy sigh.

I have to thank Alicia Lukas for pointing out that since my return, I have been a little…. well...

He gestures to the things around him.

You get the point...

Viewers can tell that he is struggling to keep a smile off of his face, but for now is winning the battle.

She’s not wrong though. I hate to give her any credit at all, but she made a good point. I have been a little...

He struggles to pull out the right word to finish the thought, not wanting to use any of the ones Alicia had thrown at him in making her point.

...let’s just call it restrained.

Kris appears at least mostly satisfied with the alternative that he came up with.

...but it’s not like it is without reason. Before I came back I found myself looking back at some of my matches from early on in my SCW career. Not only was I calling people out that tried to stake a claim to anything based on their past, but I also never seemed to care about what people thought about me. After all, back then everyone thought of me as a nobody. I was the one showing up to prove them wrong. Somewhere along the way I lost track of both of those things.

Kris crosses his arms in front of his chest. He was not good at speaking on his own shortcomings, so his words were not coming easily.

I have been so focused on how people remember me, and my place in history, that I forgot about how things used to be. Before I took time away there was a long period of time where I was the most successful person in the company. I went from underdog, to the person expected to win no matter what the obstacle in front of me was. I forgot what it was like to be on the other side of things.

He lets a small laugh escape his lips and shakes his head like he was putting more pieces of the puzzle together even as he was talking.

I know I’m hard-headed. I’m not exactly the most reasonable person in the world. Maybe it was always going to take getting the same shit shoveled at me by Griffin, Alicia, and the rest of the company to open my eyes. You would think that at this point in my career I would have already figured this kind of stuff out though.

He shakes his head again, clearly still giving himself a hard time.

If people told me at the beginning of my career that at some point people beating me was going to be considered an upset, I would have laughed at you. Yet, that is exactly why everyone was so surprised when Bill Barnhart walked away with a victory in my return. A few years ago, I wouldn’t have settled for Griffin Hawkins or anyone else ignoring me. I wouldn’t have waited for the fans, or management to come around to the idea of getting what I wanted. I didn’t used to think about things like how I was going to be perceived. I just went out in front of the crowd, did what was best for me, and let the rest play out.

He uncrosses his arms, starting to loosen up and become more comfortable now that he was not picking on his own shortcomings.

I can’t force anyone to change their minds about me. I never could, but at least it didn’t used to matter to me as much. Like Alicia put it, all of that stuff is kind of...bland. It is not the reason that I got into this business. It is not the reason that I enjoy being in the ring. It’s not really what I came back for. All of it is just a big distraction from doing what I do best.

He lets out another deep breath, but it does not sound as deflated as when he began.

Sometimes you have to take a step back and listen to the criticism. At least while I was doing it, I got to sit in the crowd for Climax Control and watch Griffin Hawkins come up just a little bit short himself. Kind of makes the things he said about me sting a little bit less when he gets beaten by Raab after talking down to him like he did me.

A smile crosses his face.

...and even though Alicia was out here dishing out the harshness, I think she managed to stir up some of the memories that led to this epiphany I am having.

He gives a slight nod of acknowledgement to the camera.

As for everyone else that thinks that this return was a bad idea, or destined to fail, I’m no longer going to carry your bullshit around with me. I’m not here to cater to everyone’s expectations. I have always cut my own path through the crowd, and somehow I managed to rise to the top. My problem was I tried to fix something that I wasn’t broken. From now on, I won’t be wasting time on things that don’t matter. I have Jack Washington to think about, and then putting a stop to Griffin Hawkins upward momentum in this company after that.

Kris winks at the camera with a smile on his face.

Rest assured none of it will be boring though.

With that, the feed cuts out and the screen fades to static.


==========================================================



Blindspot
Jet City South - San Diego
19 May 2020
OFF-Camera


There was one thing on Kris’ mind as he made his way through Jet City. He knew that Coby was going to have beaten him there as a way to start the day of training with a feeling of superiority, but Kris was not showing up for the two of them to spar. Before Kris went to find his seat in the crowd of Climax Control, Coby had pulled him aside to issue a warning. Kris hadn’t wanted to go into it with cameras following them, but had filed it as something to bring up once he had the chance. Luckily for Kris, the Sin City Underground newcomer had not spotted him as he made his way through some of the weight-lifting equipment. The young star was still warming up, running the track along the outside of the space.

As Coby passed by him, Kris made his way stealthily across Jet City, making sure to stay in his friend’s blind spot. He knew that he only had one opportunity, the curve where the front desk would be once they were actually able to open the gym back up. As Coby veered with the temporary path they had created Kris ducked out from behind a support beam and managed to plant his shoulder firmly into Coby’s midsection. The smaller man’s momentum folded him in half and he rolled over Kris before hitting his back hard on the ground.


Kris: Good morning!

The impact had sent Kris to the ground as well, but he was mostly unharmed. Coby rolled around a few feet away from Kris and was struggling to fill his lungs with air. Kris was able to get himself back up to his feet by the time Coby was able to catch a breath.

Coby: What...is wrong...with you….?

Kris had been ready to go with his answer, but waited to enjoy Coby fighting with the words in order to get them out.

Kris: I was actually going to ask you the exact same thing. That is why I came all the way down here...

Coby rolls over onto his back, now able to breathe again normally. It was not the first time that Kris had blindsided him, and he doubted that it would be the last. The pain itself started to fade the moment that Coby caught the tone of Kris’ voice. He knew this conversation was coming, and should have expected that Kris would lash out like this first.

Coby: Oh...so this is about Mikah?

Kris’ mouth was already open, ready to berate Coby, but his friend’s response caught him totally off guard.

Kris: How did you k--

Coby waved the question off before Kris could finish it, and pushed himself up into a seated position on the floor.

Coby: I know that you need to stay away from her if that is what you are going to ask. I know that she is a distraction. I know that you don’t need her for anything, but for some reason have allowed yourself to rely on her to do things that you could easily do yourself.

Kris wasn’t exactly prepared for Coby to be this forthcoming about his reasoning behind the warning he gave at Climax Control. After all, Mikah had been in Coby’s wedding. They had all been friends for years.

Kris: I don’t know why you suddenly have a problem with her after all this time, or what that has to do with me.

Coby shakes his head as he pushes himself back up to his feet. His hand reaches down to his ribs and his face twists in pain as he tries to straighten himself up. It was going to take a little while for the imprint of Kris’ shoulder to leave his abdomen, but he was not going to let Kris literally talk down at him for the whole argument.

Coby: I love Mikah to death. She is terrible for you though.

Kris opens his mouth to argue, but Coby does not pause long enough to let him get a word in.

Coby: I get it. She is going through some shit and you told her that she could chill here. That’s fine. Friends should do that for each other when they can. But we both know that’s not where the line is drawn.

Kris does not even try to protest, instead attempting to change the subject.

Kris: She got me back into Sin City, and I helped you get into Underground. Really you should be thanking her.

Kris can tell before Coby even starts to open his mouth that his former trainee is not buying it.

Coby: You could have stepped out into the ring at any point in the last two years and the reaction you got would have inked your contract. From what I’ve seen from you and Christian over the years, you could have gotten him to agree in five minutes of less. Even Mark seems thrilled to have you back. You didn’t need to go through all of that shit. You could have just been you, and done it your way. Not hers.

Kris again tries to cut into Coby’s lecture.

Kris: Maybe not bu--

Kris points an index finger at Coby while trying to make his counterpoint, but in a flash it is slapped away. Coby trucks right through Kris’ words, not done making his point yet.

Coby: ...and you walked in half-cocked like you were the greatest of all time and got embarrassed in your first match back. You know who does that shit? Mikah. She would go out drinking, always talk about not wanting to show up or do her job, come out and do it thoughtlessly. Sure, she managed to pull out the win more often than not, but she is way more physically talented than you are, and nobody in her division was seven feet tall or close to five hundred pounds. Being like her is going to get you hurt, and you get hurt enough on your own.

Kris had made the mistake of thinking that his friend had come to the argument unprepared, but instead found himself being shot down before he could even make a single valid point. Instead of being able to vent all of his frustrations at his friend, Kris was forced to turn it inward.

Kris: Alright, maybe I was taking my eye off the prize a little bit, but friends do that for other friends. Besides, she’s going to help me with my problem of not having a tag team partner.

Coby was surprised that Kris was still even hanging on to that dream. One thing was for certain, if Kris had a blindspot, Mikah was in it.

Coby: Has she ever even said yes to that?

Kris goes to nod his head, but hesitates. He thinks back to the conversations that he and Mikah had on the subject. The two of them had discussed it several times, dating as far back as the Kris and Mikah Show, and leading their respective divisions as champions. Yet, he couldn’t recall once that she had ever given him a real answer. Coby picks up on Kris’ lack of response quickly

Coby: That’s what’s up...

Usually it was a phrase that Coby said with excitement, like a call to arms, this was felt more like Coby’s own person brand of ‘I told you so’ more than anything else though.

Kris: So what, you’re saying that I should just send her packing?

Coby shakes his head hastily, and backtracks some of his criticism.

Coby: That’s not what I’m saying at all. Mikah’s not a bad person. She’s just not a person that you need to get lost in. She’s a blast to be around, but she’s not someone whose advice I would take when it comes to career decisions. You need to get back to doing things your way, cause you’re gonna drown otherwise.

The former SCW Champion’s mouth opens and closes a few times without any words being produced. He laces his fingers together and cradles the back of his head in his hands as he lets out a deep breath. Kris knew that Coby was right. Now that he was running the last few weeks backwards in his mind he could see the things that he should have done differently. After the week of being shown up by Griffin and Alicia Lukas, Kris was not about to give Coby any satisfaction of officially backing down from yet another argument. Thinking quickly, he shifts the subject instead, nodding towards Coby’s ribcage. He was content to drop the subject and call it a draw if Coby would let it slide.

Kris: You going to need a minute to walk that off?

Coby shakes his head with a smile on his face. He knew that it was as close as he was going to get to Kris admitting defeat. Honestly, he did not even care about winning the argument, it was more about pointing out the problem to Kris. There was no forcing The Miracle to do anything, you just had to push him in the right direction and hope he got it. Trying to force the issue was not going to get him anywhere. He had been sent to San Diego to keep Kris focused, so that is what he needed to do.

Coby: I’m good to go if you are. You have a long way to go if you’re going to beat Jack and then Griffin back-to-back.

Coby tries to give Kris a light shove, but the SCW Grand Slam Champion slaps his hand away before it can contact his shoulder.

Kris: Well, I like my chances more than yours against John Blade.

Coby’s mouth drops open in offense, but Kris spins away from Coby and takes off running along the same track that Coby was on before Kris had nearly flipped him out of his shoes. Coby tries to shake off the lingering pain in his ribcage and chases after Kris, ready to get the day started.

==========================================================



Knockoffs
San Diego, CA
20 May 2020
ON-Camera


The video starts with Kris Ryans walking through a few empty halls. There is a white towel around his neck that he is using to wipe sweat off his forehead as he passes the camera. Whoever is operating the camera follows closely behind him and viewers can see the discoloration of his gray shirt from it being soaked. When Kris starts to speak, he is clearly out of breath.

This week has been a little harder than most. It would be a lie for me to try and say that Jack Washington isn’t good. He is. There is no denying that. The guy came into SCW through the Blast From The Past Tournament, and killed it in the first round, picking up the win for himself and his rookie partner.

Kris is standing next to a control panel in the center of the new Jet City Sports Lab that he and Coby Quik had been working on making functional since his plans to return to SCW. Kris’ hands move across the panel, and lights around him start to shut off in sections.

You could argue that he would have gone further in the tournament if it wouldn’t have been for that very same rookie partner. I know better than anyone that you are only as good as your partner in Blast From The Past, and he got booted out when Tallyn took the fall to the team that went on to win the damn thing. I guess if you are going to lose, you may as well lose to the eventual winners. Although, I can’t really hold Tallyn’s mistake over Jack’s head. I know if anyone tried to blame me for Polly Playtime’s incompetence, I would be a little salty about it. And let’s face it, Tallyn probably isn’t even on Polly’s level.

The darkness closes in around him as he talks until only a single bright light overhead remains. Kris turns from the panel, and actually looks into the camera, shaking his head.

I’m getting off track here. We’re supposed to be talking about Jack. He even went as far as to win the Jack-Off on Climax Control a couple of weeks back.

Kris starts to move back down the hallway that we had followed him down to start the video. Instead of trailing behind him, the camera now backtracks in front of him, allowing Kris to talk directly to the fans with a wide smile on his face.

You know, now that I say that out loud, I’m hearing how that can easily be taken the wrong way when you follow it up with the show name. Although, probably still a fitting name based on how publicly everyone in the hotel has been about not exactly social distancing from each other’s bedrooms.

He shakes his head again, clearly disappointed at having gotten off track again.

...but again, we are getting away from the point. Jack Washington walked into Climax Control a couple weeks ago, and put down Jack Russow fresh off that huge win against Griffin Hawkins. I mean, that guy had championship momentum coming in and our Gentleman Jack Washington swatted him down like he wasn’t shit. It was kinda impressive. After all, Griffin Hawkins had been on one of the biggest rolls in company history, and Russow ended it. Then Washington just steps up and takes the new Roulette Champion down a peg really easily. Now we finds himself across the ring from an SCW Grand Slam Champion.

Kris taps himself twice on the chest with a smirk on his face as the camera backs out of the building into a back alley. Kris follows through the door and closes it behind him, taking a moment to lock it before they move on.

So on one side we have Jack, the impressive newcomer and momentum killer. On the other side there’s me, trying to prove to everyone that I am still as good as I have ever been.

The camera moves to Kris’ side as he steps away from the building and follows next to him as he walks down the alleyway behind the building.

It’s not unlike my situation standing across from Finn Whelan. Although, Finn is much further along in his career than Jack is. Sure, this kid has been a Limitless Champion before, but Finn has carried more than one company on his back, and dominated tournaments around the world. When I looked at him though, all I could see was someone that was on the same path that I was. The more research I do, the more that I see similarities in the way we fight, the reasons we fight, and the things that we struggle with.

He laughs, but there is more annoyance in it than joy.

It is almost like walking into my house to find a bunch of knock-offs sitting on my couch, watching my TV, and eating all of my food. It is like stepping into my gym and seeing a bunch of K-Mart clones trying to walk down the same path that I took to the top of SCW.

He stops, and turns to the camera, giving the viewers his full attention instead of just bringing them along for the ride any longer.

...but that’s kind of a problem for me.

He offers a simple shrug to the camera.

This lane is taken.

Kris’ face is blank, and the usual joking undertone in his voice is gone.

Look, I’m not going to go out to that ring and put on the most technically sound display. I might be able to get people up out of their seats based on surprise and unpredictability but there is nothing that I can do that others can’t. I don’t always say the right things. I rub people the wrong way. I fuck up. A lot. A quick look back on my history in this company will show you half a dozen missteps for every single inch I ever gained in this company. I got where I am by being myself and forcing people to accept that I wasn’t going to be satisfied with settling for mediocrity. I demanded the things that I thought that I earned, and when people didn’t like it, I made sure to put them in their place. I stepped over the people that thought that they were better than me, and was breaking records even as people were talking about how I would never amount to anything special. I was dealt the same hand as half of this new class of wrestlers in SCW and I already played it to perfection. Their underdog story doesn’t play here. I was a nobody that became The Miracle. The story’s been told, and now I’m back. They’re going to go need to follow someone else’s blueprint because mine’s not for sale.

He shakes his head, wanting to move on from the subject, but now visibly starting to become irritated by the situation.

...and it wasn’t even some surgically precise rise to the top. If anything, it was more akin to someone trying to scratch and crawl their way out of a grave. Most of the time I was my own worst enemy, but so be it. At least that I can say that I made it this far without changing who I am. I say what I want to. I don’t stop to think about the consequences. When it gets me into fights, I usually fight my way out. Was it easy? No. Was it stupid? Probably. However, that path led me to being an SCW Grand Slam Champion. On one hand I can see the appeal to everyone trying to follow it, because it led me to all of the success that I have enjoyed. On the other hand, they say lightning doesn’t strike in the same place twice.

He pauses for just a moment, his mind racing well ahead of his words. It takes a second for Kris to take a deep breath and attempt to get back on track.

These people can’t be me, no matter how hard they try. That is why when they are confronted by the real thing, they fall short. Not because I am the best. Not because I am the strongest, but because that is what I do. I’m a punching bag that talks shit and punches back until you give up trying.

Not that I think it would take much to get ol’ Jack here to give up. I mean the guy has had a handful of successful matches here, but other than that he is practically a ghost. The guy comes out and shocks everyone by beating Russow at Jack-A-Pa-Looza, and we haven’t seen or heard from him since. It’s been weeks. Has anyone rallied up a search party to find this guy? Did anyone even notice he was gone? Would anyone have even cared if they did?

A big match like that, and a surprise win over a new champion should have propelled this guy into the mix for championships. He should have been in Mark and Christian’s office saying that if Russow couldn’t beat him a few weeks back, he doesn’t deserve another free day as champion. We are talking about the same Jack Washington that had the confidence to say Russow was going get embarrassed on his first night as champ, and then managed to come through on the promise when everyone was laughing at him.

However, when it came time to fight for his shot, to claw his way up out of the ground, Jack was quiet as a mouse. Everyone has been fighting for a place at Into The Void; everyone but Jack. This is a guy that was talking about waiting by the phone for SCW to call. This was a guy that was supposedly excited to get the opportunity to step out of a family member’s shadow and pave his own way to excellence.


Kris shakes his head, clearly not buying the story.

Seems to me like he is more of a lazy, half-assing, knock off that isn’t going to be able to cut it when confronted in the ring by the real deal.

Kris holds his hands up in his defense, already sensing the offense that some of the viewers were going to take to his needlessly harsh words.

Somebody needed to tell him, right?

He looks to have worked though some of his annoyance, with a smile starting to work its way back across his lips.

You know, Jack, maybe you went back home after Blast From The Past because that is where you belong. Instead of storming into the offices in the back after your partner cost you your spot in the tournament, you packed your shit and you left. You didn’t ask to stick around. You didn’t demand an opportunity to prove your worth. Despite all of your talk, you sat around waiting for the phone to ring instead of stepping up and taking what you had earned. You didn’t cut your own path. You waited for an opportunity to be given to you.

...but what did you do with that opportunity?

You came in talking about wanting to hurt people, and see what it takes to break them down. You told Russow that you wanted to beat him as painfully as possible; that you wished his dad could be there in the front row to witness what you would do to him. You wanted to break a champion’s spirit at the moment where he was riding highest. Despite your best efforts to fuck it up, you managed to pull off the upset, and yes, it was an upset regardless of all of your talk. We all know a tune-up match when we see one and the powers that be were attempting to feed you to their new champion.

Winning that match doesn’t make you special. It makes you a fluke.

Think I’m lying?

Then where have you been? If they expected anything of you other than to get demolished by the new Roulette Championship would you not be getting your chance to take that title off of him at Into the Void? The second that Bill Barnhart walked away with a win over me, they handed him an opportunity that nobody would have given him beforehand. After your big win, they let you sit on the bench until they needed you for another tune up match for a real talent.


Sure it was harsh, but Kris had never been one to hold back on his opinions of others until recently, and he got called boring for his efforts. He had clearly made the decision to stop worrying so much about how he was going to be received.

Don’t walk into this match thinking that you are going to be a speed bump on my path to Into the Void. You’re nothing but a springboard for momentum, and after this you can go back to being irrelevant for a few more weeks.

He laughs, another one of his old phrases coming to mind.

Do yourself a favor before you walk in and accept one simple truth: You’re just there to take the L.

Kris starts to backpedal down the alley away from the camera, which fails to follow him. Instead, as the former champion disappears from sight, the camera fades out to black.






14
Climax Control Archives / Known Unknowns
« on: May 08, 2020, 10:58:05 PM »
 Get It Together
Jet City South - San Diego
28 April 2020
OFF-Camera


It was the fourth straight day that Coby Quik had beaten Kris down to the makeshift gym that he had built in what used to be a grocery store, then a bowling alley, and finally a laundromat beneath his apartment. It had been Kris’ idea for them to train with each other. The way that they pushed one another had paid off years ago when both of their careers were on the rise. They had been hoping to recreate the magic. However, since agreeing to meet first thing every morning, Kris had failed to actually show up. Coby had just pressed ahead without him until now. This morning was different though. Instead of starting his routine, Coby turned around and went back upstairs. Within moments he was beating on Kris’ bedroom door, no longer giving him space.

Coby: We got work to do! Let’s go!

There was an immediate rustling inside the room that gave Coby an odd sense of satisfaction. It sounded as if Kris was knocking over a variety of objects on his way to the door and his disheveled appearance told Coby that his friend had been fast asleep. Kris only opened the door far enough to fill the space with his face, but his eyes were only half open and stinging from the light in the hallway.

Kris: What time is it?

Coby pushed the door open, knocking Kris off balance from still being half asleep.

Coby: Time to get up and actually put some work into this thing you have dragged me into.

Coby moves across the darkened space as Kris tries to get his bearings. Before Kris even realizes what Coby is doing, he yanks back the curtain, letting light into the room and blinding Kris all over again.

Kris: That’s totally uncalled for...

Kris, now turning away and shielding his eyes, never sees Coby turn back to him. Despite being the smaller of the two, Coby sizes Kris up and easily sweeps his legs out from under him, planting The Miracle on his back in the middle of his own bedroom.

Coby: You know… I thought losing would wake you up.

Kris uses his arms to cover his face, trying to get rid of the stars floating in front of his eyes. Not long ago he was dead asleep, and this was not how he had intended to start the day. If Coby thought that this course of action was going to force Kris to be receptive, he was wrong.

Kris: I’m really not mentally prepared to be lectured, can we try to pencil it in for tomorrow?

Coby pulls the chair away from Kris desk and places the legs around his friend’s torso. He promptly sits down on it, pinning Kris to the ground beneath it. Once Kris moves his arms, he is face-to-face with Coby looking down at him.

Coby: What’s the difference between the two of us?

Kris still was not convinced to participate in the conversation in a productive manner.

Kris: I understand personal boundaries and you don’t….

Coby had been around long enough to know that Kris was not going to be helpful. After all, if he was going to give Kris that much credit, he would not have gone as far as to pin him to the ground beneath the chair. He had learned a long time ago that sometimes Kris just needed to hear things, whether he wanted to or not. The problem was not getting him to talk. The problem was always keeping him somewhere that he would be forced to listen.

Coby: I didn’t just sign a contract and expect smooth sailing. I checked out the roster of the place. I did a little scouting at the show beforehand. I gameplanned for my opponent. I busted my ass during the week to prep. I knew what to expect. I won.

Coby pauses just long enough to give Kris a chance to change his mind about listening to what he has to say. Unfortunately, Kris was not on the same page.

Kris: Yeah, you fought a guy your own size and walked out with a win. You should have. Whoever trained you was talented.

Despite being only one of the three different people to help him through his training at Jet City, Kris always found a way to try and take full credit for it. It was Kris’ gym now, at least on paper. Any success was his success. Any failures got blamed on his brother. Coby was smarter than to let it get him off track though.

Coby: The people that trained me made sure to let me know that I couldn’t just sit back and wait for good things to happen for me. I had to go out there and make it happen for myself. I had to be smarter than the people around me. I had to train harder than they did. I had to want it more. I had to prove them wrong about me. That’s what I learned. I damn sure didn’t learn to give up after a setback.

Coby finally saw a little bit of light arise in Kris’ eyes at the assumption that he was just going to give up.

Kris: I’m not givi---

Coby Quik-ly (puns) cuts him off, not even letting Kris get his defense started.

Coby: That sure is what it looks like. You can call it blowing off the gym, or wallowing in self pity, but it all amounts to the same thing. You lost, and now you lost interest. If I knew that you were going to quit this early on, I wouldn’t have even come down here.

Of course, that was not entirely true. Coby had used Kris as an excuse for getting back into the business. He was not about to let that get in the way of his guilting Kris into action though.

Coby: You know, for all your talk about all of us at Jet City meaning something to you, you have a terrible way of showing it through your actions.

It was not an accusation that Kris was willing to just lay back and take though.

Kris: I did everything that I could for you guys.

It sounded good to Kris, but he had unwittingly made Coby’s point for him.

Coby: Exactly! You talk about it like it is some kind of past tense thing. We are still here! We are still competing! It’s not a thing of the past. It’s not something that we used to do. You are out there as the biggest representative of all of us, and you’re blowing it.

Kris tries to shake off the responsibility of carrying their brand on his shoulders just as he always does.

Kris: Jason and Parker are th---

Coby cuts him off again though, having already heard that excuse too many times.

Coby: Those two might have been great at one point, but we both know that they are both done inside the ring. And yeah, Jay was a Triple Crown Champion. Sure, Parker was a Grand Slam like you. I mean, I have held championships of my own, and Courtney even won the Blast From The Past tournament that everyone gives Fenris the credit for. None of us are the face of Jet City though. You are.

Kris had never thought that a day would come where he was outside of his brother’s shadow. He had always been able to be the talented fuck-up that just barely skates by somehow. Jason had always been the driving force. For the first time, Kris was starting to notice that things had changed.

Kris: I don’t think I’m the guy for that particular job...

Maybe it was because Coby had gotten to him while he was half asleep, but it had been easier than expected to dig under Kris’ rigid exterior.

Coby: I don’t think you have a choice. Court has been out of action almost as long as you have been. I’m really just getting started again, and nobody in SCU really knows me yet. You are the one everyone is going to be looking at.

Coby could see in Kris’ eyes that he was running through how his actions reflected on Jet City as a whole, as if the weight of his disappointing return was not enough.

Kris: ...so when I look like shit, we all look like shit.

Coby nodded. He did not need to rub it in any further, although Kris definitely would have if their roles were reversed.

Coby: Now you see why I’m gonna need you to get your shit together, right? You’re making me look bad.

Kris nods, and taps his hands on the legs of the chair Coby was using to pin him down.

Kris: So you’re going to let me up now?

The smile on Coby's face turns down into a frown, and he shakes his head, much to Kris’ dismay.

Coby: Not unless you are ready to get up and get to work. Like, for real this time.

Instead of agreeing immediately, Kris grabs the legs of the chair and attempts to push them up off of the ground. Coby seems confident, but the chair starts to wobble. Instead of trying to overpower him physically, Coby simply reaches down and flicks Kris in the center of the forehead, causing him to laugh. The laughter makes it impossible for Kris to hold his grip, and he gives up.

Kris: Who flicks someone in the forehead? I’m pretty sure you’re some kind of terrorist.

Coby shakes his head.

Coby: Not me. I learned that one from your brother.

It actually made sense to Kris that it would be advice that Jason gave. There were countless times where their disagreements had turned physical and ended a lot like this.

Kris: He give you the chair thing too?

Coby nods with the smile back on his face.

Coby: He said you would need someone like me to keep you in line if you were going to make it.

Just like that, Coby’s words cut through years of fog in Kris’ memory. There was a reason why all of this had seemed so familiar. A conversation that he had with his brother came to mind, and Kris had to fight hard to keep the feelings that it stirred off of his face. Now was not the time to dig into that. The point was that Jason was right back then, just as Coby was now. He had been going about everything the wrong way. It was time to fix that.

Kris: Then let me up and let’s get to work.

==========================================================



The Climb
30 April 2020
ON-Camera


”Let’s start off with the stupid questions.”

The camera feed opens looking down on Kris Ryans. The natural light of the area shows that they have to be outside, but the ground appears to be nearly twenty feet beneath them.

Confused? I’m talking about the stupid shit that all of the backstage interviewers are going to be buzzing about. The questions that don’t deserve answers.

The camera pans back a little to show that Kris’ hands are locked into small knobs on the wall. His legs are spread apart, with each of his feet on different levels of posts in the wall.

Things like, was my return a setback for me? Do I regret making the decision to come back? Have I lost a step or... nine? What does the future hold? Am I just going to take my ball and go home?

Fans appear to be looking down from the top of the rock wall Kris attempts to climb up, but the former champion appears to have reached one of the more difficult spots. His eyes search for a path up as he speaks.

The last thing that I want is anyone to be running to ask me something like this when I step into the GO Gym for my next match. I don’t want my return to be the focus of the night. So we are going to clear some shit up right now, and then we’re all going to move past it.

Just as he finishes his thought, he uses all of the strength he can muster to leap up off of the posts on the wall to get to a grip spot that had been just out of reach. Kris dangles there for a second, searching for a foothold without being able to really look down.

I was overconfident.

His left foot finds a divot in the wall to step into, while his right finds one of the grip knobs to stand on top of. He reaches out for a higher spot with his free hand and nearly loses his balance.

I was sloppy.

Instead of looking up, Kris looks down to his footing, finding a place to move up, allowing him to easily reach the spot that he had missed before.

I underestimated my opponent, and also how easy it was going to be to just slide back into competition after being away for so long.

He appears to be two-thirds of the way up the wall, with the camera panning back to show a giant inflated mat beneath him should he actually fall during his ascent.

I was wrong, and it cost me the first impression of my return. That’s something that I am going to have to live with. It’s not something that is going to get me off track though. I’m not going to let falling short cause me to rethink the fact that I want to be out in the ring. I have already had to give up a lot just to be back in SCW. I want this. That has not, and will not, change.

As he speaks Kris is moving more and more confidently up the wall, not letting his near miss moments ago get into his head.

A stumble is not a defeat. I’m not going to try and take anything away from Bill Barnhart. The guy beat me. He deserves the opportunity that he has been given after pulling out what everyone has been calling an upset. I walked in expecting to win, and everyone was putting their money on me. That bit me in the ass.

He comes to another spot where there is nothing within reach. Instead of continuing straight up though, he moves horizontally a few notches. He continues to speak, though not really focused on the camera recording him.

I’m actually kind of grateful for it though. I could have lost to a much more annoying person. The opportunity at the Internet Championship could have gone to someone less deserving. I could have continued thinking that there was nothing wrong with the way I was approaching coming back. Winning that match would have had consequences down the line. Maybe it would have cost me a lot more than just a first impression.

Viewers can tell that the climb is starting to wear on him a little. Sweat starts to bead down his forehead and into his eyes when he looks up to try to find a way up.

It’s good to get the failure out of the way early, but it’s not something that has ever actually happened since my first match here. I lost my actual debut in Sin City, only to come back better, and more focused on creating the career that I have had here.

The Miracle does not stop moving in order to reminisce about the past, even working his way back towards the camera as he climbs.

On the other hand, the times that I have come out feeling bulletproof, I have lost focus in some big spots. When I went on the streak to win the Internet Championship, the inevitable downfall handed me my worst losing streak to date. I ended up hurt and in rehab not long after. I came back with my brother but Jet City dropped the tag titles in embarrassing fashion after being dominant for months. I let Crimson derail my entire career not once, but twice after that. Both times I ended up seriously injured and had to take time away. All because I couldn’t get out of my own way. I felt like nothing could stop me.

He is back to being directly beneath the camera now, just feet below reaching the top of the wall.

So, I’m kind of glad that Bill Barnhart stopped the trend from starting again this time around. Sure, losing sucks, and I am bad at admitting when someone had my number, but I’m not going to dwell on that. I’m not going to fixate, or kind someone else to blame for it. There is no explaining it away. I just have to own it, and move on.

The top lip of the wall appears to give the former champion some trouble. His arms look like they want to give out, but he refuses to give up when he is this close to the top. Kris places his hand on the top of the wall, and then swings to get his leg up as well. From there, he rolls, laying at the feet of the cameraman. He seems pleased with himself.

Losing was a wake up call, and it happened at the perfect time. Luckily, I have some people around to knock some sense into me, and get me to start pushing myself back to where I need to be. I didn’t become a Grand Slam Champion by sitting back and relying on tricks and minimal effort. I wanted to come out and prove everyone wrong about me. I had to put in the work. That hasn’t changed.

Kris slaps the top of the wall and pushes himself up to his feet. He takes a deep breath before looking down to the ground below. He gives a shrug to the camera and a confident smirk.

I know that I’m playing catch up now, but at least I’m not afraid of the climb back to the top…. Or a fall all the way back to the bottom to start over….

Kris holds his arms out to his side and falls backwards off of the top of the wall. The cameraman rushes forward and the camera catches most of Kris’ fall down to the giant inflatable below. He bounces upon impact, rolling backwards and landing on his feet on some of the mats below as the camera fades to black.


==========================================================


Jet City Calling
Jet City South - San Diego
8 May 2020
OFF-Camera


What a difference eleven days had made. Following his loss to Bill Barnhart, Kris had been blowing off showing up to training. He had not been preparing mentally for Finn Whelan. He had been dragging his heels about putting in the work required to make a successful comeback. However, Coby had finally gotten things turned around. Not only had Kris put the failure of his return behind him, but he was actively taking part in preparing for the next challenge. At the beginning Coby was able to brag about how Kris could not keep up with him, but after the Grand Slam Champion started to shake off some of the rust and get a lot of his timing back, Coby found himself struggling to gameplan for Kris inside the ring.

As Kris’ confidence came back, so did his ability to improvise unique ways to get himself out of trouble. With Coby as a stand in for Finn, Kris had the perfect training dummy. All three men were similarly built. All three of them employed similar styles inside the ring. For maybe the first time in his career, Kris was actually focused and looking ahead, instead of flying by the seat of his pants. It was a good change. One that Coby hoped would stick. After all, the sharper Kris got, the more Coby could use Kris to push himself. That was the only way that Coby was going to be able to keep up in SCU.

This was their last day to really push themselves ahead of the show, not wanting to go too hard in the days leading up to the actual fight. The two men had already packed everything up, and were supposed to be closing down for the day when Coby made his way back into the gym. Instead of finding Kris ready to head out, the only thing that he could hear was the same sequence of sounds echoing through the otherwise quiet space.

*THWACK* *THWACK* *THUD*

The same three sounds repeat yet again, while Coby searches for the source. He gets closer to it as it cycles a third time. Before the fourth though, he finally finds Kris. The former champion is standing in the center of the ring they had built, staring at one of the corners. In it, he has a heavy bag set up. Coby had seen Kris working on something like this before he had taken time away, but Kris had never quite gotten it right. The fact that he was back at it told Coby all he needed to know about where Kris’ level of confidence was at. Kris sprints towards the bag, getting airborne just a few steps before he reaches the corner. He drives his forearm down into the top part of the bag.

*THWACK*

Kris lands on his feet in front of the bag but in rapid succession, he follows with a knee to his would-be opponent’s rib area.

*THWACK*

Kris leaps to his left and plants his foot cleanly on the middle rope. However, instead of attempting the roundhouse kick that Coby had seen finish off the combination before, Kris hooks his legs around the bag and falls backwards to the mat, flipping it out of the corner and down to the center of the ring.
*THUD*

Kris smacks the mat and rocks back on his shoulders. He kicks his legs, and rolls forward, kipping back up to his feet. He was winded, but there was a smile on his face when he saw the positioning of the bag on the mat. Kris lets out a heavy sigh, and falls back to be sitting on the middle turnbuckle in the corner of the ring. Coby finally lets his presence be known, clapping a few times to acknowledge Kris’ accomplishment.


Kris: Oh, shut up! I couldn’t get the kind of distance that I wanted all week. I think I finally got it down.

Coby holds up his hands to make himself appear innocent of trying to mock Kris.

Coby: I remember when you first started working on that and needed Jason’s help to get the timing right. I’m thinking you might finally be onto something.

Kris shrugs his shoulders, and points out to where the bag lays in the center of the ring.

Kris: I need something to create some space, and it feels like people in SCW have just been getting bigger since the last time I was around. It wasn’t so much of a size disadvantage. I could just kind of wing it…. Now though...

Coby does not have any trouble finding the words that Kris was missing.

Coby: ...now people like Bill Barnhart are just going to hold you to the ground and make you tap out every time you step into the ring.

Kris looks up annoyed, but Coby is long past being afraid of his scowl.

Kris: Not exactly, but yeah. The same old tricks aren’t going to keep working. I need to keep people away from me so that I can keep myself off of the ground. Luckily, I don’t think it’s going to be a problem this time around though.

Coby takes two running steps and leaps up to the apron of the ring. The two of them had built it themselves, but it was well enough done to pass for the real thing. He ducks in between the middle and top ropes and makes his way to the center of the ring across from Kris.

Coby: Alright, so forget about that for a minute. What are you going to need to work on for this week, huh? Let’s see what you got...

Kris laughs, and points at Coby before pushing himself up off of the turnbuckle. He takes a few steps closer to the center of the ring but not within striking distance of his friend.

Kris: You standing in for Finn? You know enough about how he moves?

Coby just nods, and makes the first move towards Kris. Coby catches him with a running knee to the midsection, but Kris is able to backpedal away from most of the contact.

Coby: You were ready for that knee at least.

Coby goes for a straight kick to the center of Kris’ chest, but the Grand Slam Champion catches it and pushes him back. Kris charges out of the corner and leaps to attempt a running wheel kick, but Coby has it scouted and slips under it. As Kris gets back to his feet Coby attempts an enziguri that narrowly misses catching Kris face. Coby continues to be the aggressor, closing the distance between Kris and himself with a spinning back elbow that actually lands. Kris continues to backpedal and finds himself with his back against the corner. Coby closes in, looking to send a chop across Kris’ chest.

Kris: Not fast enough….

Kris rolls forward, ducking under the chop but planting his heels firmly into the mat. He leaps backwards, and would have leveled Coby with a pele kick if Jet City’s Quikest had not managed to get his hands up in front of his face first. Instead Coby falls back against the same corner he had backed Kris up into just moments before.

Coby: You’re the one moving so slow...

Coby charges out of the corner, having scouted Finn with Kris and knowing what he would do with this opening. Coby tries to hook an arm around Kris’ neck and attempts the sit-out sleeper slam that Finn had used to lay out opponents, but Kris is able to counter by hooking his arm around Coby’s neck and dropping himself backwards into a neckbreaker. Coby immediately grabs at the back of his head as the two lay in the center of the ring.

Kris: Yeah, but I was ready for that. If I keep trying to create space he is destined to attempt that Fenian Rising thing to turn the tides. It was the one thing he will go to if I am winning, which I intend to be. Tough break that you would think I didn’t know that.

Coby lets his arms fall back to the mat and he actually lets out an amused chuckle.

Coby: I really thought I had you for a second.

Kris shakes his head, allowing himself a moment to gloat.

Kris: That’s just what I wanted you to think. Sometimes you have to sucker people in to create yourself an opportunity.

Coby shrugs his shoulders, having no problem admitting defeat.

Coby: I just would have hit you in the side of the head with a running knee and called it a day. This guy is a little like you. There is definitely a passion for adding some flare. You know, style points.

Kris was not just going to let that kind of insult to his style stand though.

Kris: There is nothing flashy about just booting someone in the face to end a match-up and I’ve been doing that for forever.

Coby again has the perfect amount of experience dealing with Kris to be able to explain away his answer effortlessly though.

Coby: Yeah but before that it was that flipping leg drop so that you could cheat and hit people with that bulky brace. I think that is about as close to the line as you can get without breaking rules.

Not having any shame, Kris does not even try to deny it.

Kris: First of all, still going to be doing that. It’s awesome. I enjoy being in the air. Plus, you gotta take what you can get. I have cleaned up a lot of my tricks, but there is no need to color all the way inside the lines at all times.

Coby sits up on the mat and starts to push himself back to his feet.

Coby: That’s where we are going to have to agree to disagree.

Kris rolls to his side and pushes himself up off of the mat. He knew that Coby saw the rules as rigid and never meant to be broken, but Kris had not always had the relationship with them that he does now. He used to think that rules were meant to be broken, and to get away with it meant you were skilled. More recently though, he has strayed from breaking them but was never afraid to test their pliability.

Kris: I’m not going to be hitting people with brass knuckles or sneaking low blows when the referees are not looking, but I am not above trying to gain an edge.

Coby gestures around the room that they are standing in, the smile gone from his face.

Coby: What do you call all this? You think everyone has the time, money, or ability to set up their own personal gym like this? You think everyone can just create their own environment to train in? This right here is your leg up on the competition, and you still don’t quite get that, do you?

Kris takes a second to look around at what they had built in the very short time that they had been in San Diego.

Kris: They have their GO Gym, and Staggs whatever…. People can train anywhere.

Coby uses Kris point against him instead of trying to deflect away from it.

Coby: ...and when you look at the people that Staggs has trained, or the ones that come out of the GO Gym, look at how successful they are in SCW. Look at how they have come in and dominated. For that matter, look at everything that the Jet City people have been able to accomplish under the radar there. People that have this kind of set up, and can prepare like we can already have every advantage that they need.

It was not an angle that Kris had ever looked at it from. Coby was not done trying to shake Kris out of his old line of thinking though.

Coby: You went into your last match flippant, and relying on your shortcuts and little tricks to win. It didn’t work out. It hasn’t ever worked out. For every single one of your successes there is an equal failure that could have been avoided. How many times have you gotten hurt? How many times have you gotten pushed out of your comfort zone and it cost you a match? This….

Coby again points around the room at the equipment that they are surrounded by.

Coby: ...this is the key to winning. What we have been doing for the last two weeks is how you are going to take your spot back in SCW. If you want to get back to winning, this is the way. Not bending the rules. Not trying to cheat under the radar. And definitely not….

Coby cuts himself off before he goes too far. Although, the way that he stops manages to grab Kris’ attention almost more than any of the words that actually made it out of his mouth.

Kris: What were you going to say? Definitely not…. what?

Coby takes a step back from his friend, knowing that Kris is not ready to hear what he had stopped short of letting slip out. They were getting there, but now was not the time.

Coby: How about this, you go win that match, and maybe I can impart some more wisdom. I don’t give free tips to people that can’t handle themselves inside the ring.

Kris knew that Coby was mostly joking, but was willing to play along for the time being.

Kris: So that’s how it is?

Coby nods as he makes his way out onto the apron of the ring. He does not look back at his friend as he hops down to the floor.

Coby: That’s what’s up!

Kris picks up a towel from near the center of the ring and tosses it in Coby's direction. It catches the ceiling and falls short of reaching the Underground star.

Kris: We agreed on no catchphrases!

Coby puts his hands up in the air as he makes his way back towards the exit. He yells back at Kris without breaking his stride.

Coby: Sometimes it needs to be said!

Without waiting for Kris to call anything back to him, Coby makes his way out of the back entrance of the building, leaving Kris to finish cleaning up and locking up on his own.

==========================================================



Known Unknowns
San Diego, CA
6 May 2020
ON-Camera


It is supposed to be hard to step into the ring against someone that is new to the company.

Kris sits in the middle of the ring inside a dimly lit room. The camera seems to hover in front of him, but he is not looking at it. Instead, he sits back a little in the chair and lets out a heavy sigh.

I mean I admit it. When I saw the card go up, I may have been more nervous than I thought I would be. I mean had it been someone like Dmitri, Caleb Storms, Ben Jordan, or even Fenris I would have been more in my comfort zone. These are people with history here. They are people that I have shared the backstage area with. They are known quantities. Regardless of their level of talent, I know what to expect. There is a safety net there.

Clearly Kris is still not quite over coming up short in his return to the company.

Bill Barnhart was not one of those known quantities, and look how that ended up going for me. I wouldn’t necessarily call it my finest moment.

He tries to shrug the memory away, but some of the negativity still shows on his face. He does what he can to attempt to move past it.

I know that Finn Whelan is going to want to capitalize on the fact that I lost my last time out. I know that he has to be thinking that this is the jackpot spot to be in. He is only two matches into his SCW career and he gets to take on one of the best that has ever been in Sin City’s six sided ring.

He has said the words dozens of times before, but this time they do not sound the same. It is possible that his most recent loss had shaken the Grand Slam Champion’s confidence.

I know that my last match may not have been all that impressive, but there is no denying my place in SCW history. I guess I am a Triple Crown Champion according to the people running the show around here, but it’s actually a Grand Slam. I was man of the year just two years ago. Finn Whelan could have found himself in the ring across from someone that has yet to do anything impressive. He could have been in a match where he would have been the heavy favorite to win. Instead, he finds himself against “The Miracle” Kristopher Ryans.

He pauses, and allows himself to think about what this match could have been.

On another show, at another time, that’s a match worthy of a main event.

Both men had risen to the top of their profession, and both in some of the most violent ways. Had they entered Sin City Wrestling at the same time, the Roulette Division may not have survived. Kris tries not to let his mind linger on what could have been though.

I know that I haven’t earned that spot back yet, and I know that Finn is not there in SCW yet either, but nobody could argue the appeal.

Kris sits forward in his chair. The cadence of his voice starts to speed up as he gets more excited about the possibilities of this match.

I mean this guy is an unknown as far as Sin City goes, but that doesn’t make him an actual unknown. It doesn’t mean that he is unproven. He may be new around this locker room, but that doesn’t mean people don’t already know his name. How could I be part of Jet City without being familiar with The Seattle Saint?

Kris had taken pride in familiarizing himself with the talentpool in Seattle. It was how his brother had recruited for PRIDE both times the company was open. It was how they scouted talent for the Jet City Sports Lab. This card was hardly the first time he had come across Finn Whelan’s name.

To go even further, how could I, Kristopher Ryans, not know of Finn Whelan? If you don’t count the wonderfully different childhoods that we had, looking at Finn is a lot like looking in the mirror.

Kris pushes himself up from the chair and starts to move towards the camera. He holds his hands up though, pleading innocence before the viewers can accuse him of anything stereotypical.

This isn’t one of those villain ‘we are a lot alike’ speeches either. This is just me making an observation. I know that the guy might be relatively new around here, and he wasn’t exactly talking everyone’s ear off in his debut, but the more you learn about him the more it makes sense.

Kris runs his hand through his hair, trying to wade through how best to phrase his words.

The guy bounced around early in his career with Elena Dedraca and got into some trouble here and there not unlike myself and my brother when we teamed as Jet City. I’m not saying the two things are exactly equivalent, but the more I think about it, the more things like that just started to line up.

He shrugs his shoulders, but quickly finds another example.

The guy had some problems to deal with outside the ring. The kind of problems that plagued my early career and got me sent home from shows more than a handful of times. He picked fights with people just for something to do, because he didn’t really care about much else.

The smile that crosses Kris’ face almost makes it seem like he is talking about himself. It was starting to become clear why he had been so excited for this opportunity.

So then he trained. He got a leg up by being shown the ropes by people that had already climbed to the very top of this business. He always seemed to be the underdog, no matter what the situation. If anyone can relate to that it’s me. I started off as a Nobody and had to fight tooth and nail to become a Somebody. Every time I took a step forward everyone was just expecting a backslide. There was a point where I thought no amount of success was going to change the way that people thought of me. I’m glad that I was wrong.

Kris had only just started to accept that he had moved out of his brother’s shadow, and the weight that was lifted off of his shoulders was clear on screen. He seemed more free now than he had in his previous stints with the company.

I remember back when I was actually holding the SCW World Heavyweight Championship, Finn’s name just kept popping up in the finals of tournament after tournament. It seemed like everyone was always counting on him to lose, but the dude was always there at the end. It always seemed like the biggest prizes were always just out of reach for him though. I remember there was a company that closed on him once before a title match. That has to be a tough break.

He shakes his head, and does his best not to try and sound insulting. Instead of dwelling on the bad, Kris shifts gears, just as he starts to pace along the ropes.

Luck changed for him, not unlike it did for me. He went from a guy that was always just a little bit short to the guy sitting on top of the mountain. When I was tearing apart SCW fighting Crimson, Finn was dominating another company in a way that very few people can say that they have.

Kris almost sounded impressed, which was not something that his opponents could typically say of him.

Finn seems like the type of guy that is fueled by proving people wrong. I may be reading into it too much, but I think he is just a guy trying to make his impact on this business. He’s the type that wants people to remember him alongside some of the best to ever do it. Competing in the middle of a ring is the thing that he is best at, and he wants to show that off. I can’t say that I blame him.

After all, Kris shares the exact same type of personality. He stops at one of the corners of the ring and the camera stops with him, hovering just in front of him. Kris seems to be trying to pull out anything else that he could remember but nothing comes to mind. He shifts gears away from it as not to get stuck in a loop.

I honestly can’t say that I’ve kept up with what he’s been up to in my time away. I know that there was a time that we overlapped when I ventured outside the confines of Sin City to a ring with only four corners. I don’t think we ever actually got to cross paths though. He was just a guy on social media that I had a feeling was going to end up making people look silly when he finally rose to the top.

The smile on Kris’ face starts to fade though.

...and it looks like that time is now. It looks like the person that he is going to attempt to make a fool of, is me.

He raises his hand up to his chest, and does his best to convey his over-the-top hurt feelings to the viewers.

The problem is, regardless of how little he says in his promos, and regardless of how short and sweet he makes his appearances, he is not an unknown to me. He does not have the Bill Barnhart advantage of being someone that has flown under my radar. He had put together one hell of a career, and it has been entertaining to follow. The problem for him, is that I have followed. The crowd of people that told him that he could never amount to anything: I wasn’t in it.

He shrugs his shoulders, and the smile starts to come back to his face.

Now Finn Whelan is going to attempt to come into my environment and try to steal away a win from me? That’s not going to happen. Last time around I was hoping that I wasn’t going to have to leave my comfort zone. This time around I am better prepared, sharper, and more ready than I have ever been. It is just an added bonus that I am just as familiar with Finn as I am with people that have been on this roster for years. I told people when I came back that I was going to be taking back the spot that was taken away from me. I was going to refresh people’s memory when it came to the things that I did here. I was the nobody that proved everyone wrong. I was everything that Finn Whelan has tried to be for his entire career. This matchup couldn’t have come at a better time, because Finn helped me realize something that I almost forgot. Luckily, Coby was here to beat it into me before Finn got the chance.

Kris looks directly into the camera, not thinking about all of the fans watching at home anymore. The part of the show that was for them is already over. He drops the jovial tone and becomes more blunt.

So Finn, now that it’s clear that I know you, maybe I should introduce myself in case this is your first time. I’m Kristopher Ryans. I know you. I hope, for your sake, that you learn a little something about me. You're going to need to, because I just remembered that I’m the miracle that everyone's been waiting for. I’m the one that proves the naysayers wrong. I'm the resident underdog that always manages to come out on top eventually. And I'm going to be the person to hand you the first loss of your SCW career.

He laughs, and the confident smile returns to his face.

Someone go ahead and call Finn Whelan an ambulance… There’s gonna be an accident!

With that the video fades to black.




15
Climax Control Archives / The Return
« on: April 24, 2020, 11:59:52 PM »
 The knock at the door was not what Kris was expecting to hear. He had quarantined himself following being at Blaze of Glory, but not at the hotel that everyone seemed to be stuck at. It didn’t make sense to him to be staying around so many insane personalities when he could be just as alone at home just hours away. His family and friends were all stuck in Seattle and everyone in San Diego was supposed to be staying at home. It was actually beneficial for him, because it meant that people could not talk him out of his plan to return to the ring, especially at a time like this. Or at least, he had thought as much until he was interrupted first thing in the morning by the increasingly urgent sounding knocks on the door.

Kristopher Ryans: I’m coming! Calm down!

He yelled out as he pulled a shirt over his head. He was still half the length of the hallway from the front door, but he knew whoever was on the other side could hear him. Kris assumed shouting would cut off the pounding on the door, but he was wrong. It only made it worse. That could only mean one thing, and as Kris unlocked and pulled open the door, he knew that it would be someone from his inner circle. He had already prepared to really lay into whoever it was on the other side, but as the door started to swing open his uninvited guest beat him to the punch.

Coby Quik: Well it’s about damn time!

Coby Quik, one of the first students to ever come through the Jet City Sports Lab stood in the doorway in front of Kris. His voice had been loud and hostile for the sole purpose of deflating Kris before he could get on a run. It was something Coby had picked up from Kris throughout training. It was easy to get under people’s skin, but it took calculated effort to then deescalate the situation at the drop of a dime. The wide smile that spread across Coby’s face did that immediately though. Kris could not stay angry in the moment, and instead stepping out of his protege’s way so that he could enter the apartment.

Kristopher Ryans: I was wondering who they were going to send to try and talk me out of it...

Kris knew that the rest of Jet City was not just going to let him sign with SCW without at least trying to lure him back home. Both of the women of his house were whole-heartedly against his return. That was actually what had landed him in San Diego in the first place. Both of the Sweete twins made their appeal to him as he had been leaving, telling him he had a business at home to run. Chelsea Payne, who Kris had half-expected to be the one at the door, had called him almost daily to remind him of her injury at Summer XXXtreme years before in an attempt to scare him back home. He should have guessed that she would give up and send her husband to do her dirty work for her. Coby was always the one that got along with Kris the best. It made sense.

Coby Quik: Ohhhh no…. not at all. I watched Blaze of Glory.

As Coby steps through the doorway and into the apartment he pulls the strap of his bag from over his head but struggles and has to use most of his strength to toss it Kris’ direction. He was not expecting it, and has a hard time with it due to its size alone. Kris is forced to take a step back due to the force of it, and manages to wrangle it with both arms, stopping its momentum. Coby reaches down to roll the two suitcases in behind him, and rolls them to the side of the door. Kris crosses the room to put the duffle bag down on a table, eyeing the rest of Coby’s luggage as he does.

Kristopher Ryans: If you are not here to talk me out of going back, why are you here? And what is all of this shit?

Coby does not hesitate or attempt to hide his true intentions, offering the information willingly.

Coby Quik: You’re going back. I’m not dumb enough to try and change your mind. I am interested enough to come with you though.

It seemed like every time that Kris thought he knew what was going on, the rug was being ripped out from under his feet. This had to be some kind of trick. Nobody wanted to let Kris leave, and had actively campaigned against it. Why would they have turned around and let Coby run off when he had a wife and baby to take care of.

Kristopher Ryans: You’re coming to SCW?

Coby nods, but almost immediately tries to walk back the confirmation.

Coby Quik: Well kinda…. Yes I am going with you to SCW, but that is just to see if I can get my foot in the door of SCU. You’re going back. I am tired of sitting at home. It seemed like a win-win. They like you there. You can pitch them hiring me… or just get Mikah to put my name on a contract and get it in front of the right people. That seemed to work.

Kris knew that letting Mikah handle getting his contract for him would come back to bite him in the ass. It was bad enough that he had resorted to asking her for help, let alone that she did it at Blaze of Glory where everyone watching could clearly see what was transpiring.

Kristopher Ryans: First, Mikah is Mark’s assistant. Not sure he has anything to do with SCU. Second, Chelsea and the rest of the family is okay with all of this?

The question draws a laugh out of Coby that makes Kris feel stupid for even asking. Coby shakes his head, as he tries to compose himself.

Coby Quik: Nah, not at all. You are basically Jet City Public Enemy Numero Uno. Everyone but your brother thinks you are an idiot.

It made sense that only Jason was supportive. Kris’ half brother was the one that had showed him the messages from people in SCW discussing his comeback. Jason had been the one that pushed Kris to get back into society. If anything, everyone should be mad at him instead of Kris, but that was not a new problem. Everyone did, in fact, hate Kris. Always. No exceptions.

Kristopher Ryans: ....well and you. If you thought I was an idiot, you wouldn’t be here.

Just as he felt like he was starting to get his bearings, Coby turns on him.

Coby Quik: No, you’re definitely an idiot. Always have been. Every time you come back to this life you get yourself maimed and end up on the shelf for months at a time. You should stay retired. You have kids. You’re kind of getting old too.

Kris was with him right up until the end. He was not going to just let the age comment slide though.

Kristopher Ryans: I’m not too old to beat you.

The condescending half-smile on Coby’s face showed Kris just how much the kid’s ego had grown over the last couple of years.

Coby Quik: Not on your fastest day, and that ain’t today.

Kris lets out an over-the-top gasp, and tries to take his offense to a comedic level to throw a veil over the fact that the dig actually got under his skin a little.

Kristopher Ryans: That’s harsh.

Coby shrugs his shoulders, unafraid to say the tough things when they need to be said.

Coby Quik: Nah, that’s what’s up.

Kris was starting to realize that this must be what it is like for others to try and have a conversation with him. After almost four years, Coby was just as good at poking at Kris as Kris was at doing it to others. Instead of continuing down that path, Kris tries to steer the conversation back to something productive.

Kristopher Ryans: So how did you manage to get away?

Coby smiles. It was mildly satisfying to have beaten Kris at his own game. He makes his way across the room, not immediately answering the question, and plops down on the couch. He looks around the apartment for a few moments.

Coby Quik: This place is not s--

Kris was done with the sidetracking though.

Kristopher Ryans: Coby!

It was enough to wipe the smile off of Coby’s face and get him to take the conversation more seriously.

Coby Quik: Alright, so after you left, Heather and Kali got everyone together to try and come up with a way to talk you out of it.

Kris had already heard about this through the daily rants that Chelsea subjected him to. However, it had been more than six weeks since Kris made his way to San Diego. It didn’t explain why Coby was sitting on his couch today, and Kris did not have the patience for the slow walk to the point.

Kristopher Ryans: Yeah. I’ve talked to your wife. Nobody cared enough to want to come stop me. Everyone decided to just be angry. They all have kids now. I am an adult and can make my own decisions. Even if I am a selfish asshole for doing so. They should have expected it by now.

He tried his best to try and speed through Coby’s story because he had things to do, and every minute he was pointlessly stuck here was time wasted.

Coby Quik: ...but Chelsea’s daily guilt trip was not working, so we watched Blaze of Glory to see if you were going to pop up. She saw Mikah with that contract and knew it was yours, so she came up with a new plan. She told me to come back here and to change your mind, even if it took a little while to do.

It was all starting to make a little more sense now. Regaining some of his confidence, Kris tries his hand at filling in some of the blanks.

Kristopher Ryans: ...and you decided to use that as an excuse to sign your own contract and hang around?

Coby nodded, leaning back against the couch and making himself comfortable.

Coby Quik: Like I said, I am not dumb enough to think that I can change your mind. I also don’t intend to spend all my time doing nothing. I was already thinking about making a return when the time made sense. Looks like I have some extra time on my hands now.

It seemed awfully hypocritical for Coby to have shamed Kris for his past injuries, and also be seriously thinking about trying to make a return of his own.

Kristopher Ryans: Correct me if I am wrong, didn’t you get the whole side of your face broken last time you were in the ring?

Coby winces. Coby reaches up to his cheek and runs his fingers along the scars that were still slightly visible in spite of his doctor’s best efforts to eliminate them. He corrects his friend though.

Coby Quik: That wasn’t the last time, but yeah. I’ve seen my share of injuries. That’s why, personally, I know you will be fine no matter what. I also know that it has to be pretty important to you even though you won’t admit it. You are giving up home life for this. Not everyone is going to understand that is a real sacrifice for you.

It was true. Of course, most people would hate being away from their family for any extended period of time. For Kris though, time on his own usually meant a slip back into old habits, and old habits usually meant a spot back in rehab and a whole lot of damage done to himself and others.

Kristopher Ryans: Well now that you’re here there is no need for them to worry anymore.

Coby appears to agree with him, but knows that their window of opportunity is not going to last forever.

Coby Quik: I mean, not until Jason and the Sweete’s figure out that all of the older Jet City Sports Lab equipment from storage is gone….

It was Kris’ turn to have a wide smile spread across his face. He had been certain that there was no way that anyone would even go to check during the lockdown. Kris was not going to just tip his hand though if Coby had not put it all together yet.

Kristopher Ryans: I have no idea what you’re talking about….

Coby took a page out of Kris’ book with a over-dramatic fake gasp, and look of offense on his face.

Coby Quik: I can’t believe you would lie to my face like that!

Little did Kris know, Coby had already been through the bottom floor of the building. Before he had ever brought his bags up the stairs, or started to beat on the door, he had made his way into what used to be the laundromat downstairs. Jason had bought it years ago, but this was the first time that Coby had not seen it open and filled with people. The windows had been covered, and all of the signwork was gone. It was enough to interest Coby enough to pop open the storage window and find Kris’ secret.

Coby Quik: Are you going to try and open it back up, or is it just for you…? Well… us now.

Beneath their feet, Coby had found the laundromat had been converted in the time that Kris had spent in exile. The space was smaller than the old building in Seattle, but Kris had arranged everything to make proper use of the space. It had not taken Coby long to realize it either. Kris had arranged everything exactly the same as it had been. The Jet City Sports Lab was ready and waiting for them. Kris has to admit defeat. Coby had come prepared.

Kristopher Ryans: There’s no getting rid of you, is there?

Coby shakes his head.

Coby Quik: Not even at all. You can blame it on the stubbornness I learned from you.

It was not the solitude that he thought he would have, but Kris could not really complain about having someone around to make sure that he was physically ready to get back into the ring and was capable of pushing him harder to do so. It was like Coby said, a win-win, but they were wasting time.

Kristopher Ryans: Let’s go then, kid. See that speed you were bragging about?

Coby sits back up, surprised that Kris was that willing to let him stay. He had expected more resistance, or at least a little bit of time to get himself together before they got started.

Coby Quik: What? Now?

Kris was already on his way out the door though, not waiting for Coby to attempt to argue with him.

Kristopher Ryans: I have a match to get ready for, rookie!

It had been a long time since Coby had heard that particular jab. It was a good feeling though. Like things were getting back to normal. He gets up and races across the room, following Kris down to the lab.



============================
People are wondering why I am back...

The feed opens on Kris in his signature red hoodie, walking along the same back alleyway behind his apartments that he had in his early SCW days.

I mean after all, I have already done everything in this company. I have held the SCW World Heavyweight Championship, and defended it against Crimson in one of the most violent main events that this company ever saw. I still carry the scars from it...

He points to his still not normal looking ear. Crimson had taken a piece of it in their battles, and he had never gotten it fixed as a way of remembering how off the rails things could get.

I broke records with the Roulette Championship that people thought were never going to be touched. I came back from being a punchline. I atoned for the mistakes of my early career. I rose from the ashes and became a person that was synonymous with the face of this company.

His meteoric rise the last time around was a clear source of pride for the former champion, more so than his endeavors into other companies.

Of course, the early parts were not without successes of their own. The Internet Championship took too long to win, and I didn’t hold onto it nearly as long as I wanted, but that kind of shit happens. You can’t win them all. Even if you help put together a team like The Nobodies, you just put a target on your back that leads everyone down a path to ruin you.

Kris leaves out the fact that he was the very reason for his own undoing early in his career. It did not fit his narrative to blame himself, and was besides the point. Everyone knew about his struggles. That was not what this was about.

...but you can’t really ever get things done around here without some people in your corner. I was the one that pushed for the mixed tag division to be a thing after Mikah and I were so dominant in our respective divisions. The Black Sheep were running the show here last time that I was around, and we were in contention for every single championship the company had at one point.

He kicks at a bottle on the ground in front of him and sends it flying down the alley and out of the view of the camera. He appears to be enjoying himself listing off his accomplishments. After all, he was his favorite subject to discuss.

...and all of that without even talking about how Jet City showed up on the scene and saved tag team wrestling in this company at a time when nobody even wanted to stand up and challenge for the titles.

I have fought wars throughout every arena that this company has been to. I have headlined international tours for Sin City. I have held every single championship, and some more than once. I set records. My birthday bashes and the madness that Jet City caused in the back created the kind of buzz that the owners only ever dreamed of. Kris was SCW, and SCW was Kris.

So why come back? Why now? It has been almost two years, and there is nothing that I could do now that I haven’t already done. This should be my time to ride off into the sunset and celebrate a job well done. I should be enjoying retirement while the people in this company throw around my name as one of the best to ever walk down the ramp. I should be mentioned alongside people like J2H, Sean Jackson, and Drake Green.

That is not the way that SCW remembers me though. Not at all. Not even close.

I am a Grand Slam Champion in this company, and even my return bills me as a Triple Crown. People make lists and debate the best of the best and my name is not even an honorable mention. How many other Grand Slam Champions in this company have someone found themselves on the outside of the Hall of Fame? How many of them show up as a surprise and get blown off by people that haven’t even started to rise to my level?

Alicia Lukas hadn’t even gotten started in this company when I left. Yet somehow, her career here, and her return to the fold has garnered so much more attention than me, someone who has done it all and stood in the ring with most of the greats that this company ever had the opportunity to sign. She gets the red carpet rolled out for her, a main event, and a date with a Hall of Famer for her return. What do I get? Ignored by a guy that I helped bring to Sin City, and a match with a guy that got smashed by Senor Vinnie at Blaze of Glory.

Last time I came back, I came back to rectify my own mistakes. I came back to do right by the people who gave me a platform and an opportunity that I pissed away. I came back to show people that I wasn’t just a flash-in-the-pan fuck up that the company would have been better without. Not only did I accomplish that goal, but I went above and beyond what everyone thought that I could accomplish. I earned my place in history, without a doubt.

Now I am supposed to sit at home and watch people forget about that history? I am supposed to be okay with being forgotten, or at the very least misremembered. I was supposed to stay retired and watch as everyone in this company moved on and celebrated people that would have gotten steamrolled by my ascent to the top of the company. I don’t think so. Fuck that. I fought to take what was mine once already, and I have no problem coming back to give everyone a refresher course.

Whether it is Griffin Hawkins, who apparently thinks that it is cool to break my records and then walk past me like I am invisible, or Bill Barnhart and his stupid dog, or whoever they put across a ring from me from here on out, I have one goal.

I am going to remind this company and everyone in it why I was able to bend it to my will for so long. If that means chasing after the Roulette Championship and rebreaking the records that should still be mine, or maybe even reminding Ben Jordan that I was the one that threw him a bone back when I was the champion and everyone was saying that he deserved better, then I am going to do it. Maybe I will find myself a partner and take over the mixed tag division like Mikah and I were well on our way to doing before Crimson came along and pulled my attention elsewhere. Maybe I go and have a more convincing run with the Internet Championship….

...or maybe I say screw all of the flashy championships and just wreck any and all people that want to come after my place in history.

To be honest, the people that come back talking about wanting to carry around the championships are too shortsighted. I can see the allure, but I have also lived through the last two years and seen that they don’t matter. People forget too quickly. They can’t even be bothered to remember who takes home the awards at the end of the year, let alone an individual championship.

My goal is to take back my spot near the top of this company’s history. My goal is the one thing that the powers that be have managed to keep me away from. If people want to know why I am back, or what I am doing here, it’s basically that simple. I am going to show up, do what I do, and keep stacking the resume until they finally let me into the Hall of Fame like I deserve.

I guess Bill is the first roadblock to that becoming a reality. I suppose that I should maybe even be a little intimidated by the guy. After all, I have not been in a ring for almost two years, and this dude has been running around here for a while. At the very least, maybe I am out-conditioned. Maybe I am a little rustier than I am willing to admit. Maybe I just don’t have it like I used to. I mean, the last few years of taking beatings do take a toll. Every single member of the Jet City Sports Lab has tried to talk me out of coming back just based on how many serious injuries I have taken in this line of work. Maybe they are right? Who knows what will happen the first time I try to take to the air? Do I even have the stamina to put on a match for the ages anymore?

I mean I probably shouldn’t worry about being too old to do this when I will be standing across from a guy that is six years older than me. I might not have to worry about stamina when I am running circles around a guy carrying an extra fifty pounds around the ring. I guess there could be some concerns about the fact that this guy is going to tower over me, even if that grants me the ability to duck and weave around him more easily. I even put a target on my own back by being the person most hyped about my return. I guess he could end up squashing my opportunity to get what is mine. After all, I am but a humble Grand Slam Champion. I am no match for someone who has accomplished things like being a number one contender for the Roulette Championship like six months ago.

If we want to talk about some fears on a serious note though, nobody appreciates a large, hairy southerner sweating on them. Nobody enjoys robust mouth-breathers panting like a dog, and struggling to keep up an entertaining pace during a match. I can’t just underestimate someone that says that he is going to destroy people, only to get pinned in the middle of the ring after a DDT performed by a guy that was nearly unconscious. I need to take this just as seriously as I would if my opponent was actually impressive in any way, shape, or form. I need to carry the same edge into this match that I had when Crimson literally tried to stab me in the middle of the ring. I can’t let all these totally legitimate fears hold me back. I am going to have to do my best to summon the courage to push ahead.

...but sarcasm, jokes, and a correcting of the historical record aside, I am excited for this. I am ready to get back into the ring. I am anxious to get things moving. I know that the fans are not going to be there to see it in person, but maybe that is for the best. At least they won’t be within sweating distance of the monster of girth I have to somehow manage to take down, so call it a silver lining.

He gets to the end of the alleyway and stops as the camera rotates around him, and stops when he is in the center of the frame.

Don’t worry though, I will still provide some highlights. I will still be giving all of you something to talk about for weeks, months, and years to come. There will be a point where the world opens back up, and I will still be out there competing in that six sided ring for experience it in person again. I am not going anywhere until I get what I want, and I have a feeling that nobody is going to hand it over on a silver platter. I am going to have to take it. Again.

A smirk crosses his lips, and the words he thought he would never say again immediately come to mind.

It’s a pure miracle that a nobody like me gets a chance to say this again… but I’m back…. so...

It was right then that he realized he was really going to love being back.

.... someone go ahead and call an ambulance. Bill Barnhart is about to have an ACCIDENT!


16
Climax Control Archives / New Jet City
« on: August 31, 2018, 11:48:29 PM »
 Friday
8.31.18
Jet City, Washington
9:17am
“Suck it up!”
OFF-Camera

To say the former SCW World Heavyweight Champion was acting childish would be an insult to children. Since he announced his comeback, nearly everything had spiraled out of control. Fenris had been outed against his will. Crimson had taken off from the company. He was not on speaking terms with Mikah, and there were too many young people always asking questions. Instead of laying on his couch to lament the choices that got him to where he is today, he made a spectacle of himself, as usual. His feet were propped up on one of the cushions of the couch, but he laid in the middle of the floor. His arms are crossed over the world’s ugliest mustard-colored pillow in order to clutch it tightly to his chest. When he speaks it is not in his usual tone of voice. Instead his words are barely louder than a whisper, and he shakes his head through them.

Kristopher Ryans: There has just been so much that has gone so wrong since I came back, ya know?

The sigh that comes from across the room does not even draw Kris’ eyes off of the ceiling above him, despite the obvious frustration filling the air. Laying sideways, with her head draped over one side of a reclining chair, and her legs hanging over the other side is the rightful number one contender to the Bombshell Championship, Courtney Pierce. It was clear from the look on her face that she had been at this for hours and her patience was running thin.

Courtney Pierce: Oh for fuck’s sake, who cares? You made us all come here. Are you coming with us or not?

Kris scoffs, feigning as much offense as he could fit on his face. He tosses the pillow like a frisbee in her direction, but it is snatched out of the air by Adam Wilson.

Adam Wilson: I am down for staying here as long as he wants. The longer we are here, the less time I am going to spend getting my ass kicked learning some lesson.

Kris shifts his anger towards Adam, and sits up from the floor as his newest trainee made his way across the room. He tosses the pillow back at Kris, who avoids contact with it. It hits the floor behind him, but cuts off his words before he can respond. The third of the intruders into Kris’ house takes the opportunity to describe the situation to the others.

Kyle Kavanagh: See, Kris here is having an identity crisis again, children.

Court rolls her eyes from her chair, but tilts her head up to meet Kyle’s eyes.

Courtney Pierce: Dude we are like the same age, don’t be condescending. You’re the least accomplished person here, and that includes the rookie.

Adam does not take the compliment, instead pointing to Kyle and taking his side.

Adam Wilson: ...at least he has won a championship this year.

Court’s eyes narrow on Adam and she lashes out at him next.

Courtney Pierce: We both know I could take you, newbie.

Kris finally pulls his legs off of the couch and pushes himself up to his feet. He brushes at his shirt, clearing off some of the random lint from the rug he was laying on. His eyes move between all three of them in rapid succession.

Kristopher Ryans: All of you shut up!

All three of the recruits cut out their arguments and straighten up a little. Their plan had been to get him up and moving, and it had worked. Whatever the fallout of that was, they had gone in prepared to face the consequences. Kyle was the first to get Kris’ direct anger.

Kristopher Ryans: You are going to leave me alone about this Fenris thing. I don’t want to hear it.

Court seemed to snap to attention at the mention of her Blast From The Past partner, but when she opened her mouth to ask, Kris cut her off.

Kristopher Ryans: You need to stop being so damn salty. You haven’t won the championship from Mikah yet. How about you worry about that instead of me?

Adam nodded in agreement on both accounts, but that did not stop Kris from turning some of his outrage on the newcomer.

Kristopher Ryans: Don’t be so smug, and stop bitching about getting run down in training. Get better.

Both Kyle and Court were immune to these kinds of outbursts having had to deal with them for months already.

Courtney Pierce: That was real inspirational. Go team!

Her words were dripping with sarcasm, but it did not stop Kyle from piling on in a way he knew would get under Kris’ skin.

Kyle Kavanagh: New Jet City!

Kris spun around in his direction with an index finger pointed towards him. Before any words leave his mouth though, Adam looks up with a smile on his face.

Adam Wilson: Hey, we should totally use that.

Kris’ hostility instantly deflates, and he lets out a heavy, defeated sigh. He shakes his head while looking down at the ground and speaks almost under his breath.

Kristopher Ryans: I hate all three of you...

Kris moves around Kyle and starts to head out of the room. Court calls out to him from her chair with glee in her voice.

Courtney Pierce: Pack your shit up champ, plane leaves in an hour!.


================================
================================


“Fine. I guess.”
ON-Camera



”Alright, so I realize that all of you have been waiting for me to say something about this. This whole Fenris story came out, I gave the dude some space to deal with it. I kept my mouth shut. I did my best to shut it down and then I went about my business. I took myself away from social media so that people would not draw more attention to it. I flew a low profile when it came to the tournament Mikah and I were competing in. I kept quiet to keep questions to a minimum. Not for my benefit. Personally I do not care. It doesn’t bother me, and never has. People expect me to do whatever I want and this is no different. This is just more of Kris being Kris.”

“Since all of that went down though, I have had a match canceled, and I have tried to slip away into the background while Fenris got through some of his issues and worked his confidence back up. I wanted him to compete and win. I wanted him to get back to feeling like himself. All of this was an unnecessary distraction. All it is doing is taking away from what is really important, the SCW World Heavyweight Championship. We all know that I am going to have to talk about that eventually. We all know that match is coming sooner rather than later. You can all guess where I stand on the issue without me even having to say much, but talking about that is going to be getting ahead of ourselves.”

“Before I can get to all of that, I have to go through Dmitri. I have to fight back the vampire that has beaten me nearly unconscious twice. Now, do not get me wrong. The guy can’t beat me. Every time we get in the ring with each other, he finds himself on the losing end of the stick. Whether he is in the ring with Crimson and I, with a shitty partner dropping L’s to Jet City, or flying solo under Roulette Rules, the guy can’t beat me.”

“That is not to say that there is not anything to worry about. I mean, the guy has a knack for coming up short and then laying me out in the center of the ring. I constantly find myself reduced to a puddle and left to listen to his shitty music play through the PA system while I try and see through the stars. There is a very real chance that could happen again this time.”

“There is also a very good chance that this time I prove that this guy and I are just not on the same level. Maybe this is the time that I let myself go a little bit too far, so that by the time the bell rings, I am not catching a beating. Maybe this time I use Dmitri to send a message to Fenris like Fenris sent to me by kicking Kyle Kavanagh’s face off. It seems like I would have every reason to put the vampire down once and for all. I would be crossing a guy off my list that I know is going to try and come after me once the championship is back around my waist where it belongs.”

“I have been in the background lately, but we all know where my place in this company is.”

“SCW is not Fenris.”

“SCW is not Dmitri.”

“SCW is not Ben Jordan.”

“SCW is not Crimson.”

“SCW is Kris.”

“I think everyone needs to be reminded of that this week on Climax Control. I’m going to be happy to do so, and get to work on setting things right.”



17
Climax Control Archives / The Comeback
« on: August 10, 2018, 11:49:10 PM »
 Friday
8.3.18
Jet City, Washington
7:12am
“It’s Time!”
OFF-Camera


The bed shakes violently beneath the former SCW World Heavyweight Champion. Kris’ eyelids open in a panic, and he sits up in the bed. His hand goes over to the opposite side to find it empty, which leaves him confused about the source of the shaking. As he wipes some of the sleep from his eyes and looks around the room, he finds something to be off about it. The low light from the sunrise outside was barely enough for Kris to be able to make out the shapes of the furniture in the room, and the thing that was off about the room becomes crystal clear quickly. The man sitting atop the dresser directly across from the bed was a mirror reflection of Kris.

The Accident: Time to wake up...

Kris rolls his eyes, and lays back down on the bed. There was no panic left in his eyes, and he does not even seem remotely surprised to be seeing himself across the room. He does, however, appear to be done with the situation.

Kristopher Ryans: You’re not real. I’m still asleep. I would like to keep doing that in peace. Good riddance, bad rubbish!

The former champion shuts his eyes with a smile on his face, attempting drift away to more pleasant sleep. Without hearing any sounds of movement at all, Kris feels a tap on his forehead and his eyes snap open again. This time his duplicate is standing over him on the bed.

The Accident: I don’t think you understand. I didn’t ask a question.

The red hood of his sweatshirt was pulled over his head, but with the low light, Kris could not see into the eyes of the man in front of him. The whole thing felt more threatening now that he was trapped beneath the man, without being able to see intent on his face. He was not going to let himself be intimidated though, especially not by someone who was not actually there.

Kristopher Ryans: No, you don’t understand. I needed some time away before I slipped down the wrong road again. I needed to get away before things got bad. I was starting to recover slower, I was struggling to get around backstage. I was broken, and I wasn’t willing to let everyone see me backslide. It was a calculated break.

The real Kris attempted to close his eyes again, but the avatar above him grabs hold of the headboard and shakes it until Kris’ eyes open again. He squats down, leaning painfully close to Kris’ face, and pulling the hood back from atop his head. Kris realizes it was not the low light that had caused him to not be able to see the man’s eyes. Now face-to-face, Kris cannot help but notice it is because there is no light in his eyes at all. Where his eyes should be, are just dark circles.

The Accident: You were supposed to be the best of us….

Kris’ nose scrunches up, his eyes narrow, and his eyebrows move closer together as the confusion sets in.

Kristopher Ryans: Best of...

Before he can get the entire sentence out, the figure over him turns slightly and motions across the room. The space in front of the dresser was no longer empty. As Kris looked through the crowd, he realized that something about all of this seemed vaguely familiar. Almost like remembering a dream as soon as you wake up, but feeling it slip away as your body started to shake off the sleep.

The Accident: All of us.

Behind The Accident were four men that all resembled him, but were all so different from one another. The figure in all black, with a hood over his head was Nobody. To his left, stacking a deck of cards with a smile on his face was Discord. Pure leaned against the wall, the only one that had any light to him at all. They were all clear as day in front of Kris even though he knew that there was no way that it could be real.

Kristopher Ryans: I am the best of all of us...

The Accident laughed above Kris, and brought his hands together in front of his chest.

The Accident: Words. That’s all they are. SCW is moving on without you. Without us. It is time to go back. It is time to make them remember.

Kris nods his head, understanding exactly what the others were asking of him.

Kristopher Ryans: Kris is SCW.

The Accident shook his head.

The Accident: Close, but not quite. That’s where it started, but you need to reach higher. You are the only one that can. It’s not about what you are to SCW. It is about what SCW is to all of us.

An epiphany appeared to strike Kris, and The Accident nodded without even having to hear him utter the words out loud. As soon as Kris went to say them, the world seemed to spin away into nothingness, and just as the panic started to sink in, his eyes opened. This time it was not a dream. This time there was nothing strange at all about the room that he woke up in. He was home, and this was real.

Kristopher Ryans: Time to get to work...

================================
================================


ON-Camera
“Mine.”


The camera comes to life on the smiling face of the former SCW World Heavyweight Champion, Kristopher Ryans.

”Is the SCW World Champion not the leader of the pack?”

He chuckles to himself lightly, and shakes his head back and forth a few times. A soft wind blows through his hair, and wrinkles the plain orange shirt that he is wearing. As the camera pulls backwards fans at home can get a solid look the former champion. He looks thinner than he had in recent months, but there was no noticeable limp to his movements. There was no cast covering any of his limbs. He did not appear to be struggling to be up and getting around, and from the smile on his face he was not in any pain at all. For all intents and purposes, he looked like the man that had quickly risen to the top of SCW in his latest run. He looked like The Miracle. Better yet, he sounded like The Miracle.

”I mean maybe for people like Gabriel, Nick Jones, Spike Staggs, Simon Jones, Drake Green, J2H and myself. You know, the people that not only managed to win the title, but hang onto it for a decent amount of time. People that managed to beat champion and challengers alike, and hang onto the greatest prize in this company or longer than a few days, a few weeks, or maybe just a month.”

He let his signature smirk linger on his lips for just a moment before shrugging his shoulders. He continued to walk along his path, with the camera pulling back even more to show that he is standing on some kind of boardwalk. The stores around him were closed, and the light around him was fading.

”The problem is, for every single one of those names that I listed, there are at least two more not worth mentioning. Goth, Kevin Carter, Gene Blanton Junior, Sean Jackson, Raab, and Dmitri only managed to hang on for around a month. Jeremiah Hardin only managed to hang on for a couple of weeks. Crimson, most famously, could not even hang on for longer than it took me to walk down an aisle.”

Throwing that jab out there caused a particularly smug brand of satisfaction to ooze out of the former champion. He had to push that thought away from his mind though, because he had a lot of ground to cover before getting to his nemesis.

”To answer Fenris’ question, no, having the strap does not make you the leader of the pack. Arguably, I was the leader of this company before I even obtained that championship. Nobody gave a shit about Calvin Harris’ title reigns. Everyone’s eyes were on the Roulette record until the moment that I broke it. Nobody cared about Crimson, which is why I blew the roof off of the arena when I made my return as champion. Absolutely nobody was rooting for Crimson to win our dome match, but that did not stop it from becoming the best match this company has ever seen. Those are the things that you need to be able to say if you want to call yourself the leader of the pack.”

He raises the index finger of his left hand up to his lips and taps at them a few times before shaking his head.

”Crimson and Ben Jordan are most likely both going to tell you this, Fenris, so let me say it in a way that can soften the blow. Sure, your reign is already longer than Crimson’s, and was from the moment you got back to whatever they were using for a locker room on that boat. Sure, you are an undefeated rookie with more to show for yourself in a handful of matches than Ben Jordan has been able to put together in years. However, the leader of the pack, you are not. You trained at the gym basically run by legends of this company. You got through Blast From The Past with a partner that I helped train. I got injured and you got to take on a fellow rookie who had already fought through a match earlier in the night to win a championship that neither of you have the resume to carry. From the moment that you signed your contract here, you have had one lucky break after another. For you to think that you come anywhere close to being the leader of this company is laughable. Don’t make that mistake. Don’t be that guy.”

He holds up both of his hands, trying to appear more innocent than his words paint him to be. He works hard to scale back some of the pointedness of his words.

”I don’t say these things to cut into you. I don’t say them to hurt any feelings, or to try and cause a rift for my team or anything. Instead, I say them so that Fenris does not allow himself to become like the list of subpar people that I was talking about earlier. I say these things to make sure that Fenris is grounded in some kind of reality. If he goes into this match with his head full of hot air, his bubble is going to get popped by one of the two men standing across from us. That is not a guess either, that is a promise.”

He brings his hand in to tap the center of his chest with a shrug.

”People worried about me fucking up the night for my team need not worry. I know what my position in this company is. I know that I am going to get my shot to take back my title at some point. I am also smart enough to know when and where things like that are going to go down. I am smart enough to realize that this match is neither the time, nor the place for us to function as anything less than an all-star team. I was part of Jet City, even while people were telling me to ditch my partner and go for the big prize. I never did anything to jeopardize my team, or our tag team title run, even after we took a week off to beat the hell out of each other on Climax Control.”

The fond memory of beating his brother Jason in the middle of the SCW ring brings a wide smile to his face, but he has to shake the thought away. He did not have time to dwell on the past when there was so much that he needed to get to.

”I know how to act as part of a team. I know how to be successful as part of a team, even when I do not like the person that I am teaming with. That is what makes the combination of me and Fenris so much more dangerous than Ben Jordan or Crimson will give us credit for. They expect me to be fully focused on regaining a championship that I already held for six months this year. They expect me to be mad that Fenris is trying to take my spot. They expect our eyes to be focused anywhere except for on this match on Sunday.”

He shrugs his shoulders again, and gives a slow shake of his head to tell the audience just how unlikely that is.

”See, before I was injured, Fenris and I had actually talked. We have hung out as champion and challenger before, albeit being on opposite sides of the equation at the time. Not only do we get along, but we understand each other. We do not mind competing against, or around each other. How could we not? You have Fenris who is built like a machine, has the best trainers, and also happens to have the most impressive in-ring stats that anyone could put up in their rookie year. Then you have me. I’m the guy that nobody thought would get to the top, but now nobody can deny that to get to the top, you have to go through me.”

He raises his left hand up again, this time holding the tips of his thumb and index finger together while extending his middle, ring, and pinky fingers up into the air. He holds his three extended fingers out towards the camera with a cocky smile on his face.

”Three men in that ring, and none of them have been able to go through me this year. I beat Crimson at Full Circle, and closed the door on this company with a smile on my face. A couple of months later when I kicked the doors back open with that same smile, I walked into a match that Crimson built himself, and walked away with the SCW Heavyweight Championship. ”

He lowers his middle finger, leaving just the ring and pinky extended.

”I pulled Ben Jordan out of the crowd so that he could give me his best shot, and he could not walk away with a win. Neither of us were prepping for that match. It happened at the last moment, to fill a void left in the show. He could not go through me then, and he cannot go through me now.”

He drops his ring finger down, leaving only his pinky extended in the air.

”Fenris needed an injury to strip me of the title before he could claim it. Could he beat me in the ring? I guess anything is possible, but the fact of the matter is, he hasn’t done it yet. When the stakes are this high, time and time again I find a way to come out the other side unscathed. That was how I went unpinned for over a year. That is how I broke the Roulette Championship record. That is how I held the SCW World Heavyweight Championship for six months. I didn’t do it by skirting around people. I did it by taking the fight directly to the people that thought that they were better than me, just because they were naive enough to let that thought cross their mind. Kris Is SCW is not some bullshit tagline. It is not something that I made up myself. It is a label that others put on me, and that puts me at the very top of the mountain, no matter who is holding my championship at the moment.”

The further he goes, the more frustrated the notion appears to make him.

”It took people less than a month to forget who I am and what I do in this company, and inside a six-sided ring. It took an injury to knock me off my perch, and I know people are hesitant to give me the benefit of the doubt before seeing me back in a ring. Sure, shit has been secretive about what was wrong with me, but that is for good reason. I didn’t just have one injury. I didn’t just have one problem. I had a whole list of issues from having the best matches in this company since Jet City made their debut. I was sprained, strained, bruised, beaten down, and worn out. Think about it though, in the last few months I have fallen from the top of a dome of death, gone through a car window, had a near simultaneous knockout with Ben Jordan, had a piece of my ear bitten off, and have spilled liters of blood requiring dozens of stitches, all in the name of entertaining myself and others.”

The hostility fades, and is replaced by the smirk that still rubbed everyone the wrong way.

”What I needed was a month to pull my body back together after the madness that I put it through this year. What I needed was a break so that I could mend my body the right way, instead of the way that the old Kris would have. I didn’t need some kind of immediately relief like I used to. I needed to step away, and do things the right way, so that when I came back, my ring work was just as sharp as what is going on up here...”

He taps his temple with the tip of his index finger.

”I came back to remind all of you, Fenris included, that Kris is SCW....”

His eyes narrow, and the smirk becomes more defined.

”...and all of SCW is mine.”

The feed fades out to black, and cuts off.



================================
================================



Wednesday
8.8.18
New York City, New York
12:04pm
“The Best Bad Idea!”
OFF-Camera


Both doors of Kris’ car close at the same time, making them echo much louder than they should. Instead of walking towards the door, Kris stops, and pulls the sunglasses down off of his face to look at his trainee. Adam shrugs his shoulders, and motions down towards the car, already starting to plead his case.

Adam Wilson: You going to blame that one on me too? Come on! I don’t know why you’re so fucking on edge today, but I am going to need you to bring it down a few dozen notches, okay? This is not Nazi Germany, and I didn’t break your car door.

Kris circles around the front of the car, and looks down at the hood. It had been a few months since Adam had slammed into the passenger side wheel well on his bicycle, and put a huge dent in the hood when flipped over his handlebars and landed on top of it. The former champion does not even have to open his mouth to hurl the accusation at Adam.

Adam Wilson: Okay, but I am pretty sure that I have already worked that one off. I mean you chased me down, and Kyle kicked my ass. It was over a month ago man, you have to let that one go. Plus, I am pretty sure I have absorbed enough beatings in training since then to make up for it. You can’t still be pissed off about it, can you?

Kris’ eyes do not shift away from the car, but Adam’s is pulled away entirely as a hand clasps down on his shoulder. He had not even heard anyone walk up behind him, and in his surprise, shrugs the hand off of his shoulder and spins towards whoever was there, raising a fist to defend himself. It was not the smartest thing that he could do though, as his wrist is snatched out of midair. Before he even has eyes on his attacker, an arm hooks around his neck, and Adam gets flipped forward, back first onto the hood of the car only working to make the damage worse. When he looks up at the man that put him down, his jaw falls open in awe.

Jason Halich: First, never throw a punch until you have your eyes on your opponent. Second, you have no idea how long he can hold a grudge for even the pettiest of reasons. Third, shut up.

Adam’s eyes shift back and forth between the two brothers, and he is confused as to why he was the one lucky enough to be present for the Jet City reunion of sorts. The day had started of pretty terrible, but if Jay was joining in on their training, maybe things were about to actually get interesting. On the other hand, Kris did not seem thrilled to see him. He had already been looking over the top of his sunglasses, but now pulls them all the way off of his face to look down at his trainee on the hood of his car.

Kristopher Ryans: Adam, this is Jason Halich. He used to be a wrestler. He also used to own a wrestling company. He sucked so bad at both that he does not do either anymore.

Jason opens his mouth to take exception to Kris’ words, but Adam cuts him off.

Adam Wilson: Actually I already kne...

Neither brother looks down at him before they speak in unison.

Kris and Jason: Shut up!

Adam slams his mouth closed, and looks back and forth between the two brothers, realizing that he was not needed for this particular conversation.

Kristopher Ryans: How was the plane ride?

Jason laughed, but there did not seem to be any joy in it. It was more like one of those polite professional laughs people used to mask annoyance. The former SCW tag champion shrugs it away quickly though.

Jason Halich: For cramming 26 people onto the jet, not nearly as bad as it could be.

Adam looked to Kris’ reaction to try and figure out exactly what they were talking about. For some reason, Kris looked surprised by Jay’s statement, but it was anyone’s guess as to why.

Kristopher Ryans: Cool, that means that the kid can play zebra.

Both brothers looks down at Adam on the hood of the car, and he gives an awkward smile, and small wave to the both of them in response, not knowing if it was okay to speak up or not.

Jason Halich: So this kid messes up your car--

Kris does not even let him move onto whatever it was he was going to add to the thought before correcting him.

Kristopher Ryans: Twice!

Jason holds up his hands innocently, and starts over.

Jason Halich: Messes up your car twice, after calling you a dick...

Kris tries to interrupt again, but Jason waves him off before he can get a word out.

Jason Halich: I’m paraphrasing. Deal with it.

Kris closes his mouth, and Adam sees him defeated for the first time. It was almost impressive how Jay was able to shut Kris down so easily, when Kris easily knots up so many others.

Jason Halich: ...and you still bailed him out of trouble and started training him?

Jason shakes his head with a smile, and then offers Adam his hand. Adam is reluctant at first, but takes it and gets back to his feet just as a car pulls in on the other side of the parking lot.

Adam Wilson: Who’s that?

Both Jason and Kris look up in the direction of the car, and all joking evaporates out of the air. Kris nods in the direction of the vehicle.

Kristopher Ryans: That’s the guest of honor.

The car parks and shuts off as they speak, and as Adam turns his attention back to it, the doors pop open and the SCW World Heavyweight Champion Fenris, along with his brother Aron step out into the parking lot. Adam’s eyes go wide, and he takes a step forward towards them without thinking about it. He is only stopped by Jason putting a hand on his shoulder and directing him back towards the building.

Jason Halich: This one’s not for us, zebra. Let’s go get you a shirt.

Adam does not even try to fight the direction Jay was leading him, but did shoot a look back over to Kris and Fenris in the parking lot. The two competitors stopped to talk while Aron continued past them to the building. For some reason though, Kris did not seem irritated at all with the new champion.

Kristopher Ryans: Glad you decided to take me up on the offer.

The champion does not give Kris much to work with other than a small shrug.

Fenris: I don’t want it to be awkward.

Kris forced himself to look genuinely taken aback by the statement, and shook his head enthusiastically.

Kristopher Ryans: Just because you brought my title here instead of me? Nah, we are a team until Sunday.

It was Fenris’ turn to look surprised, and makes an attempt to correct Kris.

Fenris: Or th---

Kris cuts him off before he can finish the thought, knowing exactly where he was going to be taking the conversation and wanting to push it off to a time where they did not have so much to do. Now was not the time or place.

Kristopher Ryans: Oh right, nah… still no weirdness. We don’t have time for that. The reason I wanted you to come out was because we need to figure out how to work together, so I thought that maybe going up against Jet City would be a good start.

Again Fenris appears more confused than anything else.

Fenris: You and your brother are Jet City. How can you compete against yourself?

The smirk came back to Kris’ face at once, and he extended a hand up to drop onto Fenris’ shoulder.

Kristopher Ryans: Today is going to be so much fun...


================================
================================



ON-Camera
“Team Least Likely”


”Crimson and Ben Jordan.”

The scene comes to life on the face of Kristopher Ryans, but he is not focused on the camera at all. The audience can only see the left side of his face as he looks away from the camera. We are also low to the ground, meaning that the former champion is likely sitting down. He is breathing heavily and there is a white towel wrapped around his neck.

”One is an all around nice guy. Someone that everyone in this company, and all of the fans, can’t help but respect. A guy that has always done everything the right way. The kind of guy that takes himself so seriously that he gets a little bent out of shape when people twist his words. Ben Jordan is the textbook good guy. That is why when he finally spoke up about his lack of opportunities, people stood up for him. Every person worth a shit in this company stood up for him. As the champion at the time, I extended my hand and told him to tear the roof off the arena with me in a show opener just for shits and giggles. I am immensely happy that the guy cashed in all of that momentum and won himself a championship in my absence. I mean, it is the Roulette Championship, so he is never going to get out of my shadow there, but still a championship.”

The camera starts to move around Kris, and the audience can see that there is a smile on his face. It is not just the half smirk he is known for either. The camera continues to move around him but he does not move with it.

”Sure, the guy ruined one of my main event matches on Climax Control with some inappropriately timed drinking. Sure, there was that time the ginger Bad Boy wanted to bang him, or at least I think I remember it that way. Despite some weird missteps, and Sausage Kings along the way, there is no arguing that Ben Jordan is a good guy. That is what makes his pairing with Crimson so laughable.”

The camera only stops rotating as his eyeline comes to the center of the frame. The smile fades off of his face as soon as his rival’s name comes out of his mouth. He sits back though, and tries to erase the expression from his face. After a deep breath, he replaces it with a smirk, and speaks in the same complimentary tone as before, despite it sounding more forced.

”As for Crimson, well I know what you people expect. You have seen it all play out just like I have. Every single fan in the arenas, and at home watching know that the two of us hate each other. He bit off a piece of my ear last time we were in the ring together, and that was in a losing effort. Imagine what he could have done if the momentum in that match was swinging the other way? Does everyone forget his last misstep in that match was an attempt to legitimately stab me? That is the man he is. He is the polar opposite of everything that Ben Jordan, and the #BenDeservesBetter movement stood for.”

Kris sighs and shakes his head though. The next words come out more labored than before, a sign that he really does not want to say them at all.

”That being said, if I really am the best in this company right now, it is because he is every bit as good as I am, and I am just the one that walked away with the last victory. If Crimson were champion, nobody could question his legitimacy. I have spent a lot of time trying to dismiss that. I have spent a lot of time ignoring it, or calling him garbage. He is much better than I was ever willing to give him credit for, but in my defense, it is because he is a really shitty person.”

He actually makes himself chuckle, and doing so shakes the labored tone out of his voice. He had managed to work around the compliment and bring it back into his wheelhouse where he was more comfortable.

”Crimson pushed me to the height that I was afraid to go to before he showed up. He gave me a reason to get there before someone else did. He gave me a reason to fight for this company. When I showed up at Full Circle, it was just as much for all of you as it was for me. I came back in January so that I could give the story a happy ending. I came back when the doors reopened to stop Crimson from claiming the top prize and running everything into the ground. I have only been around in SCW for nearly the last year as a means to stop him from getting to the top. He has been right about the two of us from the very beginning. Crimson said that we are going to do this forever, and he is absolutely right. He is the type that is never going to stop reaching for the top, and I am always going to be the person that is not going to stand around and let him have it.”

He laughs again, and gestures towards the camera, as if he suddenly remember what got him off on that thread.

”Which is why this team of Ben Jordan and Crimson is laughable at best, at least on paper. Ben should be on my side here. He should not be comfortable standing next to Crimson. He should know that as soon as he tags that monster in, he is going to break every rule, and shit on everything that this company is. Ben Jordan is going to stand on the apron and watch Crimson wreck a place that he has always helped to build, without getting any of the credit for it. On the flip side of that, Ben Jordan could carry someone like Crimson into the SCW World Heavyweight Championship picture with a win over the current champion, and the real champion.”

He pauses just long enough to wink at the camera with a smirk, likely directing the comment to Fenris more than the other two, or the viewers at home.

”On the flipside? Crimson has to team with the kind of person that he cannot stand. As much as he might hate me, he has to appreciate the fact that I do not always play by all of the rules. At the very least, he knows that I understand him. Ben Jordan is not that guy though. Ben Jordan is a guy that does everything the right way. Ben Jordan lets Despy negotiate his contracts, because that is just the kind of guy that he is. Crimson tagging Ben in goes against everything that Crimson believes. Ben not being willing to break the rules takes away the only advantage that Crimson knows he has against absolutely everyone.”

He shrugs his shoulders but looks confused.

”I don’t know how these two can work together, but I know exactly how Fenris and I are going to work together. Sure, there is this looming championship problem hanging over our heads, and I like to poke fun at him, but we both know that no matter what we do, that problem does not get solved tonight. We also already expected to square off against each other going back more than a month. We have been mentally prepared to fight over the biggest prize in this company whenever and wherever the powers that be decide that we are going to do it, and we have yet to come to blows with one another. We have yet to attack each other. We are not blindsiding one another with cheap shots, and we are not exchange vile words. Instead, we are training together as a team, and exchanging some friendly banter back and forth about the situation that my injury left us in.”

He brushes sweat away from his right eyebrow and looks away from the camera.

”Ben and Crimson have no reason to work with one another. I doubt that they have legitimately reached out to one another about this match, and I don’t think their philosophies can co-exist as teammates. They cannot trust each other just based on their personalities, let alone the fact that Ben was talking about smacking Crimson around only a week ago.”

He motions back at the building over his shoulder with a light laugh.

”Meanwhile, Fenris and I were friends in the lead up to Summer XXXtreme, and have been more than capable of functioning on the same page to do some real damage in the ring. We can trust each other, because the two of us know that there is no way that we are going to jeopardize our match with one another by taking our eyes off of what needs to be done this week.”

He takes the towel out from around his neck and whips it towards the camera as he stands to his feet. His breathing is a lot more normal now, and he seems to be catching a second wind.

”If we are talking about who the better team is on paper, it is Fenris and I. If we are talking about which team is going to function better together in the ring, that answer is the same. If this match goes by the book, Fenris and I win every single time. If not, and the match comes down to the first team to implode, I think we all know which team it is going to be.”

He shoots one last smirk at the camera before turning away.

”I can’t wait to see what happens….”


================================
================================


Wednesday
8.8.18
New York City, New York
12:20pm
“We Are!!”
OFF-Camera


As Fenris and Kris come into the training center, Fenris starts to take note of his surroundings. Before he can ask, Kris fills him in on some of the blanks.

Kristopher Ryans: So i know it is not the technologically advanced, state-of-the-art kind of place that you are used to. Jet City shut down. This is kind of an adventure started by a friend, and we are just using the space for the day.

Fenris finally buts in to ask a question before Kris can answer it.

Fenris: What are we doing here that we can’t do anywhere else?

As they turn into the main space of the gym, Fenris’ question is answered. In front of him is a six sided ring setup with Kris’ brother Jason, and the trainee Fenris had seen earlier, although now he was wearing a referee shirt. The real sight was on the other side of the ring though. When Kris had said Jet City, Fenris had immediately thought of the team. When they were coming in, his mind had jumped to the gym itself. Now that he was standing in front of a sizable crowd though, he understood how wrong he had been, and why Kris said that today was going to be so much fun.

Kristopher Ryans: Jet City is not just me and my brother, and it is not a gym anymore. It is a lot bigger, and a shitload more mobile than all of that.

Kris climbed the stairs into the ring, and Fenris followed behind him. As they stepped to the center, he looked out on all of the faces in the crowd. Some he knew, but most were unfamiliar.

Fenris: Is this all of your students?

Kris nodded, but had to correct him a little bit.

Kristopher Ryans: Students. Trainers. Friends. Family. Everyone that was tied to the school was trained to compete at one point or another. A lot of them were teams.

Kris points over towards Porter and Killian Sweete, known as The Black Sheep in SCW. Next to them are the two members of Team Quik, and Awkward Inc rounded off the group.

Fenris: What are they all doing here?

Kris laughed without taking his eyes of the crowd, looking out through the people that had become in family over the last few years.

Kristopher Ryans: 26 people. That is thirteen teams. We are going to fight them all one at a time, until we beat all of them.

Fenris’ eyes open wide, and suddenly the idea was seeming less fun.

Fenris: Until we lose?

Kris shook his head, looking even more devious by the moment.

Kristopher Ryans: Today we are going to win a lot, and we are going to lose a lot. By the time we are done we will know how to win as a team, and no longer be afraid of losing. Maybe it will teach you some humility. If you were ever curious how I went from a nothing in this company to the person at the top, here it is.

Kris gestured out to the crowd of people.

Kristopher Ryans: You have heights ranging from the 5’7” Coby Quik to 6
5” Aaron Isaacs. You got people like Kyle Kavanaugh bringing 160 of high flying ability to the ring, and then people 353 like Parker Wayde that are going to try and pound you into the mat. This group of people is every style, every size, and ever trick that can be pulled on us as a team.


Fenris nods, starting to understand where Kris was coming from.

Fenris: This is Jet City?

Kris nods again, the smile on his face widening.

Kristopher Ryans: This is the only way we know how to do things. We go until we can’t answer a ten count, then we start again tomorrow.

Fenris looked from the crowd, and over to Kris.

Fenris: Until what?

Kris looked back at him with a glint of excitement in his eye.

Kristopher Ryans: Until we don’t even have to think about being a team anymore, it just flows.

Fenris nodded and reached out for Kris’ hand. The former champion quickly took and shook it as Jason stepped up to the group of competitors.

Jason Halich: Jet City! Let’s get to work!

18
Character Building Roleplays / Ispy
« on: June 25, 2018, 02:20:50 AM »
 ??? - “Ispy”

It wasn't like I was trying to grab anyone's attention or anything, so I didn't think the word was even directed at me. It sounded more muttered under someone's breath and I wasn't about to try and start another conversation after the two ladies at the bar looked like they wanted to rip my head off. That's probably why the guy in the first booth putting up his hand to stop me caught me off guard.

??? - “You are just going to let her blow you off like that and walk away?”

I wasn't about to take shit from some random guy, but there was something familiar about his face. I knew it from somewhere, but I couldn't place it. More than that though, his voice was the same as the one before. It suddenly clicked together that whatever he had said was directed at me. There was only one problem.

Adam: “What was it you called me? Ispy?”

He laughed in my face, and motioned to the bench opposite him in the booth. I wasn't fond of the idea of some stranger laughing at me, but for some reason I didn't get ass offended by it as I reasonably should have. It had to be some kind of insult. I don't know why I didn't walk away right there. I didn't really know who he was. I had no obligation to sit, but I did. As I got comfortable in the booth, he nodded back over to the bartender that had rudely refused to answer my question.

??? - “Ispy.”

So it was some kind of insult, but it wasn't aimed at me, or so I thought.

Adam: “What because she wa--”

He didn't let me finish the thought, and actually sighed like he was annoyed. To that point, I rarely felt like the dumbest person in the room. I usually felt like I could outwit anyone within earshot, but there was something about this guy. Being corrected and taunted should have ticked me off, but I was more curious what he was going to say than anything else.

??? - “I...spy…”

It clicked together in that moment. I knew where I recognized his face from, and knew why it seemed so normal that he would be talking me in circles just to mess with me. Before I could ask, he cut me off to continue.

Kris: “I saw the way you looked at her when you walked up. She shut you down hard before you could even say anything.”

He made an annoying and judgemental clicking sound with his tongue against the roof of his mouth. I flashed back to how many times I had seen adults do it to me as a kid and found it more frustrating than his laughing in my face.

Kris: “....and you just walked away like a bitch. It was disappointing.”

I wasn't going to let him keep poking at me. He was probably banking on me not knowing who he was, and letting it all get under my skin. The familiarity made it easy to deny him what he wanted. I could end the game before he even got to enjoy it.

Adam: “Well not everyone is famous and can get anyone to do whatever they want. Some of us aren't that lucky.”

I tapped my knuckles on the table twice and rolled my eyes at him. I had places to go, and more important things to worry about than entertaining some asshole.

Adam: “Thanks for the… whatever this was. Advice?”

I shook my head, and saw something change in his eyes. He tried to interrupt me, but I had him now. It was my turn to cut him off.

Adam: “Nah, advice has to be useful. This was just… well.. it happened.”

I slid to the end of the bench and got up to my feet proud of myself. I knew he wasn't going to let me get the last word, but I thought I would be able to brush off whatever it was.

Kris: “You're pretty good at running away but making it look like it's what you really want to be doing. Must have a lot of practice.”

It cut me, but not as deep as I think he was banking on. It was also painless to turn it back on him.

Adam: “Yeah, we can spot our own.”

I winked at him before he could throw the trademark my direction. I didn't wait for him to put together any kind of rebuttal either, making my way towards the door.

Adam: “Try not to get thrown up on again, champ.”


===========================
=======================
===================


The growl of frustration slipped from the young girl's lips as she slung her overly large purse over her shoulder as her shift at the bar ended. She shoots the blonde that was still sitting at the bar a look as she makes her way to the door.

Elowyn: “Stupid Mikah. Showing up and costing me money.”

She mumbles under her breath as she walks out of the bar. She waves bye to the bouncer and doesn't pay attention to where she's going. As she comes out of the front door and onto the sidewalk, she is nearly mowed over by a bicycle that screeches to a halt and slides sideways to avoid her. The person on it was just as shocked to see her as she was to see him, and stutters over a few words trying to explain himself.

Adam: “I-I-I didn't even see you come out. I was just trying to leave. Sor--”

He cuts himself short of an apology when he realizes who she is. Instead of finishing the word, he shrugs his shoulders and gives her an undeniably fake smile.

Adam: “You know what? No. I should have just ran you over.”

She glares at him, the wind picking up a little bit and blowing her already messy curly locks all over her face. She folds her arms over her chest before looking him over.

Elowyn: “Of course. You'd have to have a bicycle to run anybody over because you can't do it with just yourself. Pathetic.”

She gives him a once over again before rolling her eyes and trying to move around him. She wasn't in the mood to deal with his bullshit and was going to make sure let him know that.

Adam: “Oh look, she does talk.”

He tries to move the bike to the side to get out of her way, but unintentionally moves in the same direction that she does, cutting her off. They both try to sidestep the opposite direction at the same time, leading them to still be standing in each other’s way.

Adam: “I guess there must be some rule about doing so when you’re on the clock. Can you get out of my way, please?”

She takes a deep breath, trying to contain her frustration. She was growing more and more agitated with the guy in front of her and his accusatory tone he was taking with her.

Elowyn: “Can YOU get out of MY way? Seriously, do you have a problem?”

She doesn't make a move to go around him but instead, stays in place. The frown was settled on her pretty face as well, letting him know about her frustration.

Elowyn: “YOU were the one that cut me off. So I don't know if you're uneducated or what, but you need to move before I make you move. I am not in the mood to deal with your shit.”

He motions around to his left with his arm, allowing her to pass in front of him, keeping the bike steady.

Adam: “After you.”

She looks at him, his eyes narrowing at him but she doesn’t hesitate in walking past him.  She shakes her messy hair out behind her as she literally struts past him.

Elowyn: “Thank you.”

It was not a sincere thank you but it was something she felt that she needed to say to him. Why?  She hadn’t been too sure but something about him was strange.

Elowyn:  “And maybe, instead of being such a goddamned hoodlum, you should work on not running people over.”

He shrugged his shoulders, not letting the insult get to him at all.

Adam: “Well, you're not a speed bump on the sidewalk, so I guess I'm already ahead of the curve.”

He looks over his shoulder in her direction with a smirk on his face.

Adam: “While we're giving free advice though, when you work for tips, being a bitch costs you money.”

She whips around to glare at him, stopping in her tracks to do so.  She looks at him before vaguely remembering him as the guy that tried to interrupt her conversation with Mikah.

Elowyn: “Being a dick doesn’t get you a drink, now does it?”

She smirks before rolling her eyes and turning back around, walking in the direction of the house she lived in.  She didn’t count on him following or anything really, just started to walk.

Adam: “You think you know everything…”

He spins the bike around towards her and rides forward, coming alongside her.

Adam: “I'm not riding around on this because I think it makes me look good. I'm not carrying extra weight because it makes for a good workout.”

He nods behind the seat of the bike where a case is strapped above the tire.

Adam: “I wasn't looking for a drink. I was trying to ask for help, but I guess I'm just wasting my time trying to give someone down here the benefit of the doubt.”

She tries her best to keep her emotions in check as he talks and rides his bicycle alongside her.  She turns her body slightly, stopping at a crosswalk with a DO NOT CROSS sign flashing at them.

Elowyn:  “What?  Are you saying that the people that live down here are trash?”

She didn’t bother with hiding the look of irritation in her eyes as she stares at him, like she was trying to stare a hole through his body.

Elowyn:  “You chose to go into that bar and you chose to insert yourself into the conversation I was having.  That was YOUR choice, not mine.  You could have chosen a gas station to ask for help.  Or you know, asked one of the hundred other people in the bar for help.”

She gives him a look as she starts walking again as the sign lets them cross now.

Elowyn: “So, don’t try to push your stupidity on me, guy.”

He pushes the bike away from the curb, still at her side, and not wanting to let her get the last word in the argument.

Adam: “A conversation you were having instead of doing your job…”

As she goes up onto the sidewalk on the other side of the street, he rides alongside it still on the road.

Adam: “Your job paying some kind of attention to possible customers…. and you can't even seem to do that well enough, so maybe the stereotype fits.”

She rolls her eyes before contemplating on sticking her foot out to trip him on the bike but thinks better of it.

Elowyn: “I was talking with that lady who apparently is like a daughter to the owners.  It was a serious conversation.  A conversation you had no part in.  And should have kept your pointy nose out of it.”

She doesn’t bother looking at him as she walks, watching the houses pass them by.  She wasn’t scared of the neighborhood, having lived there her entire life and just barely scraping by.

Adam: “Pointy nose?”

He laughs at the attempt to insult his appearance, not taking offense to it in the least.

Adam: “That is the best you have? All this time arguing and that is the best you came up with? Way to prove my point about how bright the neighborhood is.”

She runs a hand through her messy curls as they were getting dangerously close to her house.  She wasn’t sure if she wanted him to know where she lived so she stops in the middle of the sidewalk again.

Elowyn: “What the hell is your problem!?  Do you not know when you’re not wanted?  Are you like a dog that doesn’t know the word no?”

She gives him a dirty look before rolling her eyes in irritation again. She puts her hands on her hips and looks at him, expectantly. He stops, and plants both feet on the ground, just now realizing that he was following her in the opposite direction from where he thought he needed to be albeit just being a guess. He looks back over his shoulder in that direction, and then back to her.

Adam: “I can see that this is a lost cause…”

It was Kris that had gotten in his head with this girl. Maybe that was why he argued with her. He wanted to prove someone he did not even know wrong.

Adam: “Enjoy the rest of your miserable day.”

He spins the bike around in the opposite direction. She watches him for a moment.

Elowyn: “Don't fall off your bike!”

She shouts at his back as he starts to ride away.

Elowyn: “Because I'm not fixing you up!”

He rides straight across the road they had just crossed, not waiting for the light to change. Instead of turning back towards her, he waves over his shoulder quickly before hopping up onto the sidewalk and racing away to make up for the time that he lost.


==============================
=========================
=====================


They did not cross paths again for a few days following their strange meeting, but that had not stopped Adam from talking about the experience. Especially now that he found himself back in the same neighborhood. It was more of a social call this time, instead of work pulling him this direction. As such he was dressed a lot more casually.

Adam: “I dunno man, she was pretty shitty for no reason. Not sure anyone down here is going to be worth pic---”

He kicked the skateboard at his feet up and then tossed it to one of his friends behind him as his eyes found her inside the small store. They seemed to pick up on the way his words stopped coming, and traced his eyeline to her. Before anyone in the group could give him any shit for it, he pushed through the door, and pulled it closed behind him. He made his way across the store, tucking his hands into the front pockets of his jeans and stepping up behind her in line.

Adam: “I guess they let anyone in these places…”

She had been on a mission to get pedialyte and soup because Lincoln was sick. She hadn't expected to run into the douchebag from the other night in the store.

Elowyn: “Clearly. They let you in here.”

She doesn't bat an eye and doesn't even turn around to look at him. Her arms were full and she couldn't find the pedialyte, so he had to accept the fact that Gatorade would work just the same.

Elowyn: “Is there a reason you're in here? It is clear that you don't have a life and are trying to start something.”

She looked a mess, her wild hair up in a messy bun to keep the strands from her face and to probably conceal the fact that she hadn't had time to properly wash her hair. Shower? Yes but before she could get her hair washed, she was being shouted at by Asher.

Elowyn: “I really don't have time for your antics right now. So either way whatever it is you have on your mind or get lost.”

She steps forward in line. She didn't know if she could handle anything he threw at her without breaking. It had been a rough couple of days, money wise.  And their father had stopped by to see their mother and that was a mess in itself.

Adam: “Wow… so you’re like, always a bitch. It wasn’t just a one time thing.”

He shrugs lightly, and tries to shake off any sign of visible surprise. He was not even sure that she was going to remember seeing him. He certainly hadn’t thought that he was going to see her again, at least not so soon. His friends all hung around the outside of the doors, looking through the glass windows, but unable to hear the conversation. He tries to wave them off without her noticing.

Adam: “Here I was… about to give you the benefit of the doubt, and you just prove that I was right the first time.”

She looks at him before shaking her head, not in the mood to deal with him.

Elowyn: “And what did you expect me to do?”

She raises an eyebrow at him before turning to see if she needed to move forward in line.

Elowyn: “Did you expect me to just jump into your arms and hug you? Like I should be so excited to see you?”

She raises an eyebrow at him. He shakes his head without even acknowledging that she meant it more as an insult than anything realistic.

Adam: “Maybe a.. Oh you’re that guy. Sorry I was shitty to you for no reason...”

He does his best to mimic the cadence of her voice back to her, knowing that there was no way that he could strike the same tone that she did.

Adam: “Or even, hey we got off on the wrong foot, don’t be a dick next time and maybe we can just get past that.”

He shrugs lightly, and tilts his head slightly to his left.

Adam: “Maybe?”

She looks at him before sighing, not really having it in her to fight with him today. She moves forward and places her things on the counter.

Elowyn: “Maybe.”

She grabs her purse as the cashier rings things up and she scrambles through her things and finds the right amount of cash and shoves it into the guy's hand.

Elowyn: “Thanks.”

She takes the bag he offers her before looking at Adam. She offers a smile before turning to leave or at least move out his way.

Elowyn: “You...right. Sorry I was having a bad night the other night.”

He steps to the side, and reaches into his pocket before slapping a bill down on the counter. He does not even look at the cashier before doing so.

Adam: “That is so much better. See, we could have started there last time and already become friends.”

He looks up at the cashier finally, and points to the outside.

Adam: “I am hoping that ice machine has something useful in it because I literally need to buy all of it.”

The cashier looks down at the bill on the counter, and then back up at Adam confused. Adam’s eyes shift back and forth and few times, not exactly sure what the hold up is.

Adam: “No seriously. They are only a few dollars each. Use your little magic marker to make sure it is real and then give me a thumbs up or something. Kinda got things to do.”

Ellie had started to move away from him as he spoke with the cashier, but as he went about checking the bill, Adam spun around her way.

Adam: “...and if you don’t have any plans tonight, maybe you want to come have fun for a while. Nothing too dangerous.”

She looks at him, a little unsure of where he was going with this. But how could she go anyways? Lincoln was sick.

Elowyn: “Fun? What's fun?”

She gives him an unapologetic look as she shifts the bag to her other hand as she starts to walk in the direction of her house. The cashier gives up a sarcastic thumbs up without producing any change, and Adam follows her from the small store. His friends disperse and move a truck in front of the ice machine before tossing bags from it into the back of the truck. Adam’s focus was less on them though, and totally on her.

Adam: “See, fun is a thing that you do in order to get away from the things that suck, even if just for a few hours.”

He comes up to her side, looking over at her as they walk.

Adam: “Makes the bullshit more tolerable.”

She looks at him as he walks alongside her and she smiles at him a bit bit not much.

Elowyn: “Coming from a guy who probably has absolutely no responsibility. And I am not saying that in a negative manner.”

She shrugs her shoulders as they stop to cross the street. She watches the light, waiting for it to change before they cross.

Elowyn: “Plus, how would I even know how to get there?”

He reaches into his back pocket and pulls out a phone. When he clicks the screen on, there is not much to the display.

Adam: “I actually had some thoughts about that.”

He opens up the messenger on it and sends a quick text. Almost as soon as his does, a second phone chimes in his front pocket.

Adam: “Here…”

He catches the strange look she gives him and tries to brush it off.

Adam: “Not going to be presumptuous enough to ask for your number or anything. This is just a throw away. I sent a message to myself. You have my number in it now. If you want to come, let me know. You don't have to decide now.”

He extends the phone out to her after clicking off the screen. She looks at the phone and then over at him, frowning.

Elowyn: “I cannot take a phone from you. Under no circumstances would that be acceptable.”

She looks at the phone that he was still holding out to her.

Elowyn: “I can't come anyways. My brother is sick and well…”

She doesn't offer anything else but an apologetic look. He does not appear to follow the line of thinking.

Adam: “You're not taking it. You're borrowing it in order to get directions to a party. Just a couple people. Okay… maybe like a couple dozen people.”

His friends pull away from the store, and quickly catch up to where they are walking. He holds a hand out to stop them from trying to yell out at him, with only his index finger extended upwards.

Adam: “Anyone can make excuses not to do things. They can also find ways around those excuses too if they really want to.”

She looks at him, biting her bottom lip. She knew she could ask Asher to watch Lincoln but still.

Elowyn: “I'll think about it.”

It was all she offers him before she turns before looking at the house that was just a few hundred feet away. With her eyes up at the house, he reaches out and slips the phone into the top of the bag that she is carrying before moving away from her.

Adam: “Well, you'll have to get that back to me somehow. I guess either way you will have to text me.”

He offers her a wink as the truck picks up speed to meet him at the side of the road. It does not even come to a full stop before he leaps up onto the back of it with all of the ice.

Adam: “Or you know, steal it, sell it, smash it, hope to never run into me again.”

She watches him as he seems pretty confident in her going to whatever party he was throwing. She raises an eyebrow at him.

Elowyn: “Maybe all of the above.”

She doesn't try to give the phone back, however. The thought of getting away from the house seemed decent. If only for one night.

Elowyn: “We will see…”

She turns and starts walking up the sidewalk to the house as the truck speeds away down the road.

19
Climax Control Archives / Flash From The Past
« on: June 15, 2018, 06:59:19 PM »
 

The feed comes to life focused on a blank television screen. Seconds go by without registering any audio, and viewers start to wonder if their screens are frozen. Suddenly, static spread across the screen. It is all snow at first, but a familiar voice starts to cut through the sound. The picture becomes more and more clear, finally showing the two brothers known collectively as Jet City standing next to each other.

Jason:
“Ladies and gentlemen, boys and girls, bitches and hoes, crackers and dark chocolates, and anyone in between….”


The feed cuts out for just a second, and comes back on Kris’ smiling face.

Kris:
“In two weeks’ time, our heroes, the dynamic duo known as Jet City, will step into the Galen Center, in beautiful Los Angeles, California to challenge Jon “Pillsbury” Dough and Eyesnsane for the SCW Tag Team Championships...”


Viewers start to piece together why the two are standing side by side. The clips are not of present day. Instead, we cycle through some a few more clips quickly, highlights of both Kris and Jason from their time in SCW together. The clips quickly fade back to the original video from the duo.

Jason:
“So… without further ado, we give you, the multi-time world champion “Jack of Hearts” Jason Halich…”


The two men on the screen fight over the microphone, but the feed runs through images of Jason’s career, and introduction into SCW.

Kris:
“The former SCW Internet Champion and the only half of the team to actually win an SCW match in his career! He is “The Accident” Kris Halich!”


Several images of Kris holding his first championship in the company flash on the screen just as their voices join together now, on the same page for just a single moment.

Jason & Kris:
“WE ARE!”


The camera cycles back to entrances the two have made into the SCW arenas together, each one with Kris screaming out the same line.

Kris:
“Jet!”


We cut quickly to several different clips of Jason finishing the team name.

Jason:
“City!”


The screen fades to static again, but the pause is shorter this time. We appear to fast forward through time, catching up with the two brothers a week later, again standing in the frame together, but this time behind opposing podiums.

Jason:
“The path that we are going to carve through SCW is not one of individual notoriety or accomplishment. Jet City is not some partnership to arbitrarily be thrown away when we feel it is time to rise above the group and make a run as individuals. We have done that. We have been champions in the past. The thing that we have never done, but the thing that we are going to do in a little over a week, is win a championship together. SCW has given us the opportunity to do just that. We are not going to let them down. You may not exactly be cheering for us, often times you will probably boo us, but one thing that will never be, is bored by us.”


The cheers of the people in attendance for the debate kicks off another series of clips, each one showing fans on their feet cheering either in Jet City gear, or holding supportive signs. When it cuts back to the the two men, the focus is on Jason.

Jason:
“And for any of you that are fans of The Members of the Elders, you might want to go ahead and phone a ride home for them from the Galen Center, because they are going to need it.”


He tosses the microphone back to his brother, who holds it up.

Kris:
“Someone call the ambulance! There’s gonna be an Accident!”


Static takes over again, only to cut to Jason once more.

Jason:
“You say that the pressure is on us to prove ourselves. You could not be more wrong. See, as the new team on the block, not having wrestled a match in the last six months, going against the tag team champions, we have no chance…. On paper.”



We cut seamlessly to Kris who is beaming confidence, even before ever becoming an SCW Grand Slam Champion.

Kris:
“We are unproven, rusty, and as new as we could possibly be. How embarrassing would it be for you to lose to us?”


Suddenly the purpose of the trip down memory lane becomes more clear. The smile on Kris’ face makes it even more apparent, but instead of dwelling on it, we shift back to Jason.

Jason:
“On the other hand, when we beat you, you look incredibly silly. All of those things about running the division become punchlines. Your names in history become a placeholder between teams that actually mean something. The things we said about The Elders beating a team on the way out, become fact, not opinion. You will go down as a team that dropped the titles without having the ability to defend them, at a time where the tag team division was at its weakest point. When you two lose those titles Sunday, you lose everything.”


The screen flashes shots from the battle that had not yet taken place, with both members of Jet City getting the better of The Elders on their way to their amazing tag championship reign.

Kris:
“And when we win, we hit the ground running and become the team that is going to lead this division out of the dark times and back into the spotlight.”


More clips show in rapid succession of Jet City's dominance on their way to becoming tag team of the year.

Jason:
“Strap in guys. We are taking SCW for a ride.”


The feed starts to become more unstable, fading as the two brother finish out the old promo.

Kris:
“Jet.”


By the time Jason responds, the screen is snow, and Jason's voice can barely be heard.

Jason:
“City.”


The screen goes blank, but the feed does not die. Instead, it starts to pan back from the screen. Standing next to it, is the SCW World Heavyweight Champion, with the belt draped over his shoulder. There is a half-smile on his face as he looks down at the screen.

“I find trips down memory lane amusing…”

He looks up from the television screen and into the camera, but his expression does not change.

“I look at them as lessons, but not for me. For all of you.”

The champion gives a light shrug of his shoulders.

“That was me at my least capable. I was coming in with a partner that I was in constant conflict with. I was part of a collective that was either amazing, or combustible and there was no in between. I hadn't competed in any tag matches in a long time, and I had only won a single match since coming out of retirement. The Elder Bitches, not to be confused with the Female Elders..”

He chuckles at the old joke, but does not let it get him off topic.

“...they were the first real test. We were an unproven team, and I was an unreliable member of this roster. I was a joke that people used to insult one another when they were half-assing their commitments. I was a notorious flake with an unjustifiable ego…

He motions back to the screen as his smile widens.

“...but I was still right.”

He taps his fingertips on the top of the television screen a few times and then moves away from it. As he walks the camera follows.

“I hadn't broken any Roulette Championship records yet. I hadn't even successfully won a Roulette match. Jason and I came in and talked a big game about walking away with championships in our first match here, and how did Jon respond? Does anyone even remember?”

He waits for a response that cannot possibly come from the audience, but then answers his own question.

“They tried to pull us apart as a team. They tried to paint us as two separate people only in it because we could not find success on our own. They proclaimed themselves to be the very best that this company had to offer, and Jet City drove over them like they were a worn down speed bump.”

He motions back towards the screen, even though it is long out of the frame.

“Did The Elder Bitches ever get it turned around? Nah. I said they were going to be a footnote, and I was right. They dispersed without even cashing in a rematch. They ran from us, and never looked back. Jet City went on to revamp the division. We brought tag team wrestling back to life in Sin City. Team BJ made a return. London Underground showed up on the scene. We elevated the division by ridding it of Jon Dough, and everyone was better off for it.”

Instead of seeming happy about it, Kris seems genuinely annoyed by something.

“I moved on from the tag titles in order to do that in another division. I saw another championship that was becoming a punchline because of the people in contention for it. Just like I did with The Elders, I took that championship, and revived it. I broke records. I had the longest active win streak in the company for a while. I won awards.”

The list of his accomplishments does not seem to improve his mood at all.

“London Underground carries the weight for the tag division, and they do it in a way that doesn't make anyone miss the Jet City days. They won the tag titles on both sides of the roster, and then won the mixed tag titles too. My work elevating that division paid off. I feel good about it.”

He shakes his head, finally revealing his frustration.

“That is why watching someone like Jon ruin the Roulette Championship all over again grates on me. That is why this match means something to me. That is why I was excited about seeing it on the card.”

He raises his hand up and taps the faceplate of the SCW World Heavyweight Championship on his shoulder.

“Champion versus champion? I have only dreamed to being able to do something like that. When I held the Roulette Championship, the guy holding this one wouldn't even acknowledge my existence. He was afraid. Getting to correct his mistake as a champion is going to be exciting, but I wish it was against someone worthwhile.”

The small burst of positivity was short-lived as his thoughts wander back to Jon.

“I put myself through hell with Crimson in order to hang onto this championship. I take what I do seriously, even while I am cracking jokes at others expense. I am not some rusty disappointment going into this match. I am not an unproven going into a match with stakes. Nah, I am the best in this company, just like I said I was going to be and Jon Dough is a disappointing placeholder in history just like I said he would be.”

Kris holds his arms out to his side, giving the audience a full and unapologetic shrug.

“You don't have to like it, but it is true. The guy couldn't defend the tag titles and left the division. He only won the Roulette Championship because I vacated it and he snuck in at the last moment. He lost that one in his first defense too, and then needed Ty West to do the legwork for him in order to get it back. Those are not opinions. Those are not things I say to be mean. Those are facts.”

He crosses his arms in front of his chest, pinning the championship to his shoulder.

“This guy is a poor use of screen time and a black hole of missed opportunities to prove himself. As a champion, he is more focused on Ben Jordan than the people he has matches against. You know what Ben really deserves better than? You. A competitor that is still just a mediocre placeholder while we wait for someone better to finally rid the roster of his presence.”

He shakes his head.

“This match could have really been something special if SCW had a Roulette Champion worthy of being in the same ring with the top guy. It would be exciting if this was another scenario like my match with Crimson, although I don't have much ear left to give for that kind of thing…”

He turns his head slightly so that the fans can see his mostly healed ear. The wound is long closed, but the chunk that Crimson removed from it during their match is still missing in action.

“Instead we are going to get a re-run of Jon Dough getting demolished by me. I just hope that someone makes him put that title on the line next week, because whatever is left of him isn't going to be able to put up a fight. Maybe we can get a decent champion out of the beating he is about to take. One can hope…”

He comes closer to the camera, and it starts to zoom in on his face. The championship disappears from view, but the signature smirk comes across Kris’ face.

“I don't really say this anymore, but for the first time, maybe someone should take the advice.”

A light laugh cuts him off, but only briefly.

“Do yourself a favor Jon. On your way out to the ring, pull out that phone of yours and look up the closest hospital to the show. Go ahead and call them up to get an ambulance in transit before the fight even gets under way. I’ll make sure you're ready for them by the time they get here.”

He winks to the camera.

“For the betterment of SCW, you're about to have an accident.”



20
Climax Control Archives / New Face, Same Fate
« on: April 27, 2018, 10:18:11 PM »
 Monday
4.23.18
Jet City, Washington
7:12am
“Madness”
OFF-Camera


The trip home had been less than enjoyable. Staff at Climax Control had not wanted to let Kris leave until the morning after the show. As a result of his fall, nothing was broken, but they called an ambulance anyways. That was when the champion had taken his leave. He called his own ride, and by the time anyone was looking for him in Primm, he was back in his hotel room. After getting checked out before the sun was even up, he was packed and boarding Jet City Airways before anyone was even looking for him.

The flight had sucked, the constantly jostling around caused the bruise running nearly the length of his back to scream at him. He had driven himself back from the airport, and found himself glad that he traveled so light. Upon getting home, he grabbed the gym bag holding the SCW Heavyweight Championship, but did not dare throw it over his shoulder.

He had a 50/50 guess at what was going to happen once he stepped in the door. The sun had barely  started to come up as he pulled into the driveway. Either they were all going to be asleep, having missed the tail end of the show, or he was going to have to answer a lot of questions about how he was feeling. Neither of the options were entirely favorable. He moved up the path leading to the front door and found it unlocked. He quietly opened the door and placed his bag down next to it. Closing the door as quietly as he could, he spins the lock into place and makes his way to the stairs leading up to the rooms of the house.

A light clicks on in the living room, automatically making Kris feel like a teenager getting caught sneaking in late, or in this case incredibly early. Kali was sitting on the couch, wearing flannel boxer shorts and a thin cotton tank top. Curled up, with her head on Kali’s lap was Heather. She was snoring lightly with her mouth slightly open. Kali shoots a look at Kris.

Kali: “She was up early yesterday with the kids. Neither of them sleep well when you’re away.”

Kali brushes some light brown hair away from Heather’s face. She still hadn't decided if she liked the new colour or not.

Kali: “When you didn't answer my calls or texts, Mikah was kind enough to tell me the doctors had cleared you and you were on your way back home.”

He nods a little and turns from the stairs to cross the room back towards her.

Kris: “Phone did not survive the fall…”

He reaches into the back pocket of his pants and pulls the mangled remains of the phone free. He holds it up so she can see it and then flips it into and empty chair next to the couch.

Kris: “They wanted me to go to a hospital, so I left. No broken bones. I have to check in Friday to be cleared for Sunday. Sounds like a Future Kris problem.”

He walks around the circular table sitting in front of the couch and then carefully sits down on it in front of her.

Kris: “Not something I saw coming…”

There was some clear defeat in his voice. He sighs and raises his left hand up to run his fingers through his hair.

Kris: “At least it was me instead of either of you.”

This doesn’t sit well with Kali though.

Kali: “If I had been there maybe it wouldn't have happened at all. I could have seen him before you. You don't seem to understand that I have been waiting for a chance to get even with that psychopathic douchebag since last year.”

There is anger in her voice, but it is not directed at Kris but towards the man that had kidnapped and tied her up. It had taken months for her to stop having nightmares over the ordeal.

Kali: “Just one stiff kick to his balls...”

He shakes his head. This was not the first time that the conversation had come up since he had made the decision to go back. The flat tone of his voice shows just how many times he has had to recycle the same response to her.

Kris: “It would make you feel better, but then things would just escalate.”

He raises his eyes up to her and gives a light shrug of his shoulders.

Kris: “We talked about that last week. Just listen to the guy. He wants to cut out everything that separates me from him. Without you there, he has to come after the way I interact with fans, with people on the roster, and just in general. He has to come after me to do what he wants. If you're there… he's not coming after me.”

He had stopped short of going further than that on every other occasion. Maybe it was the frustration of being laid out at the end of the night, or the injury itself practically eliminating all of his patience, but he did not stop this time. The words were not in a raised tone, or even mean by themselves, but they were blunt.

Kris: “I don't want you there with me for this. Not until it is over. That's not going to change.”

She reaches forward to put a hand on his knee.

Kali: “You really think he would go far enough to hurt me like that? To risk going to prison... over a wrestling match? You know how ridiculous that is right?”

She sighs.

Kali: “I love you Kris. I love both of you more than I can even describe. As much as I hate having to be benched, I don't want your attention to be divided and you having to make a choice between us and your title. I know how much it means to you.”

He shoots a look over to the gym bag with the championship sitting in it. He had not even taken it out of the bag unless a camera was rolling on him.

Kris: “It's not about that. If I lose it, I would still be there. It is the place. That's why it didn't work out in Liberty.”

He looks back to her, but no longer seems broken by the fact that he needed to be a part of Sin City.

Kris: “It's why I can't get it out of my head. When people started telling me that it was basically mine, I felt like it was my job to make sure the right things happen.”

He chuckles a little lightly, trying to separate himself from how much he cared by making it a joke instead.

Kris: “I mean, without me we get someone like Calvin Harris tearing it all down, someone like Crimson burning it to the ground, or people closing the doors.”

Kali nods.

Kali: “You know, I was originally going to be a doctor like my mother. I thought it would be my calling. Like continuing the legacy but after one semester of pre-med I knew I couldn't do it. My mind constantly went back to the law texts I had poured over as a child. The hours I would spend sitting in my Father’s office. It just always clicked. And then, when I came to do that contract for Jet City, to basically be your babysitter... afterwards, the idea of it being over and potentially never seeing you or Heather again put me in a panic. We all have a calling, Kris. Even if it is not what everyone else wants you to do.”

She looks down at Heather.

Kali: “Just like Heather was meant to sing. Nothing else ever worked out for her. The universe sometimes has funny ideas how to get us to the places we need to be.”

He looks down from and and to Heather, still sleeping in her lap.

Kris: “She just needed to believe she could do something… anything. She was always going to succeed in whatever it was once she realized she was actually worth something.”

A smile crosses his face thinking about how far they had come since first meeting. He was overjoyed to not ever have to return to those times.

Kris: “It's weird being out there by myself…”

He takes a deep breath, possibly just coming to the realization for the first time. His words sound more like thinking out loud than anything.

Kris: “Like all of us started out separately, and all came together to be really close. The three of us, Jet City, Coby and Chelsea, Parker, everyone. Sin City shut down, and it seemed like everything fell apart. Everyone is kind of off doing their own thing. I'm still out there though.”

He did not appear upset by it, and the smile on his face actually widens a little.

Kris: “Jason only got into wrestling because of me. Then he recruited Parker. Then Coby went to Parker. People just kept stacking on because he was carrying my dream for me. Being the last one standing feels like they all finally gave it back to me. I might be by myself out there, but it doesn't feel like it. I have all these people that have added onto the thing that I wanted, and helped me make it better.”

Kali: “Well if you are lonely, you could always take Vi...”

Kali chuckles at the idea. The panic of just thinking about it flashes in his eyes and he shakes the thought away.

Kris: “Adding another crazy person to an already insane situation would not go well for me.”

Kali offers a shrug.

Kali: “I dunno, might even out the score.”

She is full out laughing now, but it fades off as she makes her next point.

Kali: “I just want you to be more careful. Next time, you might not be lucky enough to walk away.”

He does not even have to put a second of thought into his response for the the answer comes tumbling from his mouth.

Kris: “Next time I'm kicking his face off…”

He raises a hand up in front of his face.

Kris: “Just gone. The whole thing.”

Kali gets a scary determined look on her face.

Kali: “Good. After the things he said to me...”

She stops. She had refused to tell him what Crimson had said to her when he had captured her.

Kris: “He's not going to be a problem for much longer. When I beat him this time he goes to the back of the line. He's not a problem anymore.”

She shakes her head.

Kali: “Men like that never cease to be a problem.”

He nods in agreement, but only in part.

Kris: “Well he can go be someone else's problem. Injuries suck worse than they used to when pain was optional. I'm not trying to pile them up.”

He tries to stretch out his shoulder, but barely starts to bring it up to his chest before the soreness of it makes him think twice. He brings a hand around to his lower back and arches back, popping it to relieve some of the tension, but not without a grimace.

Kris: “I'm not doing this every week.”

She gently slides Heather's head from her lap as she rises. She comes up to his side.

Kali: “Let me see how bad it is.”

He pulls the zipper down on his hoodie and lifts his hand up to her. She pulls the cuff of it over his hand so he can pull his arm out. He quickly discards it to the chair with the broken remains of his phone and looks back to her.

Kris: “This part I can't do…”

He leans forward and her fingers slip into the back of his collar. He extends his arms forward and she pulls the shirt over his head. She tosses the shirt to the pile as he repositions so she can see the damage up his side in the light. The bruise starts just below his shoulder and travels down the left side all the way to his lower back. It is already starting to turn purple, which appears to be the worst of it. Tiny scratches from the broken windshield accompany half the length of the bruise, but none of them looked bad enough to worry about.

Kris: “It probably looks exactly as bad as it feels…”

She grimaces and runs her hand lightly down his side, almost as though she didn't trust the doctor's assessment of his injuries.

Kali: “At least nothing is broken. These little cuts will sting in the shower until they scab over. It really looked a lot worse on TV.”

He does not even try and argue the point.

Kris: “It was. Knocked the air out of me pretty bad. Took me a little bit to be breathing like there wasn't a fat guy sitting on me.”

Her eyebrow half raises at the mention, and he waves it off.

Kris: “Oh like you're really even surprised that I would know what that's like…”

She sits beside him.

Kali: “I am learning to not be surprised at most things you may or may not have experience with.”

He rests a hand on her thigh, but then taps it twice as an idea strikes him.

Kris: “While you're learning new things… that car window… first time I've gone through one of those.”

He nudges her with a genuine smile on his face.

Kris: “There's still some firsts for you to be around for.”

She laughs.

Kali: “Not a first I would have wanted for you. I am relieved you are okay though.”

She nods toward Heather.

Kali: “Once she heard that you were good enough to get on a plane it was like one second she was talking and the next she was out. But me? I couldn't think of sleeping until I saw you myself.”

It did not seem strange at all that they would have different reactions. He even had some idea why. He looked down at his wife, and brushes away stray strands of hair from her face.

Kris: “She has seen a lot more of it. The night I got jumped at her birthday party was probably the worst I have ever been beat up. I still got on a plane and competed in Japan.”

Thinking back to it, it was pretty amazing that he had even talked her into letting him go.

Kris: “I always come back. She knows that. If I am capable of being on a plane then it can't be worse than when I left to Japan, and that was pretty bad. The only time she would panic is if I couldn't leave. Like when I broke my arm.”

Kali: “We were both panicking at that. I guess it is just in my nature to worry. I still worry about my brother whenever he gets deployed even though he has done it at least a dozen times by now. Maybe it's a good thing I chose not to have kids.”

He shrugs.

Kris: “Maybe not birth any, but you definitely have two. I have seen it.”

She smiles.

Kali: “It's not the same though. But I do worry about them too. I am more like an aunt then their mom.”

He shakes his head. He had seen her interact with both of the kids dozens of times. He even felt a sense of calm when he was away, knowing that she was here with them and Heather.

Kris: “You can tell that to yourself if you want but I'm not buying it.”

She immediately changes the subject.

Kali: “Should wake Heather up and get her upstairs. Do you think you can sleep in bed?”

He nods slowly.

Kris: “Yes, but I smell like Primm and a jet that I would personally be afraid to blacklight.”

He looks back over towards the stairs, and then back to Heather. A smile crosses his face and he leans forward on the table. He works an arm under hers and around to her back. Once he has her, he uses his left to hook under her knees and in one motion lifts her up from the couch in his arms. Her eyes come open as soon as he is standing, and he smiles down at her.

Kris: “Always sleeping on the couch when there is a perfectly good bed upstairs. What am I going to do with you?”

His voice was playful, mostly just to reassure her that he was okay despite what she may have feared. She yawns.

Heather: “Whatever you want.”

She smirks a sleepy grin at him before her eyes close again. Kali is surprised.

Kali: “Are you sure you should do that?”

He turns from the couch and starts towards the stairs, not hesitating at all.

Kris: “If I slip, fall, and nearly kill us it will be something we laugh about in a few years.”

He turns back towards Kali with a smile on his face, and looks down at Heather.

Kris: “Look how peacefully sleepy and gorgeous she is though. We can't expect her to wake up and walk stairs! That's madness.”

Kali leans in to kiss his cheek.

Kali: “You are the only one going mad around here.”

She laughs and then walks toward the stairs.

Kali: “Are you going to need help getting in the shower?”

Kris: “Getting in? Nah. While in? Always.”

She starts up the stairs first, but he follows quickly behind her, putting Heather just a few steps behind Kali's rear. He leans down, talking more softly, but loud enough for Kali to hear.

Kris: “You're missing a wonderful view by sleeping…”

Kali shakes her head, but she is grinning. All her worry had been easily washed away with Kris’ reassurance. She trusted him. She knew that even with his unpredictable nature, he would always look out for his own survival.



================================
================================



ON-Camera
“Let's Go!”



“If you can't go through a car window and then compete the next week, what CAN you do? I guess I should thank everyone for the positive response. I should be touched that people are worried. To be honest though, it just seems like a waste. Don't let some douche distract all of you by pushing me. If it were that easy to get rid of me, he would have a long time ago. I have been through three matches that haven't deterred me. I have lost titles. I have won titles. I have been beaten badly, threatened with a knife, and insulted relentlessly. Yet, I am here. Yet, I am still the SCW Heavyweight Champion.”

“That's the thing. Everyone in this company will tell you that being here is really the only thing that I want. If you look at my life, being here is the only thing that has ever worked. When I came back at Full Circle, all I wanted was a chance to make something happened. All I needed was for management to have a little bit of faith in me. I knew that I was going to be doing it by myself. I knew that it wasn't going to be easy, especially coming back from injury. I still did it. I still walked out of Full Circle with the Roulette and Heavyweight championships.”

“If a broken arm didn't stop me then, how is getting pushed off a ledge going to stop me now? Maybe if I was wrestling someone like Ben Jordan, I would be concerned. That guy knows how to win, and has been around long enough to exploit me not being 100%. Let me make something clear though, O’Malley is no Ben Jordan. Nobody is. That is why that guy deserves better.”

“O’Malley is a guy that I'm gonna guess was hoping to fly under the radar. I understand the allure of coming out to the ring and making a statement, but none of that sat right with me. You have this guy that came in with a name-droppy trainer, and a bunch of hype. I even bought into it. He was partnered with a legend in Blast From The Past, but could not make it out of the first round. How do you come back from that? Well, apparently you call out the champ.”

“O’Malley undoubtedly saw the opening to the show. He heard the promise that got made to me. He noticed that maybe my focus was elsewhere, and took his shot. Maybe he thought I wouldn't see it. Maybe he could save some face, generate some hype for himself, and it would slip right by my unnoticed.”

“Wrong. Lesson one, O’Malley: Kris is SCW. SCW is Kris.”

“There is nothing happening in this company that I don't pay attention to. There aren't promos I don't watch. There aren't segments that I ignore. I check out the matches to scout each and every one of you, and I get to know you so that when things like this happen, I can tailor an appropriate response.”

“What does that mean for O’Malley? Means I'm going to have to bring back a phrase I haven't gotten to say in a while. Last year, back when I restored the Roulette Championship to glory, you're welcome, I came up with a phrase for people that called me out. There were a lot of them, and it took me more than 100 Days to whack all the moles that popped up out of nowhere. Slowly but surely though, all of them had to face the same fate. You made their mistake, so you're next to meet the same consequence.”

“Get ready for Climax Control. It's your turn to just #JustTakeTheL.”



Pages: [1] 2 3